<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403</id><updated>2011-07-30T23:08:39.373-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Always Think For Yourself</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>26</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-8303220146234564928</id><published>2010-02-27T11:38:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-27T11:48:43.016-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Why 'Everything Has a Cause' Is a Terrible Justification for God's Existence</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;What's worse than this kind of negative, impoverished, biblical patriarchal thinking is, "Everything Happens for a Reason."  That bad magickal thinking that somehow the hands of "good" persons in the ethereal are in control of this world and even if something horrible happens, there is that plastic, "positive" thinking that something good will come out of it!  This is *EVIL THINKING*!!! Evil wants us to think like this so we will more readily accept the waste and worthlessness of suffering!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Why 'Everything Has a Cause' Is a Terrible Justification for God's Existence&lt;br /&gt;By Greta Christina, AlterNet&lt;br /&gt;Posted on February 27, 2010, Printed on February 27, 2010&lt;br /&gt;http://www.alternet.org/story/145822/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"If there's no God, then where did all this come from?"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I've written a fair amount about some of the more painfully bad arguments for religion and against atheism. I've written about the argument that religion is just a story, not meant to be taken literally...a story that still somehow makes people get very bent out of shape when atheists point out that it isn't true.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I've written about an assortment of arguments from wishful thinking, from the insulting (and irrelevant) argument that atheists don't stay atheists when faced with death, to the baffling (and irrelevant) argument that religion gives us a needed feeling of mystery.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I've written about the arguments that essentially tell atheists to just shut up. And I've written about the ways that, when asked what evidence they have for their religious beliefs, many believers simply deflect the question. Instead of saying, "This is why I believe what I do," they offer a list of excuses for why they don't have to show us any stinking evidence.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But that's not true for all believers. When asked why they believe what they do, some believers take the question seriously and sincerely -- and they try to answer it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I want to return the favor. I want to look at some of these more earnest answers to the question, "Why do you believe in God?" I want to take them seriously, and assume the people presenting them mean them sincerely. And I want to point out, in as much detail as I can, that they still don't hold water. They're less bad than a lot of arguments for God -- at least these people are trying to actually answer the question about the evidence for God, instead of treating the question as stupid or meaningless or patently offensive. But in my years as an atheist writer, not one of them has made me stop and think, "Hm, that's a poser."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today's argument: But All of This Had to Come From Somewhere! Otherwise known as the "First Cause" argument. "Things don't just come out of nowhere," the argument goes. "Everything that exists has a cause. Therefore, the entirety of physical existence itself had to have had a cause. Therefore, God exists."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. See, there are some big problems with that argument.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For starters: If everything has to have a cause...then what caused God?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And if God can somehow have always existed or come into being out of nothing...then why can't that be true of the universe?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I agree that the question "Where did the universe come from?" is baffling and intriguing. To say that physical existence either has been there forever or somehow popped into being from non-being...it does seem to call into question our basic understanding of cause and effect. It's a legitimately tough question.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But the God hypothesis doesn't answer this question. The God hypothesis simply begs the question. It simply moves the question back a notch. It gives an answer to the question of where the universe came from ("God"), but then we have to ask the exact same set of questions about God. "Where did he come from... and if he just always existed, how is that possible?" "Where did the universe come from" is a legitimately tough question... but "God” is a terrible answer. No, it's worse than that. It's no answer at all.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What's more, the "God did it" answer cuts off further inquiry into the question.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many astronomers and astrophysicists think the question "Where did the universe come from?" might someday be answerable. In fact, many of them strongly suspect the answer may indeed call into question our basic understanding of cause and effect...in much the same way Einstein's theories called into question our basic understanding of matter and energy and space, and Galileo's theories called into question our basic understanding of the structure of the universe. (For instance: One idea that's being tossed around is that the beginning of the universe was the beginning, not only of matter and energy, but of space-time itself...and that it therefore makes no sense to talk about what happened "before" time itself began.) They think "Where did physical existence come from?" may be an answerable question... and they're busily researching possible answers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The "God did it" answer doesn't do this. It doesn't pose possible ways of investigating whether the God hypothesis might be the right answer to this question. It basically just says, "Everything has to have a cause... except God, who by definition can do anything." It's a non-answer. It insists that every question have a valid, comprehensible, cause-and-effect answer...except questions about God. It's like a parent answering every question with, "Because I say so." It's what atheists call the "God of the gaps": it takes any question about the physical world that's currently unanswered by science, and says, "Oh, we don't know the answer to that, therefore it must be God." It's like taking every empty space in the coloring book, and reflexively filling it in with a blue crayon.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There have been countless times throughout history when we thought that Phenomenon (X) had a supernatural cause. Must have had a supernatural cause. Could not possibly have been caused by anything other than the supernatural. Why the sun rises and sets; why people get sick; what causes the weather and the seasons; why children look like their parents; how the complex variety of life came into being; etc., etc., etc. We didn't have a clue what caused it, or even the shadow of a clue...so we assumed it was God. (Or spirits, or demons, or whatever.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And every single time that we eventually got a conclusive answer to the cause of Phenomenon (X), that answer has been entirely natural.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So why on earth would we assume that any currently unanswered question about physical existence -- even a massive and baffling question like how it all came to exist in the first place -- would eventually turn out to be caused by God? It's never been the right answer before. Not even once. Why would we assume it's the right answer this time?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Finally, and most importantly:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is not a single scrap of evidence that the God hypothesis is true.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is not a single scrap of evidence suggesting that the universe had a supernatural cause, or that there are any supernatural beings or forces affecting it in any way.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As my wife Ingrid likes to point out: The universe does not look like one in which an independent outside agent is intervening. The universe does not look like one in which miracles happen and physical laws are violated by someone who's above these laws. The universe looks remarkably like a system of physical cause and effect: an unimaginably massive, intensely complex system of physical cause and effect, but physical cause and effect nonetheless. And every single attempt to demonstrate the existence of any supernatural force or entity affecting the universe -- at least, every attempt using careful, rigorous, double-blinded, placebo-controlled, etc. scientific methods -- has fallen flat on its face.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When it comes to the question of how the universe came into being, the only reason for thinking that "God" is the answer to this question is the assumption that "God" has to be the answer to this question -- the assumption that no other answer to this question is possible. And again, throughout history, whenever this assumption has been made in the past, it's been shown to be bullpucky. Countless phenomena once considered not only to have a supernatural cause, but to have no possible cause other than a supernatural one, have been shown to be entirely explainable by natural forces.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We have no reason to think the universe's existence is any different.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have evidence showing that the universe was caused by a supernatural creator, I'd be interested in hearing it. But if your only reason for believing in a God who created the universe is, "There had to be a creator because... well, because there just has to be, because everything has to have been caused by something, because I can't imagine a universe without something making it happen"... you're going to have to find a better argument.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-8303220146234564928?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/8303220146234564928/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/why-everything-has-cause-is-terrible.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8303220146234564928'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8303220146234564928'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/why-everything-has-cause-is-terrible.html' title='Why &apos;Everything Has a Cause&apos; Is a Terrible Justification for God&apos;s Existence'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-6423401710495137186</id><published>2010-02-20T12:47:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-20T12:47:38.522-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Mind Control for Dummies</title><content type='html'>http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YGTzClbwkc8&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;object width="425" height="344"&gt;&lt;param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/YGTzClbwkc8&amp;hl=en_US&amp;fs=1&amp;"&gt;&lt;/param&gt;&lt;param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"&gt;&lt;/param&gt;&lt;param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"&gt;&lt;/param&gt;&lt;embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/YGTzClbwkc8&amp;hl=en_US&amp;fs=1&amp;" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true" width="425" height="344"&gt;&lt;/embed&gt;&lt;/object&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-6423401710495137186?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/6423401710495137186/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/mind-control-for-dummies.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/6423401710495137186'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/6423401710495137186'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/mind-control-for-dummies.html' title='Mind Control for Dummies'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-1487021428161390110</id><published>2010-02-20T12:04:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-20T12:05:48.375-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Sometimes I Feel like a Stockholm Syndrome Victim</title><content type='html'>p://www.opednews.com/populum/diarypage.php?did=15841&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;February 18, 2010&lt;br /&gt;By James Nimmo&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"We, the People", indeed, should stop being the door mat, and instead be the lock on the front door against the use of money to purchase our Constitution and civil rights.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;::::::::&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(OKLAHOMA CITY) Sometimes I feel like a Stockholm syndrome victim. That's a person who, being held in confinement and subjected to "re-education" becomes an adherent to the very policies and agendas of those who are holding him/her against their will. Think of it as a form of passive/aggressive behavior where the aggressive part never kicks in to play.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Below is posted the link to an excellent article describing the continued disposal of our American human rights by the United States Supreme Court in the case known as Citizens United wherein corporations are acknowledged to have the same First Amendment rights as humans.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From the beginning, America has been about acquiring and holding on to property, be it humans that were counted as 3/5ths of a person and only abolishing it with a civil war resulting in the most citizen carnage of any American-involved conflict, or women who were ignored until 1920 when they finally got to legally vote. America has never been first in anything that advanced human decency unless there was profit attached. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women's_suffrage&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Besides the Citizens United case, the Kelo case allowing the government power of eminent domain to be used giving private developers public property for non-public profit is another example of the mis-use of the coercive use of government power. http://www.cnn.com/2005/LAW/06/24/scotus.property/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Peaceful Democracy, the euphemistically named political system that is nearly always installed by war, is being forced on the citizens of middle eastern countries who's history for thousands of years has been one of brutal monarchies, military dictatorships, and religious fanatics, is in scant supply in the self-promoting, self-back-slapping Dis-United States, where taxpayers who have never harmed anyone physically or mentally are subjected to both only because they are attracted emotionally and romantically to others of the same gender. http://wockner.blogspot.com/ (February 13, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"We, the People", indeed, should stop being the door mat, and instead be the lock on the front door against the use of money to purchase our Constitution and civil rights.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Indicting the Supreme Court.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article24663.htm&lt;br /&gt;February 12, 2010 "Global Research" - -Grumbling over the Supreme Court's recent decision in Citizens United continue to rumble like distant thunder. Will the decision go down in history as one more in the Court's long line of egregious opinions? Likely! Will it have much effect on the American political landscape? Likely not! Simply ask yourself, how much worse can it get?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is scant evidence that the Congressional attempts to limit corporate expenditures in electioneering have had any effect in reducing corporate influence in government. Expecting the Congress, most if not all of whose members reside deep in corporate pockets, to eliminate that influence can be likened to expecting the rhinovirus to eliminate the common cold. Corporate money is the diseased life-blood of American politics; it carries its cancerous spores to all extremities.&lt;br /&gt;complete at: http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article24663.htm&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-1487021428161390110?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/1487021428161390110/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/sometimes-i-feel-like-stockholm.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/1487021428161390110'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/1487021428161390110'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/sometimes-i-feel-like-stockholm.html' title='Sometimes I Feel like a Stockholm Syndrome Victim'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-7079280096665774624</id><published>2010-02-20T04:08:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-20T04:11:14.199-08:00</updated><title type='text'>IRS Plane Attack Hits Freedom</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;Viral letter sent to me...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From: devvyk@earthlink.net&lt;br /&gt;Sent: Saturday, February 20, 2010 12:13 AM&lt;br /&gt;Subject: Reply/ IRS Plane Attack Hits Freedom.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is what I have been sending out to those who are glorifying Joe Stack:&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Old Joe also killed an innocent person in that building. Allegedly, that fatality was an IRS employee. Hooray. Old Joe did the "mission accomplished" his way, but it won't change one single IRS regulation.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;He also badly injured 13 people - two are in critical condition because of massive burns. You know, from the fuel burning their flesh to a crisp. People who suffer those kinds of massive burns experience pain that is almost impossible to describe; then sometimes years of surgery.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Although it's reported that none of those people work for the IRS, I'm not 100% certain at this time. But, those injured don't make IRS laws or regulations. That is the domain of Congress. Pukin' senators like Charles Grassley. Hell, many of the injured might even feel the same way as old Joe: Plucked clean in taxes.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Joe burned his house to the ground leaving his wife and 12 year old daughter homeless and to fend for themselves.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Think his wife will be able to get their insurance company to pay off? Fat chance.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;While Joe is sorting things out with God, he left his family with a horrible situation.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;His legacy to his daughter is that he killed an innocent person, injured 13 other people; two in critical condition. Gee, that was my dad! You saw him on the news, perhaps you even saw the funeral of the person he killed or the two people who had their flesh burned so badly!&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;We're all frustrated and angry. ALL of us want the IRS abolished and a return to constitutional revenues for a limited form of republican government.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Killing innocent people is not the answer, but I suppose Joe simply couldn't take it anymore and instead of quietly taking some sleeping pills and posting his manifesto, better to kill innocent people along the way and leave his family to take the heat and shame.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Some on Facebook are heralding Stack as a hero:&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;"And some people on Facebook couldn't agree more. "Finally an American man took a stand against our tyrannical government that no longer follows the Constitution," wrote Emily Walters of Louisville, Ky."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yes. As expected the lame stream media and cable are painting Stack as a domestic terrorist and a "troubled individual." That is to be expected and Joe gave them a juicy hunk to promote and attack all of us working so hard to get the solutions implemented. Those statements on Facebook give gasbags like Keith Olbermann and Chris Matthews even more fodder.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;But, I ask you: Do you declare war on those who have no role in policy or law making?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Is this not what those suicide bombers in the Middle East do? Blow up dozens of people at a restaurant or people just riding a bus, to make their statement?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Tourists at an outdoor restaurant or even locals stopping for some coffee and conversation. Riding the bus to church or work and they get blown to bits or burnt to a crisp and live, because some group wants to make a statement.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;We condemn that, but because it's an American who hated the IRS, Stack is a hero?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;We can see the police state tightening the noose. Stack gives the evil doers in DC more "justification" for more draconian laws and attacks on our freedom.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;I despise the IRS, but I would never destroy innocent people like that just to make a statement. I read Stack's last words (manifesto) and he is right on so many counts. Too bad he couldn't hold it together and get involved -- we are gathering strength in numbers.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;But, think of the impact on all 13 injured plus their families.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Did they make a single IRS regulation or law?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Did any of them sit on a single committee in Congress and write IRS regulations?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Mom, dad, sister, brother,aunt, maybe even a grandpa -- just another day at work and then their lives changed in a ball of fire.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;What if it was you in that building or your husband, wife, son, daughter?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;You, your wife, husband, son, daughter don't work for the IRS, they just have an office in a building that employs IRS workers, but your lives are expendible because of a frustrated, angry man? Tens of millions of us are, believe me.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Is it okay with you to be a victim of the next Joe down the road?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Is it okay with you for the next Joe to kill your son, daughter, husband, wife or grand daughter working in a building that happens to have offices for a govmint agency he hates?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Will people call the next Joe a hero when it's their loved one who has NO role in making laws or regulations?&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Aw, tought luck. Wrong place, wrong time.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;The solution is right there, but not enough pressure has been put on the state legislatures to pass honest money bills and revitalize the constitutional militia. The power of the purse and the power of the sword.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;THAT is the answer. Not flying a plane into a building and playing God with people's lives.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;You might feel differently. I don't know. I just know no one is a winner in this tragedy.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Devvy&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-7079280096665774624?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/7079280096665774624/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/irs-plane-attack-hits-freedom.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/7079280096665774624'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/7079280096665774624'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/irs-plane-attack-hits-freedom.html' title='IRS Plane Attack Hits Freedom'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-5513506954229645364</id><published>2010-02-18T13:17:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-18T13:19:39.809-08:00</updated><title type='text'>End of Empire - Waking Zombie Nations / Psychology, Consciousness and the Egoic Mind</title><content type='html'>http://www.zerohedge.com/article/end-empire-waking-zombie-nations-psychology-consciousness-and-egoic-mind?utm_source=feedburner&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=Feed%3A+zerohedge%2Ffeed+%28zero+hedge+-+on+a+long+enough+timeline%2C+the+survival+rate+for+everyone+drops+to+zero%29&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;End of Empire - Waking Zombie Nations / Psychology, Consciousness and the Egoic Mind&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By Cognitive Dissonance&lt;br /&gt;Created 02/17/2010 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To be fair, this article could just as easily have been called “Waking a Zombie World”. While various people and governments point to the USA as the bad actor in this mess, in fact it has taken dozens of nations to form this conga line to hell and the rest of the world is far from blameless. Nor is America the sole residence of the world’s zombie population. However, since this writer and much of the ZH readership reside in American, we will assume an American (ego) centric focus. My apologies for the delay in posting this article which I had promised some time ago. In my defense, there are hundreds of thick and dusty books on this subject at the local library, proof that it’s not very easy to condense this complex subject into a 10 minute read. In fact, it’s impossible to do so and not even worth trying. While you can break visible light down to its primary colors, it’s actually composed of millions. The same applies to this subject. What I finally decided to do was break it down into separate postings so that the reader could find the courage and stamina to actually read it. Even with the division, be forewarned that this first posting is still a long read.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This article is an effort to understand what’s really going on, why Americans (and the rest of the world) appear to be frozen in place, seemingly helpless and hopeless in the face of incredible corruption and thieving. A quick review of history shows us this isn’t the first time it has happened, though it may be the biggest since the 1930’s. In fact, these types of disasters seem to occur regularly, following a well worn script to its inevitable conclusion. The bad guys escape with the loot while the general population looks on, tails between the legs, hands in pockets and eyes cast down, impotent to the end. Why do we allow ourselves to be used and abused like this? Why are we spectators to our own destruction? While the human condition can’t always be quantified, it can be understood to some extent, but only if we’re willing to peer into some extremely uncomfortable places. My ultimate goal in writing this “End of Empire” series is to promote reflection and understanding. Significant and lasting political and social change will not occur until we elevate our understanding and awareness far above where it is today. I most definitely don’t have all the answers and anyone who claims they do is smoking the good stuff and should share their stash with this formerly long haired hippie. Pass the bong dude.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this article, I’ll describe how I see myself, the world and the people who live in it. By doing so, the reader will be looking over my shoulder at the workings of the human psyche, or at least my interpretation of the psyche. What you will not find is the consensus view on this subject. For that, all you need do is pop open a standard psychology 101 text book and dive in. The reason I leave the beaten path is simple. The really interesting ideas are usually found way out on the fringe and deep in the weeds. That’s not to say you can’t find “truth” or accurate knowledge within the consensus, just that cutting edge ideas and concepts aren’t tolerated well among the establishment. In my opinion, the established leaders rarely go into areas that aren’t well traveled and seldom stray from their own fields of expertise. Ironically, in a discipline that devotes much ink to the discussion of the ego, the principal players’ egos prevent little more than incremental forward progress. When you’re sipping from government and corporate grants, you don’t often make waves.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now for the fine print disclaimer. My understanding is ever changing and evolving and I reserve the right to change my opinion before I finish this sentence or this series. The one constant thing in life is change. All I ask of the reader is to read this in its entirety and in the order written. When mucking around in the bushes, it’s very easy to take things out of context when you don’t read the context. The subject is so involved and complex that each paragraph could be expanded into 8 more and still not be complete. I ask the reader to consider that I just might have left some things out of this article in the interest of brevity and not because I’m clueless.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Established “facts” are often facts the consensus believes can be or has been proven, which in the field of psychology is usually what the majority believes to be fact. Circular logic is often accepted by the consensus because it substantiates and validates the consensus. We see this in religion, politics, science, finance, in every human behavior. Because of this, it’s impossible to understand ourselves and our world without a fundamental knowledge of psychology and philosophy and the willingness to break the boundaries of accepted thought and leave the pack. From my point of view, only when I began to color (way) outside the lines did I begin to pull together seemingly unconnected ideas and concepts into a bigger, more coherent picture. Psychology helps me understand why we do what we do and philosophy forces me (at least temporarily) to abandon any notions of right or wrong, good and bad, better or worse and see life as it really is. When thinking philosophically, I must leave my biases and prejudices at the door. I use these two tools, along with others, to gain (and hopefully maintain) perspective. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since I’m not a classically trained psychologist with a consensus belief system, I’m at liberty to explore multiple ideas and concepts that aren’t constrained by a formal ideology or professional field of expertise. From my point of view, I’ve got nothing to lose and everything to gain. Instead of herding everything I learn into rigid categories for emotional and intellectual comfort, I try to follow the rabbit wherever it goes. After decades of trying to do things “my way or the highway” I’ve learned the hard way it’s best to navigate life with an open mind and a loosely held belief system, in the same manner one might gently cradle a delicate butterfly rather than desperately clutch a huge sack of potatoes. By doing so, when something doesn’t fit my worldview or belief system, I simply let go and let it mold itself into any shape that’s required to fit the new information. Contrary to what one might think, this doesn’t result in radical changes but rather subtle movements. The key is mental and emotional flexibility and with lots of practice and a healthy dose of courage, it can be as easy as that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While this process might sound nonsensical, impossible even (“you have to believe something” I’ve been told) it’s actually very easy and quite liberating once you exercise it on a regular basis. Very young children do it every day, until it’s finally conditioned out of them using an extremely effective program of dogmatic repetition and indoctrination administered by our state sponsored training institutions known as the public and private school system. For those children who require additional training, there are 4 more years of intensive focus available for a substantial additional charge. Finally, in those tragic cases where a few unfortunate children refuse to absorb their conditioning, graduate school is offered. Quite frankly, it’s their last and only hope and it’s usually financed with huge loans and paid back in monthly installments, assuming they finally secure gainful employment once released onto an unsuspecting and vulnerable world. These adult children are hopelessly institutionalized and those who survive this level of indoctrination have historically done the most damage to society.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All kidding aside (well, actually I wasn’t kidding) the training I just described is not known to produce an open mind and a flexible belief system. As I continue to work on reversing and repairing a lifetime of damage to my own psyche and spirit, the perspective gained from this flexibility allows me to forcibly move my dominant ego to the back of the bus and away from the controls. I say forcibly because the ego is the original and ultimate control freak, a crisis manger that knows it all and won’t willingly release command. The ego will not go quietly into the night. By corralling the egoic mind, it enables my intellect and awareness to explore areas my ego would normally shield from me. It took me the longest time to realize that what I thought was “me”, my “self”, my conscious mind talking and thinking was often and sometimes exclusively my ego, which is a very constrained and purposely narrow slice of my full consciousness. In essence, I discovered that my ego, that constant companion I’d always assumed was “me”, wasn’t actually “me”. Worse yet, I realized my ego lied to me. As a matter of fact, my ego lied to me all the time, in a very successful attempt to shield me from myself and the world around me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It appears I really am wearing rose colored glasses, placed there by an hyper vigilant ego perfectly adapted to an environment made dangerous by lions, tigers and bears (oh my) but mostly useless and quite self destructive in a modern world of townhouses and tea parties. While the ego is wonderfully capable of piloting the ship through dangerous shoals and shark infested waters, it is not well suited to the everyday mundane task of cruise ship captain. It is time to extract the (ego) maniac from the pilot house and put him in charge of the bilge pumps. However, you don’t want to remove the ego completely because you need it in a pinch. While the ego will scream and holler at first, (usually manifested in fear and anxiety) it really isn’t comfortable handling delicate cruise ship piloting duties 24/7. Once you negotiate a truce with your ego by assuring your ego you need it during crisis situations, the ego will stay busy rebuilding the bilge pumps and manning the life boats, where it really is much happier. You really don’t want the antisocial and paranoid head of security running the public relations department all the time. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Don’t believe me? Think this is silly? Well, you might be correct, but consider the following. Have you ever experienced a situation where you’re talking to someone, carrying on a somewhat heated conversation (meaning your ego is front and center) and yet at the same time you mentally float off and find yourself watching yourself as you argue with the person? Or something happens and you react instinctively, yet at the same time and in the back of your mind, you’re asking yourself why you’re doing or saying this or that? I’m talking about real time here, not after the fact. Sort of like watching yourself while also being in the “here and now”. This actually happens to many people but rarely do they talk about it publically, for fear of being branded crazy or weird. I suggest that if you’ve never experienced this, it might be because you’ve never tried or you’re more egocentric than some (that’s not necessarily a bad thing, it just is what it is) and you might benefit from being aware of it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To go a little further with this idea (and deeper into the weeds) as I’ve learned to control my dreams (I submit that dreaming is simply a different aspect of consciousness) there are times when I’m in my dream (seeing through my dream eyes in my dream body so to speak) while also watching myself in my dream, in exactly the same manner as described above. But I’ve also experienced (more accurately controlled) the third perspective while dreaming, moving in and out of my dream body at will, disembodied from myself, while at the same time watching me watch my ego in the dream. There are other perspectives as well (out of your dream body and into someone else’s dream body, which I find exhilarating) but I don’t wish to scare off the reader too soon.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I see all this as simply different perspectives or dimensions of the same consciousness. I humorously call this dream state the ultimate expression of me, myself and I (and that guy). While some people get physically and emotionally upset when I discuss this (yes, some people become quite threatened by things like this) if science can rationally discuss string and membrane theory, quantum mechanics and 11 dimensions, I can talk about expanded consciousness. For those readers experiencing a queasy stomach right about now, wondering who this lunatic is, you’re welcome to exit stage right if you like. For those readers who regularly read my comments on ZH, I’ll quote my all time favorite line from the movie “Starman”. “You wanted crazy, you got crazy.” :&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Circling back, this heightened awareness has many different names in other cultures and (not surprisingly) it’s that place or level one wishes to reach during meditation, Yoga or intense concentration. Many “creative” and “religious” people have reported reaching a heightened state of awareness during moments of greatest inspiration and concentration. (I’ll touch the “religious” third rail in my next article.) This heightened awareness can only be reached by taking the ego out of the driver’s seat and engaging yourself. You, or more accurately your consciousness, can be found in this area of higher awareness, where your true creativity and knowledge is located. This is where you find the more fully formed you, not the everyday ego we all assume is us, which is what is exposed to the world when we’re on automatic pilot. This higher awareness is where your gut instinct resides, the place where problems are sorted out when you “sleep on it”, where you put something in the back of your mind for processing. If you think about it, there are dozens of popular cliché’s we use every day that actually describe a higher level of consciousness. While we kind of, maybe, sort of, accept this as possible, we rarely spend any time attempting to engage this area at will and use this power to our benefit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just think, all those wasted years in my late teens and early 20’s taking hallucinogenic drugs and looking for me when I was actually right here all the time. :&gt;) You really can have lots of fun with this if you don’t take yourself too seriously and regularly tickle the funny bone. (I’ll cover more thoroughly the “hallucinogenic drugs” third rail next time.) My little laugh at my own expense actually highlights that most basic and fundamental aspect of being human, the longing or yearning for “meaning” that humans have described for thousands of years. Think of the tens of thousands of books, poems and songs written over the ages describing the search for the meaning and purpose of life. As you might suspect, I have some ideas on the subject but not here, not now. By the way, Microsoft’s “Word” spell check doesn’t like this article. Too many me, myself and I’s (which Word as king narcissist automatically corrects to read “me, me, me”) has Bill Gates’ crowning achievement all worked up.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Anyway, the phenomenon of watching your ego while awake and aware is sometimes called perspective but also has many other names and explanations. The real question is how are you able to do this if “you” are your ego and your ego is “you”? How can you be “you” and also be watching yourself at the same time? It’s almost as if you’re of two minds as the saying goes. In my opinion, the ego is a narrow slice of and a distinct part of your total consciousness (but a part of it none-the-less) something I call my basic self, where my mental reflexes lay, the emotional me, the crisis manager, my reptilian brain for lack of a better term. You can actually train yourself to step back and watch your ego at will, though it can be more difficult during times of stress, when the dominant ego asserts it’s primacy over your consciousness. Interestingly, during deep concentration or during meditation, when I’ve moved the ego into the background and my consciousness forward, I sense there are additional levels of awareness. It’s my understanding that it’s possible for the more highly developed conscious being (shamans, Dali Lama, etc) to “go” much further than I can even conceive of. This is a rabbit hole that’s very deep, endless even, and while I’ll never fully explore it in my lifetime, it’ll be loads of fun trying. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once you begin to practice this, you find it’s much easier to subvert your ego because you no longer identify yourself with the ego. “You” are not your ego and your ego is not “you”. “You” are the master, the overseer, the conscious being and your ego is your servant, in the same manner your arm is a part of you but not “you”. (Unless of course you’re Peter Seller’s arm in “Dr Strangelove or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb” a wonderfully powerful examination of global insanity created and accepted by the consensus reality.) Interestingly, it appears that for the last six thousand years, the ego has gained more and more control over the human psyche; to the point where today it remains dominant nearly all the time. In fact, there is growing evidence that ancient man didn’t “think” or experience reality in the same way we do today. But since we know of nothing else, of no other way to be, we assume this is normal and natural. My studies indicate it hasn’t always been normal for the ego to be primary, front and center, crowding out our greater awareness, pushing it into the background. (I’ll expand on this in the next article.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Of course, at times you do want a dominant ego, such as when a car is about to strike you, the ladder is about to fall or someone is waving a gun in your face. You want and need that part of your consciousness to dominate, when any hesitation might kill you. But not when you’re sitting in the board room or on the throne in the bathroom. Servants don’t dominant the master but instead follow the masters bidding. BTW, please don’t get hung up on the word “control” because it’s not about control of the ego as much as understanding, awareness and perspective of the ego and your consciousness.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next step in understanding your consciousness (once you understand the separation of “you” and your ego) is to understand that, contrary to conventional wisdom, there is no clear division of the conscious mind separated from the unconscious mind, with the ego mixed into the mess. Instead, understand that there is only a totality called consciousness (including the collective consciousness, which will be discussed in the next article) and the ego is constraining your view of your own total consciousness in the same way a massively large but completely dark warehouse might appear to you if all you have is a small flashlight which only illuminates a very small area. Now consider that your ego, which is usually controlling the direction and intensity of the flashlight, is a hyper alert, very frightened and extremely strong child wandering through the pitch black vastness completely alone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Clearly the child is not in the mood to explore and understand. In fact, the child will deliberately ignore anything that could possibly be threatening, frightening or even confusing. You will be blind to many things because your ego will simply not illuminate it for you. Even if the ego recedes into the background, it still very effectively filters “reality” or “truth” if you’re not aware of the ego and its methods. You can’t see what you don’t know about or what you’re not aware of. (This reminds me of that wonderfully obtuse but factually correct statement by Donald Rumsfeld. “You have your known knowns, your known unknowns and your unknown unknowns.”) Your ego is a crisis manager and is always on high alert and not rational or logical under any circumstances. In fact, the term “rational or logical ego” is the ultimate oxymoron.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The ego’s fight or flight survival instincts, when allowed to be the dominant emotion, is not very well suited to exploration and understanding of the darkened area of your consciousness, which requires curiosity, insight, reflection, sensitivity, etc. However, the ego is very well adapted to deal with crisis, hunger, severe physical stress and so on, making the ego an excellent crisis manager. The ego, which is always on high alert though not always dominant, will “see” things such as scary shapes or movement and “hear” noises that for the most part will be a complete fabrication. Now switch on the overhead flood lights, illuminating the entire warehouse, and suddenly all those previously frightening shapes and sounds turn out to be easily recognizable familiar objects.  While I don’t know how to (fully) turn on my mental flood lights, I’m absolutely convinced that if we were able to switch the lights on, we would laugh heartily at our own foolishness and insanity, for it would all make sense once we could see the big picture. We’ve all seen those picture grabs that are nearly impossible to decipher (like a circle with rods radiating outward) until we pull back to see the entire perspective (a Ferris or bicycle wheel) and suddenly it all makes sense. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While I’m a long way from this level of awareness, significant progress can still be realized if I understand that I’m no longer compelled to allow my ego to dominate and distort everything all the time. Just as important, knowing the past is littered with distortions and lies perpetrated by the ego, I must begin the process of re-examination and reflection. In addition, once I understand what the ego is and its role in my existence, I can more easily see through the ego’s distortion and subterfuge. While my ego still throws the occasional temper tantrum in the middle of the supermarket, I’ve learned to recognize the warning signs and not take it personally, pun intended. Even if I’m unable to stop the ego tantrum, I can still quickly escort my ego outside and lock it in the car. Understanding the circumstances that color my perception will go a long way towards dealing with it. The scary monster creeping up behind me is very often my ego.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In truly dysfunctional individuals, where the ego is extremely dominant and in constant tension with the conscious mind, I suspect the ego deliberately sabotages the individual to create crisis after crisis in order to “feel” needed and useful. While the ego might be an excellent crisis manager, once we recognize that the ego sees the world from an extremely narrow point of view, we shouldn’t ever expect the ego to act like a mature adult, applying reason and insight to lessons learned in order to modify future behavior. The ego is the one tiger that will never change its stripes. This might explain why some people seem to be extremely self destructive yet when carefully questioned, report that they’re completely clueless about their behavior.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Understanding the ego and its effect on human behavior helps explain, or at least helps one understand, all kinds of bizarre human behavior. Remember, the ego doesn’t make moral judgments as we understand “moral” to be (right or wrong, just or unjust, good or bad) but simply “sees” the world from its own narrow point of view, that of harm or no harm to itself or to the entire consciousness that it’s a part of. Actually, the ego sees itself as a separate and distinct entity rather than a part of the bigger whole. The ego sees itself as THE captain of the ship and everything else as passengers and cargo that the ego is responsible for. Thus, the ego sees itself as besieged on all sides by danger and oppression, under constant assault and in continuous survival mode. Psychopathic or sociopathic behavior is more understandable when seen through the eyes of the controlling ego. If the ego has completely taken over the conscious being and is continuously and permanently in control, from the point of view of the ego, it’s constantly fighting for its very existence and anything goes. The insanity of the psychopath/sociopath makes perfect sense when you understand that the ego is permanently in the psychopath’s drivers seat.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Circling back to the concept of a lightly held worldview, I’m not actually abandoning everything I know and believe each time I let go. Instead I’m simply changing my perspective. Each time I come face to face with a fact or idea that I might have previously rejected as impossible or unbelievable, instead of meeting it with “no” and rejecting it outright, I can first try “why not”. It requires letting go of my defensive position, my ego, my fight or flight crisis management reflex and trusting that I can emotionally and mentally withstand a shock to my belief system, that the new information is valuable to me rather than threatening. The thing is, once I let go, there is no shock to the system because there’s nothing there to resist. If you don’t “own” your belief system, there is nothing to lose when it must be released for reconditioning. It can be difficult at times to leave the old conditioning behind and it shows when I write “I believe” because those words implies ownership of a belief system. Habits are obvious indications of conditioning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Think about that old joke, how it’s not the fall that kills you but the sudden stop. By removing the need to withstand assaults to your rigid belief system (because it’s light and flexible and easily released) there’s no sudden stop. It’s as if you’re a screen door, barely affected by the gust of wind passing through. It’s really remarkable how many doors you suddenly find open once you stop pounding on the closed door in front of you and look around. By letting go of the desperate urge (created by the ego) to control or restrict the information flow, suddenly we recognize that no idea or concept can harm us (manifested as fear and anxiety) unless we oppose it. It’s never a question of being able to learn new things; the problem lay with letting go of the old stuff.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is why children are more easily trained and so impressionable. They’re an open book, with very little old baggage to overcome and plenty of open space to be filled. Worse (and this realization has brought me to tears a few times) we, you and I, our society, are teaching our own children’s ego to be dominant and to control, to lie and to cheat. Because the ego has no mechanism to distinguish between right and wrong, while the higher consciousness might better understand the difference between a “white” lie and full blown deceit, the ego simply sees this incoming information as tools to be used, usually against the consciousness and its human host, your son or daughter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’ll never forget the day a few decades back when I was trying to explain to my 4 year old son (to answer his question) the difference between a small lie and a big lie. My son was completely bewildered and I could see it in his eyes. I realized then and there that I was creating my very own Frankenstein’s monster. I was teaching my son how to rationalize and justify and game the system, to accept the conditioning, to be part of the hive mentality. And even when I fought against this insanity, society was more than willing to pick up the slack. While we’re training our child about hot stoves and thin ice, we’re also teaching the ego how to lie, cheat and deceive. As we are (in) forming the child’s consciousness, we are (in) forming the ego. This is a difficult rabbit hole to go down, to recognize that you’re harming your child, but it does deserve serious thought.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Well meaning people have tried to assure me that I was just doing what I thought was best to reinforce and validate their denial (no I wasn’t, I recognized what I was doing but I was too weak, lazy and conditioned to fight my own conditioning all the time) or that if I didn’t teach my child, he would not have been as well adjusted as he obviously was (being well adjusted to a sick and insane society is not a good thing) but I’ve made peace with myself on this matter. Just realize that anyone travelling down this road must deal with this speed bump eventually. However, with regard to learning about yourself and your consciousness, you can be a wide eyed and fearless little child again; open to new ideas and concepts, resilient and adaptable, a dry sponge waiting to be filled with water. It’s a matter of willingness, not ability or intelligence. In fact initially, when you’re first learning this process, thinking often gets in the way because the conditioned egocentric intellectual process is the old rut you’re stuck in and something to be avoided. You don’t want to push yourself into the same rut you’re pushing yourself out of.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I often think of life and our perception of reality as a jigsaw puzzle. There are countless puzzle pieces in front of us and from the moment we’re born (I suggest it starts before birth) we begin assembling the pieces into a coherent picture. While most of the more complex puzzle construction takes place during the training and conditioning phase we call our education, our basic concepts and beliefs are cemented into place by 5 or 6 years of age. Think of the children as Zombies in training. We are conditioned, well before the officially structured conditioning ever begins, to believe that the world (reality) is finite, quantifiable and static. Obviously the consensus view of how the pieces fit together is predetermined by society long before you’re born and very often the pieces don’t fit together very well. Because we trust those around us to know better, we simply accept what we’re told, that the ill fitting pieces are natural and to be expected. As we grow older and develop more independence, while we can clearly see there are pieces left over even when our education is done, we’re assured by society that these pieces are inconsequential, not needed, unimportant and immaterial. And quite frankly, society tends to ostracize those who ask difficult and uncomfortable questions. So as we navigate our lives, when outlier or incompatible information pushes to the top of the froth, we follow our conditioning and compare these stray and orphan pieces against our ever changing list of socially acceptable facts. The vast majority of the time we simply discard them when they don’t fit our view or that of society.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let’s look at this a little closer. How many times over the past 12 months have you been reading a book, newspaper, magazine, trolling the Internet, listening to a news program, whatever, when something leaps to the center of your attention and immediately prompts a “What the hell” response. Here’s a stray puzzle piece that for whatever reason has been thrust into view. It doesn’t fit anywhere in your personal puzzle but there it is, commanding your attention and demanding resolution. But this piece is “out there” and for some reason you may feel a little uncomfortable, fearful, angry even. While it’s just one little piece of the puzzle, it feels threatening to you. How dare this puzzle piece jump out in front of you and disturb your peaceful day. Or maybe not, maybe you have no feeling either way. But still it doesn’t fit. So what do you do? Do you spend the next 3 hours re-examining your belief system or this puzzle piece in an honest attempt to understand the outlier. Of course you don’t, because the piece doesn’t fit. Out it goes, usually never to be seen again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I cannot overemphasize how powerful the impulse is for the conditioned person (again, the Zombie) to stay within societies boundaries and discard the outlier puzzle pieces. Interestingly, the type of information (how contrary it is to the consensus opinion of society) is not always the sole or even principal determination used by the person when deciding what to do with it. The credibility of the purveyor of this information is often more important. For example, if the source of the information is suspect, the piece can be (more) easily discarded. However, if the source is extremely credible, the conditioned person faces a crisis of confidence. While they trust the source, the information is very disturbing. The ego sees this emotional stress and conflict as a crisis and struggles mightily to compel the person, through fear and anxiety, to reject the puzzle piece and return to emotional stability. If the person rejects the information, the ego will turn down (but never off) the fear and anxiety. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even the credibility of the information itself is sometimes immaterial. The person often doesn’t even want to look at it very closely because doing so will simply make the crisis more difficult to deal with. It’s not the information that’s threatening as much as the person’s view of how that information will affect their position in society. If society is telling them that anyone who accepts this information will be rejected or ostracized, the information is downright dangerous to the person. The deeper the conditioning and the more the person has surrendered his identity to society and its conditioning, the deeper the crisis will be. This is the reason why so many people go through life with closed minds, seemingly certain they know precisely what’s right and wrong. In many ways, these people are protecting themselves from emotional crisis, though they would never admit that to themselves or to others because this insight is emotionally threatening. The dog is chasing its tail in a positive feedback loop.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the leaders of a society wish to manipulate the population (duh) this explains why the leaders (we’re not just talking politicians here) would lie to their citizens, something I’ve repeatedly talked about on ZH. If the person (the conditioned mind) in crisis is confronted with information they desperately wish to reject, but the information or source is extremely credible, the person needs emotional help to discard the information. The ego is pounding on the person in the form of fear and anxiety to drop this hot potato, to resolve the crisis. The person is desperate for emotional cover to relieve their suffering. If they reject the information in order to stop the emotional pain and be accepted in the eyes of society (which is extremely important to the conditioned person) then they must personally reject the information and the source.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But they know deep down (though not always consciously) that they should at least look at the information more closely and quite possibly embrace it. This is what’s causing the crisis, the knowledge that it could be true. The conditioned mind always knows what the “truth” is and this exerts (additional) pressure on the conditioned mind, even if the conditioned mind is not aware of it. The person needs to receive permission to do what they want to do, which is to reject the information in a manner that allows them to relieve the emotional pain (denial will help them feel better about themselves) and still assure them of society’s acceptance. In other words, in this case they wish to reject the info in a personally and socially acceptable manner.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By the way, it doesn’t matter if “society” is not aware of this person’s crisis. It’s all about how the person see’s himself in relation to society. I will stress again that we’re talking about the conditioned mind here, the so called Zombie. People will reject information while alone at home just as quickly as they would in a public setting. To even be in possession (intellectually or physically, it doesn’t matter) of the information is often very threatening. I’m reminded of the Japanese person talking on the outdoor payphone and bowing while talking. In the person’s mind and manner (meaning in the consciousness) the other person is physically there. This is an important dynamic to understand and it helps explain the “phantom limb syndrome” many amputee’s experience. Experiments have shown that when you see a movie of someone lifting their arm, the part of your brain that controls your own arm lights up in the same manner as it does when you actually lift your own arm. The actual electrical impulses that would move the arm are blocked by another part of the brain (I think it’s your consciousness that blocks it) which apparently knows the difference between pictures and “reality”. But your brain doesn’t perceive any difference between the picture and the real thing. I guess this also explains the multibillion dollar pornography business, doesn’t it? :&gt;) Perception is reality, at least to your brain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the politician (as the social leader) lies to the conditioned person (a social animal) about the information, the politician has in effect just given the conditioned mind the good housekeeping stamp of approval to do the same. Accepting the lie is good and acceptable to society because Daddy (society’s leader) says so. We’re talking about infantile responses here when examining the conditioned mind. The political leader, the “official” head of the society, has just told the person exactly what they want to hear. Daddy said it’s not true, the source is mistaken, crazy even, ignore that man behind the curtain, Daddy’s the great and mighty OZ. The conditioned mind can now safely reject the information and remain in good graces in society. Since society is willing to accept the lie, the person can do so as well. In effect, it isn’t a lie anymore because society (by way of society’s leaders) says it isn’t a lie. To the person reading this description of the dynamics of this personal and public subterfuge, it sounds incredible, unbelievable even. Yet this insanity goes on all the time, often in very subtle ways. You and I do this but since our ego won’t let us see ourselves clearly, deliberately obscuring our own self deceit and then papering it over with denial (and then denying the denial) we often remain convinced that others may do this but we don’t. But of course we do.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let me also assure you that these dynamics are thoroughly understood and utilized by private parties (corporate advertising, sales organizations, etc) and government entities. Consider the entire alphabet soup of overt and covert government agencies here, including more and more private contractors doing the dirty work for the government these days. What exactly do you think is going on when you hear the term “psychological operations” and who do you think those “psyops” are being directed towards? Do you remember those mind control “experiments” conducted by the US government in the 50’s and 60’s, which were piggybacking on the work done by the Nazi doctors? (But let’s not go there, that’s on society’s no-no list.) The key for those who wish to manipulate and control the population is to maintain and extend the conditioning of society. I’ll give you one guess what the principal tool is and how this is accomplished. I’ll even give you a hint; the word contains the letters “T” and “V”. I’ll cover this more thoroughly in part 2 when I talk about control mechanisms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The puzzle piece itself may be perfectly formed and acceptable in another time or place, or with another person, easily taken in and absorbed. But for this conditioned person, here and now, and for whatever reason, it’s discarded. Why? If you wish to overcome your conditioning, what’s wrong with simply seeing it as a stray puzzle piece that doesn’t yet have a home in your worldview or belief system? Rather than trashing it, you can place it back on the table for future reference. It really is that simple once you recognize that you’re creating the problem here, not the puzzle piece. I can’t count the number of times I’ve been able to pick up puzzle pieces months or years later that finally seem to fit, greatly contributing to my personal growth. I’m certain if I’d trashed them, it’s very likely they’d never be available again. This is because the more pieces I discard the deeper I surrender myself to societies conditioning. Each time we discard something, we must force ourselves deeper and deeper into denial in order to live with ourselves. The damage is cumulative and creates a growing dysfunction and neurosis. We must first deny it ever happened and them we must deny we ever denied it ever happened. This level of mental and emotional deceit can back up and needs to be cleared out occasionally or serious psychosis will develop. What happens when the toilet becomes jammed and won’t flush away life’s waste? A crisis is what happens.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As individuals and as a society, we’re growing more emotionally unstable each day. Witness the dramatic increase in school and work shootings &amp; suicides over the past 30 years, to name just one example. Haven’t you ever wondered where this insanity is coming from? Doesn’t a little siren go off in the back of your head every time someone goes “postal”? Our insanity is increasing, which explains a population growing more obese, more dependent on drugs and distraction to make it through each day. It stands to reason then that the most disturbing puzzle pieces, and thus those most likely to be rejected by the conditioned mind, are those that pertain to society itself. To recognize that society’s leaders not only lie to us but may be trying to harm us (something that is obvious to the less condition mind) is nearly unthinkable. Similarly, recognizing that your spouse is sexually abusing your children or your father is molesting the neighborhood children is also extremely difficult to accept. To the conditioned mind, it is literally unimaginable. The ego will throw up a nearly impenetrable barrier to shield the conditioned mind from this information. How many times have you left a bad relationship and said something like “I never saw it coming” or “How could I have been so blind”? Your ego shielded you from the (coming) emotional trauma by blinding you to reality. Everyone else knew for months your spouse was cheating on you. Why didn’t you?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sadly, this tendency is conditioned into us from birth and builds upon itself in an out-of-control positive feedback loop that acts as a control mechanism. While some might claim this is natural or just human nature to do so, I think just the opposite. I believe that the control mechanisms, the training and conditioning combined with social peer pressure and its positive feedback loop has been so completely assimilated into our very fabric and perception that it has become indistinguishable from reality, thus it is reality and by extension normal or natural. Perception, when fully and unquestionably accepted, is reality. In every sense of the word, we create our own realty on the fly, in real time, simply by the decisions we do or don’t make, the beliefs we maintain, which in turn are filtered by our rigid worldview, which is then reinforced by society and promoted by what I call “bad actors”.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Our rigid worldview is reinforced and encouraged by everything we interact with on a daily basis, enabling us to grow mentally lazy and intellectually stagnant. We’re assured by science that our material world is measurable, quantifiable, consistent and stable. We’ve been assured that most of the secrets of the universe have been teased out and independently confirmed, that matter and energy follow iron clad rules of physics and the few small inconsistencies will soon be worked out, as soon as that fancy new CERN collider in Geneva is fired up and working at full power. So how do we deal with some genuinely strange (scientific) puzzle pieces that are only now becoming widely accepted and that seem to be directly related to consciousness?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For instance, a scientific experiment confirmed that subatomic particles can instantly “communicate” across vast distances. In other words, “communicate” faster than the speed of light. This flies in the face of everything we think we know and breaks every rule we’ve been taught. Or my personal favorite, the now established fact that by simply observing something, we affect it. Matter can’t be accurately measured because it’s changed simply by being observed. When we “observe” something, what we’re really doing is directing our consciousness towards it, bringing the observed into of sphere of awareness. So does this mean our consciousness is a form of energy that can influence or even change other forms of energy (matter is energy in a different form or energy state) thus bringing full circle my constant refrain that perception is reality? If our consciousness is energy, then can it be destroyed (energy and matter are never destroyed, only changed in form or frequency) can it “die” when the human body dies? Clearly this information warrants careful study with an unbiased eye. Or do we just chuck these outliers out the window and sleep better now that we’ve maintained our rigid worldview? Is this a science, physics or consciousness puzzle piece? The rabbit hole really is bottomless when you get up a head of steam.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As much as I would love to believe that there’s a magic pill or a dynamic leader or a puzzle piece of information that would change all of this if only my neighbor would swallow it, vote for it or read it, the inescapable conclusion is that there’s no magic cure in the wings, waiting to be applied to fix what is broken. However, the unraveling has only just begun and I actually possess what I consider to be a realistic expectation that this mess will not completely implode into a seething roiling fireball of destruction. How does it end? I don’t really know but I will hazard a guess sometime down the line. If we’re honest about this, we all want our baubles and trinkets and a good paying job as well. We want everything to change and nothing to change. We want our cake and we want to eat it too.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So where does this leave us? Well, depending upon your point of view, either you’ve just wasted a chuck of your time reading this or your perspective is a little bit broader than it was earlier. As I stated at the beginning, if we’re ever going to understand why we’re frozen in place while our country is carted off piece by piece, we need to throw conventional wisdom out the door and look for alternative explanations. Every time I devote some time examining this question, I find myself falling deeper and deeper into the rabbit hole. One link leads to another which leads to another which leads to another. But I do have some ideas I’d like to share with you next time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How do you disempower a corrupt system? By empowering yourself.&lt;br /&gt;How do you awaken a sleeping population? By awakening yourself.&lt;br /&gt;How do you heal a toxic society? By healing yourself.&lt;br /&gt;Neil Kramer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I wish to address one housekeeping item. There have been requests for me to include web links in my articles and I’ve made a deliberate and conscious decision not to. If you think about it for a moment, bibliographies, footnotes and web links are all intended to validate and legitimize the writer. All of the ideas and concepts I’ve discussed in this article can easily be found and I urge you to do so. Just be prepared to be snowed under. But I resist leaving a trail of bread crumbs for a number of reasons, one of which is primary and explained below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is no doubt in my mind that my biggest and most exciting discoveries and insights came from unexpected clicks of the mouse. More than a few times I’d start an evening of research with a specific subject in mind. But after a few clicks of the mouse, I’d quickly find myself deep in the weeds and far off the beaten path. I would rarely make it back to my original destination and that was just fine with me. If the reader really is interested in exploring further, the journey must be entirely yours and yours alone. I’ve found that when venturing off the beaten path (and I assure you the answers are way off the consensus reality path) it’s best if you find your own way.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;My hope is that whatever you learn be yours, from your own hand, your own research, irrefutable in your mind and thus immensely valuable and indispensible to you. The purpose of the journey is not the destination but the journey itself. Each trip is unique and your experience is a product of the path you take. I’ve studied the Masters long enough to see the wisdom in their methods so I’ll simply repeat what they teach. I’ll point you in the right direction but the rest is up to you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Stay tuned for part 2 of this exploration, coming to a theater near you.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-5513506954229645364?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/5513506954229645364/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/end-of-empire-waking-zombie-nations.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/5513506954229645364'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/5513506954229645364'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/end-of-empire-waking-zombie-nations.html' title='End of Empire - Waking Zombie Nations / Psychology, Consciousness and the Egoic Mind'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-9086916099545305538</id><published>2010-02-17T13:55:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-17T13:57:32.294-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Why is our anti-war outrage muted at this Afghan folly? Even the doubters seem to be giving this military intervention one final chance, but there is</title><content type='html'>I know WHY: Everyone is scrambling to keep their head above water, they're hypnotized by the television, they're not directly affected by this war (yet) and many more answers!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2010/feb/16/afghanistan-war-taliban-protest&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even the doubters seem to be giving this military intervention one final chance, but there is little confidence it will succeed&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;John Kampfner&lt;br /&gt;guardian.co.uk,  &lt;br /&gt;16 February 2010 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How can a war that has taken the lives of more UK service personnel than any other in half a century be met with such ambivalence? Or to put it another way: why are we not responding to Afghanistan in the way we did to Iraq?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As 15,000 British, American and other Nato forces engage in the largest offensive of the nine-year war so far, the media coverage has ranged between supportive and cautious. Opinion polls suggest concern about issues such as overstretch, mission creep and, naturally, the death toll, but these anxieties are not expressed with the fury that accompanied Tony Blair's great Iraqi misadventure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I, too, remain torn about Afghanistan – as, I suspect, are many who supported the thinking behind humanitarian intervention in the 1990s, only to see it so traduced by Iraq.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is far too early to pronounce the success or otherwise of Operation Moshtarak, the long-awaited surge in the unruly southern province of Helmand designed to root out the "bad" elements of the Taliban. American progress in the toughest regions is said to be painfully slow, bogged down by improvised explosive devices and snipers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is the most curious of modern military offensives. Shorn of the bellicose language of the neoconservatives, the latest phase of the Afghan war is instead couched in Obama-esque talk of cultural inclusiveness. All sides were given advance notice of the troop movements. According to the three-stage process, once the towns of Marjah and Nad Ali have been "cleared" of enemy forces, the training of Afghan security forces will intensify, leading finally to the reintegration of insurgents into mainstream Afghan society. This is a far cry from the "de-Ba'athification" process that took place in Iraq shortly after the invasion, which turned the political and military elite into outright enemies overnight.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So will it work, and will it have been worth the thousands of dead, including more than 250 British soldiers – more than have died in Iraq or in the Falklands?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In contrast to Iraq, the UK government has been relatively straight with the public about its intentions. I say relatively, because the reasons for going to war have changed on many occasions. In 2001, within weeks of the 9/11 terrorist attacks, Blair and George Bush invaded Afghanistan, proclaiming as their mission the rooting out of al-Qaida training camps. They threw in, for good measure, the task of removing the ­Taliban, a worthy cause itself but one that also highlighted the hypocrisy of sustained American and British support for the mujahideen, the precursors to the Taliban who just happened to be the scourge of the Soviet occupiers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Control was lost when significant numbers of forces were diverted to Iraq. In 2006, when British forces were greatly increased in Afghanistan, the then defence secretary, John Reid, and his generals proclaimed that the Taliban would be rooted out, hearts and minds would be won, our streets would be safer and, for good measure, our nightclubs would be spared the scourge of the opium crop – all this without a shot being fired. It is worth remembering that an average of three soldiers died every day last year.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The great democratisation process has hardly been a triumph either. Last year's elections saw Hamid Karzai returned to power only thanks to vote-rigging on a massive scale. Corruption remains rampant at every level. The regime that our soldiers are giving their lives to protect is one or two notches short of desirable. Having been told that the Taliban were absolutely evil – from their treatment of women to the extreme methods of punishment of infidels – now we are told that we should differentiate between "good" Taliban and the "bad" variety.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, given all of the deficiencies listed above, why are the anti-war forces so quiet? Apart from Anjem Choudary and his little mob of troublemakers, why are there are so few protests?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I suggest two main reasons. The first is Barack Obama. His painfully long deliberations about Afghanistan reinforced the view that this is a serious leader who embraces complexity – a stark contrast to the moral certainties of the simpleton Bush and Blair mindset. And yet, because Obama is who he is, it makes it harder for liberals to criticise his policy decisions. His deployment of 30,000 extra soldiers while at the same time announcing his intention to draw down US forces from next year makes it blindingly obvious to the Taliban that their best tactic should be to lie low for a while.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The other reason is the absence of an alternative. A speedy withdrawal will inevitably allow the Taliban (bad and very bad) to move back into their strongholds, with the various warlords mopping up elsewhere. An unsavoury Karzai regime will be replaced by something even worse.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So we are lumbered with a military engagement that will last many more years. We cling to a vague hope that those in charge may, for the first time, at least have a better idea of the socio-cultural subtleties of this benighted country.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Obama in particular, this new phase of the war is fraught with risk. If, as is clearly possible, high-level American casualties occur in coming weeks, the president will come under renewed pressure from a resurgent rightwing that disparages him in his position as commander-in-chief. If more misplaced bombs cause many more civilian casualties, the opportunity to win round a critical mass of the local population will be lost.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The most optimistic scenario is that American and allied forces make sufficient inroads to give the inhabitants of towns and villages breathing space to test the merits of more moderate local leaderships. There is much doubt attached to that formula, but we might as well give them the benefit of it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A more miserable outcome is equally likely. The military action will make little long-term change on the ground, and even where progress is made it may be undone as soon as the foreign forces have left.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But it seems the public has concluded that we may as well give this military intervention one final chance. There may be few protests on the streets. There is much sadness at the return of the fallen. There appears to be little confidence, however, that their efforts will ultimately prevail.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-9086916099545305538?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/9086916099545305538/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/why-is-our-anti-war-outrage-muted-at.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/9086916099545305538'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/9086916099545305538'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2010/02/why-is-our-anti-war-outrage-muted-at.html' title='Why is our anti-war outrage muted at this Afghan folly? Even the doubters seem to be giving this military intervention one final chance, but there is'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-485729705867980019</id><published>2009-11-15T17:58:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-11-15T18:00:39.118-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Professor Happiness</title><content type='html'>http://www.opednews.com/populum/linkframe.php?linkid=101314&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Professor Happiness&lt;br /&gt;Daniel Gilbert *85 explains why we seek satisfaction in all the wrong places&lt;br /&gt;By Rachel Lieff Axelbank ’06&lt;br /&gt;Published in the November 4, 2009, issue&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fifteen years ago, you’d have thought that Daniel Gilbert *85 would have been disconsolate. Daniel Gilbert certainly did.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the mid-1990s, Gilbert experienced a confluence of endings. Both his mother and his mentor passed away. He and his wife got divorced. He and his best friend suffered a falling-out. His son left for college. One day, he found himself telling a friend over lunch, “If you had asked me a year ago how I’d feel if these things had happened, I would’ve gone, ‘God, I’d be devastated,’” he recounts. But, he continued, “I’m actually pretty OK.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“Why do people make that mistake?” his friend wondered aloud.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gilbert replied, “You know, that’s a good question.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It was so good a question, in fact, that Gilbert has spent most of his time since then in pursuit of the answer. He hasn’t found it yet, he says, but his search has earned him a   superstar status that has spilled over the walls of academia and into the mainstream. He has penned an award-winning New York Times best-seller, appeared on Comedy Central’s Colbert Report, recently begun a gig on PBS, and continued as “Professor Happiness” at Harvard, where he has taught since 1996.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In his lab and writings, Gilbert ponders the subject that is known, thanks largely to him, as affective forecasting — the how and why and error of human perceptions of time, value, reward, sorrow, and, yes, happiness. Just as we often recall the past as we’d like to remember it instead of as it was, so do we predict incorrectly what the future will be like, including our emotional responses to it. This is important, he says, because it influences our attempts at planning — and we do it again and again.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Employing a combination of cognitive psychology, neuroscience, and humor, Gilbert lays out these theories and a lot more in his 2006 book, Stumbling on Happiness. For his efforts, he won the Royal Society Prize for Science Books, the paramount science-writing honor bestowed by the United Kingdom’s academy of science. Gilbert says clearly that he has not written a “how-to” manual on finding happiness. Rather, he writes, his work “describes what science has to tell us about how and how well the human brain can imagine its own future, and about how and how well it can predict which of those futures it will most enjoy.” And that, Gilbert says, is not well at all.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What’s responsible for our self-deception? According to Gilbert, blame imagination, because its forces and flaws distort our predictions and our recollections. Imagination works powerfully and quickly, he explains, but it tends to make us believe that the future we envision will be a lot like the present we are experiencing. And when we imagine an event in that future, he explains, we humans consistently overestimate the length and intensity of our emotional response to it. As he writes: “Teenagers get tattoos because they are confident that DEATH ROCKS will always be an appealing motto ...”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reading Gilbert’s book, we learn that, upon buying a car, a person frets more over the new ride’s imperfections if the purchase contract includes a return period than if she is stuck with the vehicle, but nevertheless, most of us choose the escape clause. We find that “intense suffering triggers the very processes that eradicate it, while mild suffering does not,” which means you ultimately might get over your spouse’s infidelity but still be annoyed by the dishes he or she leaves in the sink (even though the infidelity hurts far more at first). We see how side-by-side comparisons can distort our decision-making — a fact understood by merchants who display an extremely expensive item alongside the moderate-priced item and the inexpensive one. Choosing among three options, the typical consumer is likely to pick the middle one; with only two options, he’d buy the cheaper one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We learn that not much of anything — be it being jilted at the altar or securing an annual salary of $5 million, losing or triumphing in football — makes us as happy or as sad as we expect it to. Humans have a unique ability, Gilbert says, to readjust, recover, and ultimately synthesize happiness in the face of not getting what we thought we wanted.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To learn more, Gilbert and researchers in his lab invite people to “track your happiness” on an iPhone. After registering online at www.trackyourhappiness.org, participants answer periodic inquiries about what they’re doing and how they’re feeling. These reports provide data for the researchers and a “happiness report” for each participant. “The goal of the project is nothing less than understanding what it is that truly affects people’s happiness,” says Matt Killingsworth, one of Gilbert’s senior graduate students.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gilbert has said that on an imaginary happiness scale of 0 to 100, humans tend to place themselves around the 75-point mark. Regardless of our baseline happiness “level,” a setback will drag us down the scale or some amazing stroke of luck bump us up, but only briefly — within a matter of months from the “life-changing” event, we’re pretty much right back where we started.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“Basically, the death of your entire family is the kind of event it takes to have a major impact on you for a very long time,” he says.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Can money buy happiness? Sort of. That is, a little more money can buy the poor a lot of happiness, but only a lot more money can buy the rich even a little happiness. Material wealth has, as Gilbert says, “very diminishing returns.” A far more reliable indicator of a person’s happiness is his or her wealth of personal relationships.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gilbert’s own existence and joys confirm this.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Asked what makes him happy, he says, “See those little girls?” and indicates a pair of framed photographs of his granddaughters, positioned for constant visual access from his computer chair. But he goes on to explain that while both seasoned parents and parents-to-be will indicate their offspring (be they grown or but a twinkle in the eye) as their greatest source of joy, real-time measurements indicate that people are actually less happy while raising their children than they are before or afterward. “The only known symptom of empty-nest syndrome,” Gilbert writes, “is increased smiling” — a fact that applies to women even more than to men. Only when the children leave the house do people begin to regain the high satisfaction with married life that they had as newlyweds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So, how can we predict whether a particular development will make us happy? The best method, Gilbert says, is to ask someone with experience. That should not be someone whose experience is long behind him, though — ask someone to whom it’s happening “right now.” For while we like to believe that we are special, the truth is that people’s emotional reactions to events are similar. We overestimate differences, and so we think that people are more varied than they actually are.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gilbert does much of his thinking in an office on the 14th floor of a white marble monolith on the edge of Harvard’s main campus, where the requisite overflowing bookshelves are punctuated with curious tchotchkes: the picture of Richard Gere holding Gilbert’s book; the baseball autographed by a former Chicago Cub; a vase filled with small plastic GI figures; the plush, cartoonish doll of the father of psychotherapy (Gilbert: “When you’re a psychologist, people give you Freuds”). He will chitchat about his life and his work for hours, and then, chortling, he will tell you that his friends think he talks too much.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is easy to conclude that Gilbert, by virtue of knowing all about happiness, is somehow above the dilemmas the rest of us face.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Not so, it seems.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“You can study gravity; you still fall down,” he points out. Nevertheless, his posture is the full embrace of a life he never expected to lead; he’s adamant that it was all a happy accident and might have gone just as well, or better, any number of other ways. To think otherwise, he says, is to fall prey to “the myth ... that there was some unique confluence of events and we were predestined and here we have arrived in just the right place.”  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The early ’70s found Gilbert with a serious case of the hippies, having, by age 17, dropped out of high school, married a woman named Windflower, sired a son named Arlo, and begun pursuit of his dream to spend the rest of time hitchhiking around the country, playing and listening to music, reading philosophy, waging peace, and making love, man. But this compulsion eventually waned, and there to take its place were literary aspirations and a plan to enroll in a creative-writing course at the local community college.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The bus ride to the college was long, he says, and then the course was closed; loath to ride back without anything to show for it, he signed up for psychology. And he thought, “College is a lot more fun than high school.” He secured a GED, enrolled at the University of Colorado at Denver, emerged as valedictorian, and set about deciding among a stack of acceptance letters from top-tier Ph.D. programs in psychology.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“I picked Princeton for all the wrong reasons,” Gilbert says. These turned out to be not so bad after all — friendly fellow students and graduate housing that offered a place for young Arlo to play — and they ultimately led Gilbert right into the single bit of fate that he will say, with neither caveat nor irony, changed his life.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Upon visiting Princeton, once charmed by the nice dorms and cool people, Gilbert was told that he could train under a professor who was on leave at the time. He shrugged and signed up; come fall, he found himself sitting in the office of Edward “Ned” Jones, one of the most celebrated social psychologists of the 20th century and “the most amazing, wonderful, doting, brilliant psychologist I could have trained under.” Jones studied “attribution” — how people explain events and behaviors — and Gilbert was hooked.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“Every thought I think today has his fingerprints on it still,” Gilbert says. “Up until meeting Ned, I was wandering from one thing to another, and I was the beneficiary of a lot of good luck — instead of wandering into traffic, I wandered into Princeton. Ned showed me how to focus my talents ... how to think like a scientist, how to use the experimental method to answer the very questions I’d set out on a journey with my thumb to answer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“His office wasn’t just another lucky place I stumbled into,” Gilbert says, “it was a place that made me somebody I would not have become had I not come across him.” Gilbert went on to receive the Porter Ogden Jacobus Fellowship — Princeton’s highest academic award for a graduate student — in 1985. Still, he says, “It’s not some attribute of me that uniquely steered me to psychology ... It was just a happy accident.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After graduation and 11 years on the faculty at the University of Texas in Austin, Gilbert was lured to Harvard by a compelling academic offer and his wish for a fresh start following his slew of sad events, including the death of Jones in 1993. And so, seeking to learn why he’d remained buoyant, he shifted his academic focus from a study of how individuals explain events to the field that put him and his collaborator, University of Virginia psychology professor Tim Wilson, on the academic map.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Nobel Laureate Daniel Kahneman, an emeritus Princeton professor of psychology and economics, describes Gilbert and Wilson as the absolute authorities in affective forecasting. Kahneman explains that Gilbert’s theories can be considered “extreme” in that they tie happiness very solidly to in-the-moment experience, and therefore accord little weight to retrospective satisfaction.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Nick Epley, a professor of psychology at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and a former Harvard colleague, says that Gilbert’s chief contribution to psychology has been a timely elucidation of the mechanisms underlying our judgment and prediction biases. In doing so, Epley says, Gilbert has opened up a new domain of research in a way that has attracted loads of new talent.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Epley’s view, a psychologist’s potential for impact lies in his or her ability to illuminate that which occurs in daily life but still eludes notice. “Most psychologists walk around with candles,” he says. “Dan walks around with a piece of the sun.”  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Having brought his piece of the sun to bookshelves around the world (Stumbling on Happiness has been translated into 20 languages), Gilbert now is tackling the small screen. Sometime early in 2010 — as of press time, the exact date had yet to be determined — PBS will run a six-hour mini series titled This Emotional Life, featuring Gilbert as host. Over the miniseries’ three episodes, Gilbert explores social relationships, psychopathologies (such as fear, anxiety, and phobias, among others), and the science of happiness itself, interviewing scientists as well as laypeople.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Gilbert, who rejoices in the writing process and relishes the agony of deciding between this word and that, filming a television miniseries is quite the tedious beast. He gets bored by saying a sentence 100 times when he knows it will appear on the screen once. But he also has learned how to relate to a video camera (“you have to look right into the camera’s eye and talk to it very intimately ... and it’s an inanimate object”), discovered a new kind of collaboration (“you don’t get your way”), and been enlightened as to his own unconscious physical habits (“I tend to tilt my head at the end of my sentences — but not anymore, I don’t!”).  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Academia still represents his zone of choice, though, and he asks a student to wait for a few minutes so that he can give a visitor a proper tour of the work nest he has created. Queried about the fortune-telling Magic 8 Ball on his ­windowsill, he seizes it from its spot and examines it thought fully, but refuses to disclose the question he is posing silently.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then, while knowing better than to speculate about his future, he rolls the ball over again and again until he gets the answer he wants, the answer that makes him happy.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-485729705867980019?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/485729705867980019/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/11/professor-happiness.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/485729705867980019'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/485729705867980019'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/11/professor-happiness.html' title='Professor Happiness'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-4890370502480861548</id><published>2009-11-15T17:26:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-11-15T17:28:42.889-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Wake UP and THINK: Have You Still Not Found What You Are Looking For?</title><content type='html'>http://www.oneballmedia.com/node/1017&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Have You Still Not Found What You Are Looking For?&lt;br /&gt;By Matthew Delooze&lt;br /&gt;19 August, 2009&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hello folks,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’d like to mention something connected to my mate ‘Bono’ and his group U2. I remember reporting on the group when it launched the ‘ No line on the Horizon’ album at the BBC.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I have written many things on &lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;spiritual energy extraction&lt;/span&gt; in the past and this site has a few examples of my previous writings on the matter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I have said previously that the Serpent Cult use ‘symbols’ and ‘sacred geometry’ as a middleman, a medium if you like, to conduct the spiritual energy that is created through human emotion at public events inside official buildings or at specially arranged concerts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;‘Pop/Rock festivals and concerts’ are a very good way of doing this and I have explained how it is done on many occasions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Obviously it is hard to explain sometimes how the said symbolism and geometry is hidden in modern day structures. I have pointed out the Ferris wheel in the past and not surprisingly I was ridiculed for it and even today that sort of info inside the conspiracy ‘camps’, in the main, is politely ignored in the least and at the most laughed at by fat gurus and experts that claim to be enlightened.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is pretty simple to understand that our emotions create energy isn’t it? You can feel emotional energy at parties and other events. Can’t you? You feel the ‘vibes’ don’t you? That is energy. It is a little harder to understand that our energy can actually empower other forces and it’s even harder to understand that esoteric symbolism and crafty geometry can be used to conduct our energy to a force that is not of this world. It is a force that knows about spiritual energy and it knows how it is created it and how to harness it. This force has not only knows how to do those things it has made you so dumbed down that you don’t even know who you really are. How can I explain to people who do not know who they really are  as to what they are really doing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before I go on to the example I want to show you today I will repeat a brief extract from a previous article about spiritual energy extraction through human emotions and symbolism. (Those that know my stuff obviously don’t need to read it) ...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I need to explain how an innocent looking festival on a five-sense level can also be used as an extractor of ‘spiritual energy’ on a spiritual level. It’s pretty simple really. When we feel ‘emotion’ as a human being we also create an ‘invisible energy’. The more emotional we feel the more powerful the energy becomes. If two people feel the same emotionally then the amount of invisible spiritual energy being created is doubled, so on and so forth, so you can imagine the amount of spiritual energy, so to speak, that ‘thousands’ of people can create, especially if they can be forced to feel ‘emotional’ about the same thing at the same time. So in my opinion ‘emotions create energy’. It is as simple as that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Imagine if an inter-dimensional force and a few of their agents on Earth knew about the energy that is created through human emotions and knew how to harness it and use it. What would they do? They would harness and use it wouldn’t they? They would need to attract large amounts of people to one area and raise the collective emotional state of the crowd and get the energy ‘directed’ towards them to collect it, a sort of feeding an ego sort of situation, on a massive scale. The malevolent entities cannot put themselves on stage ‘in their true image’ because the crowd wouldn’t get emotional about their own enslaver, so they would have to recruit and use attractive agents  (middlemen/celebrities) to draw in a crowd and raise collective emotions for them. Yes?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Agents for dark forces use hyped and talented artists to do this for them but this action is not enough on its own because all the emotional respect (spiritual energy) created at the event would simply go to the artist and not to the dark forces promoting the artists.  Yes? So the Serpent has very crafty displayed its own symbolism on stage and/or the festival locations are very symbolic in themselves (or both!). This enables them to attract the spiritual energy towards the symbolism itself and not just the performing artists. The use of symbolism is very important because if the audience at a festival are made to feel emotional about the performer on stage then they also feel emotion, subconsciously, for the symbolism being displayed at the same time. I suppose the situation is on a par with a surge of electricity being sent through the stage, not only would the performers get a shock so would all the other items that conduct electricity. In other words ‘spiritual energy’ can feed the creators of the symbolism on show. The real creators of the symbolism on show are entities in other dimensions; hence ‘they’ receive the spiritual energy created at festivals that bear their symbolism.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;The Serpent&lt;/span&gt; also uses ambiguous symbolic lyrics hidden in the songs that were allegedly penned and created by celebrity bands to get the crowd to collectively sing ambiguous words (Praise to the Gods), this also creates spiritual energy. (As mentioned in the beside the seaside article) For example Glastonbury uses a Pyramid Stage, so when the crowd feel emotion for artists at Glastonbury they will also give spiritual energy to symbolism (Pyramid etc) being displayed, simply because ‘emotional respect’ for the artist will also create ‘spiritual energy’ for the symbolism and this energy empowers things in a totally different way than you may imagine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Emotional respect = Spiritual energy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you show emotional respect to something you are literally giving your spiritual powers to it. All those attending a rock concert are innocently giving their spiritual energies, not only to their idols on stage, but to the symbolism being displayed too.(Source)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;OK. So let me show you an example of symbolism being used but hidden right under the noses of the public.  This symbolism goes slightly deeper than the Ferris wheel so I am probably wasting my time to the majority of folks. That said this symbolism is still ‘easy to see’ if you really want to see it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;‘The Claw’ has been well publicized. It is a massive apparatus that is being used literally ‘all around the world’ by U2. Indeed there is not just one ‘Claw’ there are three of them! The Claw is currently in London as I write this article with over 80,000 braindead human beings a night worshipping it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I have no doubts at all that this Claw is just another painted wagon of worship. I have no doubt at all that it is not only a medium for spiritual energy it is also a very important iconic ‘temple’ that is being used by the Serpent Cult for use in another worldwide SUN ritual. Indeed Matthew Delooze is claiming today that this concert apparatus is really a place of worship and that place of worship will be used by the Serpent Cult to receive the collective consent of the human race to rule over them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Matthew Delooze says the U2 Claw is a symbolic Church of UTU (U2)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hey that sounds really loopy doesn’t it?  I am claiming this modern day pop concert apparatus is covertly being placed around the world as a symbolic ‘temple’. What? Eh?  Can you say that again Matthew Please....Certainly... I am claiming this modern day pop concert apparatus is covertly being placed around the world as a ‘temple’. What? Eh?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A heap of metal, used to hold concert equipment, is supposed to be a covert temple and it has been put in place because multidimensional beings want to extract energy created by human beings and the human beings have to direct the energy in a place that symbolises the multi-dimensional beings?  What utter bullshit I hear you say. Are you mad Delooze? Well maybe I am because I‘m the guy that also said Ferris wheels were really sun/benben monuments too wasn’t I? Ferris wheels are just a heap of meaningless metal too eh? OK then. Just like you have become a meaningless heap of braindead shite without knowing it then then eh?  This claw is worth 20million quid in the matrix you worship what are you worth? 2 bob?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So yes, my little band of Ferris wheel fanatics, Matthew Delooze says today that the ‘Claw’ being used by U2 is nothing more than a covert Sun Temple dedicated to the SUN through the Sun God UTU. It is basically named as a church of UTU but that’s just another name for a sun temple.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; I tried to get you researching this stuff when I mentioned U2 before at the BBC studio. The All Souls Church and the ‘Breathing’ statue ritual that took place a few months back officially endorsed ‘The Church of U2’, but I guess I was talking out my arse then too?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So anyway, how does the Claw hold or carry esoteric symbolism I hear you ask. How can a heap of metal or three heaps of metal (there are 3 claws) represent Sun symbolism or indeed represent a Temple?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I’ll tell you that agents for the Serpent Cult, like the very very dodgy Bono, always make ‘official announcements’ about the true symbolism behind worldwide rituals.  A good example of this is of course the announcement of Bob Geldof and LIVE 8 (Live 8 being a worldwide ritual to worship the Ogdoad as I have said many times.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So please, friends, enemies and even those, I don't want to upset, simply because they don’t know which hole they like best, please don’t take my word, I'm the loony remember, for the official explanation as to the true esoteric symbolism behind the Claw. Take the words of my mate Bono himself.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"The Claw" is built, rehearsals have started, and in just a couple days, the first cast of thousands will show up in Barcelona to bear witness in the Church of U2. In an interview for Barcelona TV this week, Bono says, "Music is worship," and tells the reporters that the massive structure in the middle of the stadium was inspired by one of the world's most famous unfinished structures and one of Barcelona's biggest tourist attractions, La   Sagrada Familia, designed by Gaudi&lt;br /&gt;Marilyn Malone&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Don't believe the official website about the Church of U2 or that the claw is based on a Temple eh?  Well listen to Bono officially slip it out then Please listen around 1min 10secs in to this video.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So there you are folks it is Bono himself, a god to millions, that claims the Claw is symbolically based on Sagrada Familia and better than that folks… ‘I agree with him’. What is this world coming to when Matthew Delooze is agreeing with a puppet member of the Serpent Cult like Bono?  I must be a dis-informer eh? I must be ready to help bring down the ‘powerful’ truth movements eh? (don’t tell them they are really so pathetically weak they couldn’t blow a match out though, they wouldn’t be able to take it). I better be careful eh or silly gurus full of vanity and ego may threaten me with the police.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or maybe I simply agree with Bono because he is indeed, on this occasion, openly telling the truth. He is making an announcement that the Claw is a symbolic sun temple. It is just that no one really listens to him when he talks, because he plays the role of the ecentric church going nut, and  people only want to worship him at concerts really. That is because they are programmed to do just that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So why does Bono go to all the expense of creating three Claws and then go to all the efforts of announcing that these claws are indeed built based on symbolic temples? Do you think he likes to be classed as mad? No he doesn’t and neither do I when I do the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BUT I tell you again now that the Claw represents a Sun Temple.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Now then let me also tell you now that this building, Sagrada Familia, is an illuminati built modern day 'Rosslyn Chapel' and it is not even going to be finished until 2026. It is adorned with Sun Symbolism. There are already millions of people that visit the temple. Therefore this 'U2' claw carrying world tour is on a par with carrying around Rosslyn Chapel and plonking it down in symbolic venues and areas and having a Sun Worship Service from it. Can you understand that?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also if the sacred geometry used in the Claw is the same as the Sagrada Familia, as Bono says it is (announced it) then surely Bono is openly telling all the folks that come to the concerts around the world that the are indeed coming to the Church of UTU? Obviously Bono officially states it is the ‘Church of U2’. I certainly believe the Claw is another version of the Sagrada Familia too and I believe the Claw is representative for it at concerts through the geometry used in the official temple’s ‘façade’.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many people have thought and indeed said that Bono claims to be a ‘little far fetched’ when he says the Claw is representative of the Sagrada Familia but I tell you the truth when I say Bono is being perfectly honest on that matter. He simply has to be for the rituals to be endorsed and please don’t think because you are blind that others in this world are also blind. Bono has been told that the Claw is really a Temple by high rankers in the Serpent Cult. I don’t think Bono has been told the full story but he sure knows the basics that you will never see in a million years.  The reason people like Bush and Bono and Geldof come on your screens looking so cock sure of themselves is because they know you are so hypnotised that you will never see what is going on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They unlike the majority of the human race don’t walk around with the mental and spiritual awareness of a salted peanut. Their awareness has been raised slightly so they at least realise you have the brains of a salted peanut and they are at least 'in' a clique that knows the bigger picture. They by no means know the bigger picture themselves but they take satisfaction in the massive wealth they receive and the knowledge they are ‘in’ with the force that does know the bigger picture.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So all the spaced out ‘concert experts’ out there please don’t laugh a Bono’s claim because your spiritual future depends on it. But the way things are I’d shave your head and await the arrival of the saltcellar.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is hard to see in a dumbed down state that the claw geometry and the symbolism being displayed on the claw matches the Sagrada Familia. indeed would you believe me if i said U2 claw will display occult imagery high in the air at concerts similar to the symbolism on display at the Sagrada Familia? Let me tell you something you do not know and I do, very important rituals are carried out whilst 'people or symbolism are raised from the ground'. (Like Jesus on the Cross) Things that are above ground level can receive free flowing energy that has many times the power of ground level energy. Bono says it in his video as well so laugh at both of us if you want because not only is Bono telling you the truth, about what the Claw really is, I am also telling you all that going along with such things will enslave you in this world for eternity. You will have plenty of time to laugh at that too. Well won’t you peanut head? Ha Ha Ha ho ho ho.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Any symbolism can be 'raised' on the Claw and the crowds (see pic above one) will worship it. The Claw is simply a facade for a sun temple.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bono also goes to great lengths to tell the world he is religious (sun worshipper). This is no coincidence. He is an official agent for the Serpent Cult and therefore he has to say it out loud just like all other phonies working for the same cult do, just like, Royalty, Presidents, Military, and Politicians do. They all pledge allegiance to the Serpent, an alien force, through Sun worship (religion).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; OK. Can you begin to see that the Serpent Cult use many ways to get the public to covertly worship things to extract energy. It is far easier to point out the symbolic pyramid stage at Glastonbury than to show you the more complex trickery that will be used today, like the Claw. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;U2 (UT2) and the Claw (Temple) may seem an extreme way of doing things but it isn’t when you think about it. So think!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It’s the easiest way of doing things because the public haven’t a clue what is going on. 99% of the U2 audience is hyper, the energy levels are massive. The Serpent Cult has literally created a symbolic portable temple that will indeed receive massive emotional and spiritual acceptance all around the world indeed it is a '360 degree tour with no bloody line on the horizon' too. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It's slightly deep but its not the deep it cannot be seen.  It’s a massive con but it’s a very successful con with the human race not having a bloody idea what is really going on. The intelligence being shown by the Serpent Cult is way beyond the dumbed down vision of the human race. Like i have said in the past they are on the latest white knuckle roller coaster and you are on the baby swings. I don't say that to patronise you I only tell the truth. If you want to stay on the most haunted TV show level of awareness thats fine with me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Indeed even when the public are told about such things, like now, they will do absolutely bugger all about it because it sounds so ridiculous in the first place. Your programming will render you incapable of reacting to the scam that I am pointing out. Indeed your programming will tell you i'm simply OTT. I'm not OTT I'm simply telling you a tale of what is happening as I see it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Indeed even if you did believe what I am saying you will not admit it.  Don’t worry about that I forgive you, I don’t mind. I am used to it now and I know what salted peanut mentality thinks like because I was the same for 40 years. I'm was on a par spiritually with a salted peanut too for 40 years. Maybe I'm only a dry roasted nut even now eh? I have suffered for many years and my mind and body are tested on many levels every day but i tell you the truth the Claw is a symbolic Sun Temple.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The greatest deceivers are at work, but as I said before, what is an intelligence (the human race) that is on a par with a salted peanut going to do about it apart from allow it to happen?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Again you would be too embarrassed to mention this thing to anyone wouldn’t you? It’s too silly to believe isn’t it?  Maybe I should sell you this information as a $100 PDF eh? You’d believe it then eh? Maybe I should ask for thousands of pounds a month in subscriptions instead eh? You’d believe it then eh?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Because I do not con you or rob you it is better not to believe me eh?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I mean come on you people are not daft are you. Your ego won’t let you think out of the box unless a proper guru or professor sells you a story will it? A daft tale from someone that wants nothing from you is hard for your programmed mind to accept isn't it? I'm suppossed to be dressed in robes and tinsel and demand extortionate amounts of money from you just to get you to believe me have I? Yes? "Oh yes Matthew Delooze is a top quality researcher and spiritualist he charges £500 an hour for personal readings he must be genuine eh?"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Am I simply talking out of my arse or is it more likely that you are you simply thinking out of it?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I mean come on let’s back track and consider the facts shall we… U2 Breathing rituals being carried out at the All Souls Church and Breathing monuments that lead to a covert portable temple being built that is based on geometry and sun symbolism of a massive illuminati temple known as Sagrada Familia and this symbolic temple is then used in a world wide sun worship and spiritual surrender ritual that is attended by millions of people? It’s pure fantasy isn’t it? It is pure madness to point it out isn’t it? Or are the facts there for you to at least attempt you to think about it. Do you even want to think about it? I sometimes doubt you do. I really really do.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How can a heap of metal represent a sun temple?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Who the hell in their right mind would say that a monstrosity of a concert stage is really a symbolic temple? ‘Well Bono did for one’ so go and call him a crude loony before you do me eh?  Because believe me he is being very deceptively crude and insulting and he is taking your spirit from you to suck on for eternity but he is telling the truth.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I said it as well, the claw is a symbolic temple, and I tell you the truth, the relevant paragraph above is 100% true. U2 have done all those things right under your noses but the hypnotised muppets that think they are free simply join in the ritual. The rest of you stay stum because you are programmed to do so therefore the ritual taking place is globally accepted and endorsed. That is why the Serpent Cult grooms ‘mega stars’ and has created a moronic brain dead human race to match. This is so things like this can happen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Wake the hell up and think for once. You have forgotten how to think. You can’t buy a book or a DVD on how to think for yourself. Your ability to think for yourself has been given away by you. You gave it away.  You give it away even more when you rely on gurus to think for you. It is time to get that thinking ability back.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Anyway. Can you see that the Serpent Cult can 'possibly' hide symbolism right in our faces yet still keep it under the ranges of our natural intuition? Even the information I provide you with today is only scratching through the top few layers of the many layers of deception that the human race is being subjected too? I only mentioned this thing today because I know some of you will understand what I am saying now but that is only because we have stepped on and stepped over a few stepping stones over the last couple of years. There are many you still need to step on but if you don't want to step on them then don't, but tell yourself that you don't because you are kidding yourself that you do.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I couldn’t have just come out with this sort of information today without going through the Glastonbury stuff and the Live 8 stuff, the Ferris wheel stuff and the London bombings stuff previously. I will be deemed mad for coming out with it today. I had to tell you that stuff to even attempt to start showing you this stuff. Can you understand that? I’m not here for the good of my health tha knows and my health is falling fast. You have had cutting edge information from me for a few years now and you are welcome to it. But some of that info is trivia compared to what you need to grasp in the future. I'm not patronising you I'm telling you as it is.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I hope I have got the intended message through to you today I hope you can see how the Serpent Cult are going to operate through this type of thing in the next few years. These sorts of tactics are going to increase. I will not be here to keep telling you about them you need to look for yourself.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; I can only suggest again to you today that The Claw is indeed a symbolic temple and I can ask you to try to take in the idea that carrying this Claw around the world is on a par with carrying Rosslyn Chapel around the world and everyone is cheering and screaming inside it. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ladies and Gentlemen. The Claw is also on a par with the Royal Carriages you see in Silver/Gold jubilees’ or the ancient Heb Sed rituals (as the folks atending my talks know about as do readers of the stars are falling). There is no difference whatsoever. The U2 concerts are a global ‘divine right of Utu to rule ritual’ in which the Sun God (Through UTU) is declaring the right to rule from a sun temple (The Claw/Sagrada Familia) Rock Gods like Bono (UTU) is the symbolic ‘Pied Piper’. The 'punters' are the acceptence of the human race to make it come to pass.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same scam goes on and on and gets more important as 2012 arrives but we haven’t even started seeing the symbolism being used and let’s face it even when blatant in your face symbolism is used (Live 8 and Glastonbury) and pointed out it is ridiculed and ignored anyway.  How can I show you symbolism that is at least 'Ten Levels' higher than the claw if you can’t even see a pyramid at Glastonbury? The Serpent Cult has the means to put on global events and hide the symbolism very deeply inside them.  Again the Claw symbolism is only just below the surface. T&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Indeed how much money has been spent creating the 3 Claws? £60million?  Doesn’t this man Bono claim to care of starving people in Africa? £60 million pounds on stages alone tells me that he and his cronies, the Serpent Cult, put massive amounts of money in to securing the enslavement of the human race, not helping death and starvation in Africa.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bono and Geldof for that matter have never really cared about starving people in Africa it is all bullshit and hype. They are there to get the moronic public to carry out ritual that’s all. But please don’t tell their fans because they won’t believe you. The same scenario applies to greedy fat robbing conspiracy theorists who claim to be awakening their followers but are simply matrix money men with matrix minds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I have said enough but the other strange thing about this matter is the fact that Bono (UTU) is going to leave the ‘3 claws’ somewhere in this world, after the current worldwide UTU worship tour is over, 'as a permanent fixture'.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Wake Up!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Thank you for reading this article&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-4890370502480861548?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/4890370502480861548/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/11/wake-up-and-think-have-you-still-not.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/4890370502480861548'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/4890370502480861548'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/11/wake-up-and-think-have-you-still-not.html' title='Wake UP and THINK: Have You Still Not Found What You Are Looking For?'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-8891374599737705906</id><published>2009-10-11T17:06:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-10-11T17:10:59.942-07:00</updated><title type='text'>The Relentless Promotion of Positive Thinking Has Undermined America</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;Don't let people blow smoke up your ass and tell you shit like "If life gives you lemons, make lemonade."  Think for yourself.  Feel for yourself.  I believe in positive energy but you need to know what you're thinking and feeling, and WHY before you put any kind of twist on your thinking!  Don't be a Pollyanna in a phantasmagoria world! Otherwise, evil will get you&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Barbara Ehrenreich: The Relentless Promotion of Positive Thinking Has Undermined America&lt;br /&gt;By Emily Wilson, AlterNet&lt;br /&gt;October 11, 2009&lt;br /&gt;http://www.alternet.org/story/143187/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When Barbara Ehrenreich went to be treated for breast cancer, she was exhorted to think positively; and when she expressed feelings of fear and anger, she was chided for being negative.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ehrenreich, the author of 16 books, including Nickel and Dimed and Bait and Switch, which examine the blue- and white-collar job markets, took on what she sees as an epidemic of positive thinking in her new book: Bright-Sided: How the Relentless Promotion of Positive Thinking Has Undermined America.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Positive thinking is different, she says, from being cheerful or good-natured -- it's believing that the world is shaped by our wants and desires and that by focusing on the good, the bad ceases to exist.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ehrenreich believes this has permeated our culture and that the refusal to acknowledge that bad things could happen is in some way responsible for the current financial crisis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In her new book, Ehrenreich examines how the positive-thinking movement was started by Mary Baker Eddy, the founder of Christian Science, and an amateur metaphysician named Phineas Parkhurst Quimby in response to Calvinism; how being positive became mandatory in corporate culture; and how she thinks prosperity preachers, such as Joel Osteen of Lakewood Church in Houston encouraged a culture of debt by telling their congregations that God wants them to have a big house and a nice car.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Emily Wilson: At the beginning of the book, you talk about going to be treated for breast cancer and being told to think positively. Was that what started you thinking about this?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Barbara Ehrenreich: That was my first exposure to positive thinking as an ideology. I was just astounded and dismayed by it. Here I was in a real crisis in my life, and people were trying to market pink ribbon teddy bears to me, and where I thought I would find sort of sisterly support on the Internet, I found instead the constant exhortations to be cheerful and to embrace my disease [she laughs].&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: What is the difference between being told to try and stay upbeat and to have a good attitude and positive thinking?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: I think it's a slippery slope. Once you start on how you have to face your problem with a good attitude, they start looking for justifications for that, and it became you actually get better only if you are upbeat, only if you visualize your recovery and so on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: Were the doctors telling you that?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: The doctors don't say much, but there are books they have written, or psychologists have, trying to get in on the breast cancer business, but to my chagrin I was often encountering it from fellow sufferers. Individual women have written books, too, like my favorite, The Gift of Cancer, and it seems to be pretty ubiquitous. I wasn't finding any dissent, and when I tried to dissent on a message board, I was told to run, not walk, to therapy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: You write a lot about how positive thinking is in all aspects of life. Do you think this is the most insidious about it -- this idea of a disease being your fault?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: I look at it with a little bit of sociological detachment. It's a brilliant system of social control. When bad things happen to people you say, "Well, it's really your attitude that has to change."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The second big place where I encountered all this was in the kind of motivational services that are offered to laid-off white-collar workers, where every networking event or seminar you get the same message about how it's really your attitude that is going to determine if you're going to get a job and probably has something to do with why you lost that last one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You take people who have been really victimized, and I use that word advisedly, with cancer and with lay-offs from unaccountable corporations. And then you tell them, "Well, you just have to change the way you think." And that's very clever.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: You write about how positive thinking started with Mary Baker Eddy and Phineas Quimby and how it was a response to Calvinism.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: I was actually kind of a fan of Quimby. Here was a blue-collar guy, basically a skilled craftsman living in Portland, Maine, and who had a sideline of being a metaphysician. What it's all about is he was rejecting a Calvinist worldview -- that people are damned, that we're wretched sinners and that we should spend all of our time examining our souls for sins and flaws.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And he said "Hey!" [She laughs.] He understood that that worldview was making people sick. It was kind of brilliant, I thought. He was part of a larger populist health movement arising against the regular medical profession.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: When does this idea of positive thinking change into being what you're saying it is now?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: It had ceased to be seen as a healing method, although that comes back. By the time I encounter it, breast cancer has come back into the health area. But in the early 20th century there was, for the first time, scientific medicine and the beginnings of some sorts of effective treatments. That kind of closed a door for the positive-thinking movement, which then increasingly in the 20th century addressed itself to prosperity and wealth and success.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: You write about the connection you see between positive thinking and the subprime-mortgage meltdown. Talk about that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: I'm not saying this is the only thing that caused the financial crash. You can't rule out greed and the exceeding rapid nature of transactions and globalization and all that, but we had a culture that by the mid '00s was totally encouraging debt, the assumption of reckless levels of debt.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We often blamed the victim, the rather low-paid person who wound up with a subprime mortgage, but they were even hearing it from their preachers if they went to one of these megachurch, positive-thinking preachers who said God wants you to have a larger house.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Maybe you were never able to get any credit because of your race or your income, but you could be blessed suddenly! If someone offers you a mortgage that has no down payment and no proof of income, that's God coming down and saying, "Go get that house I wanted you to have."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Far worse, and on a far larger scale, was the role of this ideology in the corporations and in the finance industry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I have traced how positive thinking became the corporate culture in America. It was mandatory to be positive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So you had companies who would literally fire people for being negative, negative in the sense of maybe raising too many questions, maybe expressing a doubt.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One example is the man who was the head of the real estate division of Lehman Bros. in 2006 and told his CEO that he thought the whole housing thing was a bubble and they should start getting out, and he was fired for that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So we had a culture of complete denial at all levels of the possibility that bad things could happen and maybe God doesn't want you to get rich.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: You mention how "Joe the Plumber" came out against the idea of Barack Obama raising taxes on people making over $250,000 because he said he was going to buy his plumbing business and be in that category himself, but in reality that wasn't likely to happen. Why do you bring that up?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: I'm saying this is an ideology that takes away all the indignation there might be about extreme economic polarization.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you think you're going to be rich someday, why would you be resentful of million-dollar bonuses or $10 million CEO salaries, you know? You're going to be there, so it would be against your own self-interest to stand up for your class interests.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: You write that the alternative to positive thinking isn't despair. What do you see as the alternative?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: How about a little realism? How about not seeing the world so totally colored by our own wishes and emotions? For the positive thinker, that means everything looks rosy and everything is going to be all right no matter what, so you have to block out the little warning signs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For the very depressed person, you're just convinced that everything is going to be miserable, that you're not going to enjoy anything you undertake, that you're going to fail at everything.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There, too, you're just projecting things. It's extremely hard to "see things as they are." It's a project -- we have to consult other people, we get other views, we sometimes have to question other people's views, but that's the only way to proceed, and that's how our species has survived as long as it has.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: Do you think the recession is gong to be an antidote to this?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: If I have anything to say about it [laughs]. It's crazy to me we haven't had an apology from Joel Osteen, America's most high-profile positive preacher, for this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They should have said, "I'm sorry about the subprimes." We haven't had anybody coming forward from the corporate culture and saying, "Yeah, we kept our heads in the sand because it was so much more comfortable."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EW: Anything else you want to say?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BE: You could say, "Well, but it feels nice to be positive. I do all this work on myself and become more positive, and I feel better." And I say, "You might feel better if you stopped doing all that work on yourself."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is a burden people take on. Just put that aside. Don't fuss all the time about your mood and your attitude. Try to deal with the world itself.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the major sources of misery in the world is poverty. We can do one of two things. We can tell poor people they need to change their attitudes, and there's a whole industry of that kind of thing -- motivational speakers that tell people to get over their bad attitudes towards wealth so it will just come to them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or we can say, "What's the cause of this? How are we going to get together and do something about it?" And I come down on that side.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-8891374599737705906?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/8891374599737705906/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/10/relentless-promotion-of-positive.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8891374599737705906'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8891374599737705906'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/10/relentless-promotion-of-positive.html' title='The Relentless Promotion of Positive Thinking Has Undermined America'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-8655570439678113429</id><published>2009-10-01T03:37:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-10-01T03:37:14.213-07:00</updated><title type='text'>The War Against Free Thought</title><content type='html'>http://therearenosunglasses.wordpress.com/2009/09/28/the-war-against-free-thought/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The War Against Free Thought&lt;br /&gt;By:  Peter Chamberlin&lt;br /&gt;September 28, 2009&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The war against our minds has many dark levels, all of which attempt to hide truth which is not sanctioned by the police state, replacing it with a new fabricated “official version” of events.  The state/corporate controlled media informs us of what we are to think, while multiple forms of coercion, bribery and intimidation are used to reinforce the government’s ideas and convince people to accept them as their own.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Each political protest that attempts to open people’s eyes to the world of untruths which constantly inundates us, exposes the silent majority to more and more of the police state tactics that the ruling elite has gathered together, to use as it wages war against the American public by less than deadly means.  In addition to rubber bullets and flash grenades, the police state brought-out acoustic weapons to herd protestors at the recent G20 Summit in Pittsburgh.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Electromagnetic weapons were used by the Honduran military on Pres. Zelaya, who is holed-up in the Brazilian Embassy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pain rays have been used in Iraq (witnesses report that other more exotic lethal weapons were used there, some of which could allegedly melt human flesh, even large vehicles).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These weapons are just some of the known weapons at the tip of the iceberg of electromagnetic weaponry, ranging from the near-lethal, to those capable of causing mass death.   All of these weapons were developed by the military-industrial complex for crowd control.  This says nothing about the even more exotic weapons that have been kept hidden and the next class of electromagnetic weaponry, another level higher in magnitude, intended for use over broad areas, perhaps even hemispheric in reach.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The threat from such massive weaponry is so great that the EU has called for their regulation.  In October 2000, Congressman Denis J. Kucinich introduced in the House of Representatives a bill, calling for a ban of space based weapons.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this bill, the definition of a weapons system included:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“any other unacknowledged or as yet undeveloped means inflicting death or injury on, or damaging or destroying, a person (or the biological life, bodily health, mental health, or physical and economic well-being of a person)… through the use of land-based, sea- based, or space-based systems using radiation, electromagnetic, psychotronic, sonic, laser, or other energies directed at individual persons or targeted populations for the purpose of information war, mood management, or mind control of such persons or populations“(15).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On a personal and more probable level, since, hopefully, most of us won’t be directly attacked by the police state:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is the standard taser, the long-range taser, the multi-shot taser and the really long-range taser.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;My point in all of these examples is to highlight just how much research has actually gone into giving both the military and law enforcement a whole new range of weaponry, to create an entirely new class of violent tactics to use in enforcing crowd control and to persuade resisters to concede to the demands of authority.  This has empowered government to openly wage war against its own population without violating international law or being charged with war crimes.  Non-lethal weaponry allows the state to physically attack Americans without crossing the line to gunplay, thus side-stepping the Second Amendment and the issue of armed self-defense.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Government warfare against the population is structured much like regular warfare, meaning that enforcement operations are preceded by a period of softening-up the target, using psychological warfare tactics, fighting an informational war.  The softening-up process has been underway in America since WWII.   Just like in real warfare, the first line of offense is to find or plant sympathetic voices in the local media to serve as the primary instrument for the waging of this form of information warfare, where false ideas are introduced and truth about real intentions is discredited.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The government-controlled media pretends that there is no information war, as they work tirelessly to condition the people to accept the non-lethal warfare directed against us.  Movies, TV shows, books and every conceivable method of mass-communication is used to downplay the criminal use of techniques designed for warfare against the civilian population.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The militarization of American police forces and their adaptation to the new low-level warfare techniques is spoon-fed to us, mixed-in with the usual themes of “terrorism” and other fear factors, hoping to intimidate any potential resistance movement before it even begins—stifling the idea itself.  That’s the entire mission of the war against the people, in a nutshell, to stifle all unacceptable ideas within the mind itself, before trouble arises from them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is a war against all free minds, against all free thought.  All thought must be of the government-approved variety.  The idea is to replace all unacceptable thinking, acceptable falsehoods must replace reality-based thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By common consent, the entire “civilized” world operates on the American version of events. Countries that don’t accept the American version of events are ostracized.  Going against the flow, as determined by American interests, is a certain formula for losing valuable foreign aid and inviting heat of the more aggressive kind.  Individuals who refuse to accept the official version of events are branded as radicals and extremists.  Extremist nations and individuals find themselves facing the full wrath of the police state whenever they contradict the official line, asgiven each night by the controlled press.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The universal psyop goes much deeper than debilitating weapons and the informational war, extending into the populace on a deeply personal subterranean level.  The phenomenon called “mass-stalking” refers to psychological conditioning (brainwashing) aimed at specifically targeted individuals, even to entire families, using the time-tested methods.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The targets for this stalking are determined on the basis of intellectual testing and psychological profiling, which is conducted at all the elementary schools in the United States.  With the results obtained by these tests, the herding process of American children begins.  Much like the selective breeding process applied to animal husbandry, some of the human livestock will be separated for special care, while others will be separated from the herd and marked for disposal by the hired hands.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By comparing the results of these intelligence tests to standardized psychological tests, gifted individuals and those with psychological weaknesses are identified, in order to acquire test subjects for both reasons, to further development strategies or for more extensive manipulative techniques.  The results of this testing follow each of the test subjects throughout their juvenile and adult years.  The gifted are set on paths to develop their fullest potentials, while the others who are destined to be society’s outcasts, are set on pathways to lifetimes of pure hell.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The object of the mass-stalking is mass-experimentation in enforced behavior.  Using the most bizarre and effective methods devised by government scientists, unsuspecting individuals are involuntarily subjected to systematic torture, to either cause, or take advantage of split-personality disorders.  The purpose of this cruelty remains unclear—whether it is just another way to advance total state power, or simply a messy sadistic disposal system run by thugs who might otherwise work in slaughter houses, throwing live poultry against walls.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Beginning in their youth, these individual victims of these sadists are systematically subjected to the most disgusting forms of violent, sexual, chemical and electromagnetic torture, in order to destroy their young minds, by splitting and fragmenting them.  Many of these victims were abducted and tortured, others subjected to traumatic sexual and violent events, intended to force susceptible young minds into retreating within themselves, where they would split-off the personality associated with the unacceptable memory and submerge them and the memories associated with them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The mass-stalking program grew out of the mkultra experiments and the mass-testing based experimentation previously done on American troops for WWII and Korea, intended to separate and develop potential leaders and those who were deemed to be “inadequate soldiers.” This mass-conditioning program was the prototype for the nationwide program which was to follow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The secret programs carried-out in hospitals, universities and military bases, which relied upon the crude electro-shock methods of deprogramming, were the forerunners for later, more sophisticated, electromagnetic based memory erasure and stimulation.  Wireless transmission made the entire populace potential subjects for these tests.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These scientific programs for establishing government control over maverick free thinkers are very effective at preempting and suppressing potential resistance.  For those who are not so easily swayed by all this impressive technology or the cruelty of the government’s trained technicians, we know that FEMA camps await to be filled by someone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Diehard resisters face formidable technical obstacles to their efforts to wake-up the sleeping sheeple and reach-out to those who have just given-up.  The task before us is to find ways to get past the personal defensive psychological barriers that have been erected to even listening to another opinion that contradicts their own.    This has been the primary problem that we have faced in raising an effective resistance.  We have not really had a chance to convince an open-minded audience that they believed in multiple lies.  How do you persuade people that their own belief system is based on pure deception?  How do you open people’s eyes and ears without first crossing pre-set boundaries of biases and preconceptions, inadvertently increasing their resistance to the truth?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The United States of America is a nation that has been heavily indoctrinated for over sixty years with false ideas about American benevolence in the world.  To convince an “average Joe” that this, the core of all his other beliefs, is false, is a monumental task in itself.  Yet, this is the central problem we face today, beyond the electronic/propaganda fence that has been erected to contain us.  If we could break through this one barrier, then there might not be a need for street confrontations.  All else might just fall in place.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resistance begins and ends within the mind.  The police state knows this.  When they say euphemistically, that it is a war for “hearts and minds,” this is what they mean—a battle to kill-off ideas of resistance.  The Master State is attempting to preempt future resistance by anticipating who will be in the resistance, so that their rebellious minds might be swept clean of such unacceptable thinking, before trouble comes from it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resistance to the idea of the all-powerful state is all that prevents the rising-up of the global dictatorship.   Many plans are afoot now to bring this new order about.  Full implementation of the plan will bring-about a massive planetary kill-off, where multiple animal and plant species will disappear, along with a billion or more human beings.  Silence in the face of such inhuman plans is a deadly surrender of apocalyptic proportions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;peter.chamberlin@naharnet.com&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-8655570439678113429?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/8655570439678113429/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/10/war-against-free-thought.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8655570439678113429'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8655570439678113429'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/10/war-against-free-thought.html' title='The War Against Free Thought'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-3926868140714016239</id><published>2009-08-18T05:36:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-08-18T05:45:31.337-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Thinking for Yourself to Find Genuine Truth</title><content type='html'>http://thinkorbeeaten.blogspot.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SUNDAY, JUNE 28, 2009&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;Genuine Truth&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/SoqgxRX3UtI/AAAAAAAAAbI/tLa74GC-mkA/s1600-h/4fingers.png"&gt;&lt;img style="float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 280px; height: 400px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/SoqgxRX3UtI/AAAAAAAAAbI/tLa74GC-mkA/s400/4fingers.png" border="0" alt=""id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5371282273930269394" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There's a part in the book "1984" that's stuck in my mind that comes up and around regularly like brain cud. It's something I can't swallow, but I can't spit it out either, so round and round it goes in the background. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It's the part where O'Brien holds up four fingers and asks Winston how many fingers he's holding up. Winston says four. O'Brien asks him how many fingers it would be if the Party says it is five. Winston says it would still be four. What else could it be? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Winston is tortured until he says he sees five fingers, but that's not good enough. He is tortured again and drugged until he actually does see five fingers. That's when the torture stops. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That scene perfectly symbolizes the template of all evil. It defies every natural law of humanity and attempts to deny something that cannot be denied. It's not possible to control another sentient being, not in any true sense. All the techniques of torture and mind games and cruelty, the drugs and the sleep deprivation and all of the grotesque and deceitful mind shattering techniques that evil people engage in, are all phony cheats. They can get people to believe a lie, but it's still a lie. No lie changes to truth, no change ever takes place. Only the destruction of a sovereign entity's mind and body happens. That's nowhere near the same as actually achieving what they really want. They can't get what they really want. It's impossible.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;O'Brien then goes on to tell Winston that they are going to purge him of his "insanity", meaning the truth, wipe his brain clean, meaning destroy his mind, and then give him the great gift of loving Big Brother, really loving him, meaning overwriting reality on his newly broken mind. And when that happens he will finally be sane and whole and right. Then they will kill him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As if things weren't bad enough for Winston already, anyone with a grain of justice in their soul would think that Winston had given enough now. He'd given everything. Or rather, they'd taken everything there was to take. Why wouldn't that be enough? Why do they have to kill him? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The nature of the supposed crime was that Winston had once existed with thoughts in his head that were true. They were contrary to the Party which seriously threatened the party because the party is nothing but a lie. To think a thought that was not a Party thought was the one thing that could never be forgiven, ever. A contrary thought is taken as a murder attempt, because to reveal a lie is to kill it. The Party knows that everyone must believe the lie because if even one person doesn't believe it, the lie could be revealed and killed. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What the Party wants is impossible. It cannot ever actually happen that different individuals could live different life experiences that would bring them to think only lies, or rather, party thoughts. There is no possibility or probability of that happening naturally. It is contrary to nature, which means it's not optional. It just is. It applies whether it suits anybody or not. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The external and internal truth of every human being is that we are separate and independent from every other human being; experiencing all physical sensation through our own physical senses, thinking our own self generated thoughts, fully existing in our own self generated emotions; while synthesizing all that one knows and feels and understands and sees and touches and wonders about and hungers for and dreams of with the never ending turmoil of a teeming world of activity and discovery happening all around us every second of our lives; this is the first truth of existing. That's what being a human being is, it marks the beginning and the end of a life. It announces the legitimate arrival of a new sentient, independently functional human being. Your mind is you and every part of you is yours by definition. Nothing of what we are can ever belong to or be automatically obligated to anyone else because no one else had any say over whether or not we exist. We exist. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To not have any of that is to not exist. And to not have it be there by self genesis, is to not exist. We physically exist to function as autonomous, continuously self-creating beings. That is our primary function. Like washing machines wash clothes and can't do much else, we cannot help but do what we're built to do. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The highest crime between people is demanding by force, by law, by deceit, by manipulation, by threat, by imprisonment, by bribery, by withholding information, by telling lies, by ultimatum, by any means of coercion at all, that someone else must relinquish themselves, in essence cease to exist, and instead become a mere extension of someone else's will; carrying someone else's thoughts, ideas, desires, goals and philosophies. That is a crime against nature as well as a crime against the human species. We can offer, we can ask, we can request, but we have no right to demand and no right to force our will on anyone else. We have the right to defend ourselves from someone else's unwanted intrusion or attacks on our persons, but there is no right to wage such attacks or make such intrusions. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We don't seem to appreciate this nearly enough or understand the basic rules of coexistence. We confuse our own desires with a right to satisfy them. There is no such right if it involves or affects anyone else and they are not allowed to decide whether or not they want to participate. No such right ever existed, and it never will. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What "1984" shows us is how officialdom tries to sanitize their crimes against nature and humanity with claims to impossible authority and impossible rights to propagate official philosophy and condemn all alternative philosophies as evil. The Party turned all truth on its head and made natural rights into illegal things and illegal things into official rights, just like our own government does today and has done for a long time. What the Party was really trying to do to Winston was expunge his unique mind from existence. Big Brother demanded the mass murder of human consciousness. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It's easy to say that's insane, it is insane. It's evil, about as evil as it comes. What's not so easy is understanding why anyone would want this. It makes no sense. It's a contradiction to want everyone else's unique identity extinguished but still be surrounded by people. It reminds me of Narcissus gazing at his own reflection in the pond. If you want to be the only person on earth, then why don't you want to be alone? What is it that is so hard for you about other people not being you? What do you feel entitles you to torture and murder them for not being you when that is not a possibility, much less a crime? What is it that you really want?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;People like this have filled volumes with their excuses and lies which they tell themselves and each other and then all agree it makes perfect sense and justifies their bad behavior. But it doesn't justify anything. There is no excuse or validation for serial killers. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By attempting to use force of any kind to deprive people of their primary function is to demand that they be expunged from existence. More precisely it's a demand to have never existed at all. It's a demand that cannot be met. No one can exist and then never have existed. It doesn't even make sense.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even more, there is no reason, need or right to demand that anyone cease to exist. To demand that you stop being who you are is to demand that you kill yourself, mentally, physically, or both, so that someone else may feel happy because you are gone. That is not a reasonable demand. It is invalid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To me that's natural law #1. If you exist you obviously have the right to exist. Period. Everything else comes after that, not before. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The thing about natural laws is that pretending they don't exist doesn't get you thrown in jail or punished the way breaking a man made law does. You can't break a natural law. You can try, and we do try, over and over again, but when a law can't be broken nothing you do will subvert or override it. Natural law can't be pretended away. It can't be changed or effected. You can choose to ignore it but it will still be there. If you're at all intelligent you can benefit profoundly from the wisdom of natural law, because it teaches instead of imprisons, it expands you instead of diminishing you, it heals you instead of hurting you. Knowing about natural law is like having an anchor so we know where we are in relation to everything else in the universe, but it's also like a piece of string we can pull on to get some light. It's not the same as "THE" answers, that's something else. Natural laws aren't answers, they're truths. They're starting points, realities, square one. They apply equally to one and all.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Independent sentience is the square one of human existence. It is who we are. It can't be removed from our existence, or be given to someone else. It is as hard to share our independent sentience with someone else as it is to share an arm or a leg with someone else. It doesn't work that way. Our independent sentience is what wills our arms into action and our legs to move our bodies across the room. We can't do that for anyone else no matter how much we wish we could, it's just not possible.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We can't feel anyone else's pain other than to empathize with them. We can't see what anyone else is seeing unless they tell us what it is and try to show us and we want to try to see it, but we can never directly see it ourselves through their eyes. We can come to know others, to understand them, to interact with them, even at incredibly intimate levels, but we will always remain separate, individual and unique no matter how close we become. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Interestingly, it has to be that way. We couldn't love anyone if we weren't separate and sentient and self-generating our every thought and feeling. We couldn't experience that other person if we were a single entity. Then we would be one self, one sentience, and there would be no "other" to know or feel anything for. We could not experience self and others if we were all one mind experiencing everything all at once at the same time. We have to be individually sentient in order to see or think or feel or communicate. Our own life has to be a unique, personal experience in order for us to exist at all. The magic all happens when everyone's doing that and we manage to find some way to interact, communicate and express ourselves to each other; and make our lives and our world into something that matters to us.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That's what Big Brother wants to eradicate from not just Winston, but every one else. Big Brother literally does not want anyone else to exist. It wants to end existence of all but itself in duplicated, repeating, identical form. A clone society of one person. The Party wants to kill sentience and have itself be the only sentience there is. Why that is, I don't know, but that is what it wants. It's not rational. It doesn't make sense. It wants to remake the world into a shrine to itself. I'd call that the definition of insanity. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"I want you to cease to exist so that I may be happy" is a serious disorder of the will. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It's easy to read "1984" and know these Big Brother people were in a raging disease state, and see that people who have this disease are also its primary carriers. What might not be so quickly apparent though is that it happens in lesser degrees, and all too commonly today, in the here and now. For some people it is a full blown disease. For Big Brother and the Party it was more like Ebola. For others it's anywhere from the equivalent of a sneeze to the common cold to the flu. It can even go pandemic, because this disease can be very catchy. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"I want you to cease to exist so that I may be happy" disease, the exact same disease state of "1984", can and does affect pretty near everybody to some extent or another at least from time to time; and it affects some folks very seriously, permanently and forever. We have a lot of names for the multitudinous ways this disease expresses itself, like racism, sexism, corruption, greed, deceit, oppression, domination, imperialism, fascism, modern capitalism, rape, murder, theft, fraud, war, cheating, bullying, manipulation, rudeness, inconsideration, selfishness, cruelty, disrespect, but while the expressions are all quite different they all spring from the same disease of the will.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is something interesting I've noticed about this disease. That is its desperate, paranoid, even hysterical need to label itself as the ultimate form of perfect sanity. It must convince others that it is not a disease, not a disorder of the will, but instead it is the pinnacle of truth and perfected human thought. That assertion cannot be proven but to the infected, proof is irrelevant. Reality is irrelevant. Nothing is relevant but what the infected person thinks or feels. They can and do make it up as they go. They have no fear of being hypocrites or liars, and they cannot be shamed. They are able to stand before anyone in a state of raging disease, while it is crystal clear to onlookers that they are covered with crawling disease organisms that are truly disgusting and horrible, and they will say they are beautiful and healthy and that anyone who doesn't think so is stupid, or a terrorist, or is insane. They will say all kinds of things about others, but they will never consider any reason exists to look in the mirror.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even more interesting is that those who are not infected see the disease and its false claims for what they are, and they cannot be tricked, fooled or in any wise convinced to believe it is anything but a disease. They recognize infected persons and know they are infected. It is only those who become infected who will suddenly believe they have not become sick, but they are now perfectly healthy. They too will spontaneously develop the identical paranoid to hysterical obsessive need to be perceived as perfect in their sanity. The slightest suggestion that they are not thinking clearly, that they are not objective, that they are wrong, that they are behaving badly, will never be received objectively or passively. On the contrary, it is risky to challenge infected persons because doing so cuts to the core of the disease and threatens to expose it, which would prove it is there. Proving it is there is to render it impotent. Knowing it is there is to threaten its existence. The response is predictable and always the same; rage. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The germs of "I want you to cease to exist so that I may be happy" disease float freely about us in great quantity at all times, just like so many other kinds of germs and pathogens. Our mental immune systems are not always geared up enough to fight off bouts of infection from this soul pathogen. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cure is not complicated, it just takes conscious effort and the desire to get well, or if we are already well, to stay that way. No one is ever immune from being infected by this stuff. Interestingly though, because it is a malfunction of our own will we can always choose to not be infected. As soon as we realize we have it we can choose to not have it. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Being uncomplicated is not the same as being easy. It can be really hard to be honest enough and unselfish enough and mature enough to admit when and under what circumstances we have this disorder. It's not hard to understand that everyday people get infected with this because it comes from a natural and perfectly good thing. It's just that the perfectly natural good thing has malfunctioned. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;My earlier quick definition of what a person is, an independent sentient being, is a being driven by self interest. It has to be in order to survive. But it also has to be driven by interest in others, because when it isn't, it malfunctions. It attempts to operate in opposition to reality. The reason it has to be driven by interest in others is because there are others. We exist and others exist. Any suggestions of greater or lesser right or worth or anything else are hot air. They can't be supported by natural law. We all exist in exactly the same degree, we have to acknowledge each other's existence in exactly the same degree. If there were no others it wouldn't matter, but then we wouldn't exist either so the point is obvious. You just can't get around this, it's simple common sense. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As simple as it is to understand, it's possibly one of the hardest things to manifest. Sometimes it can't be helped just due to sheer numbers, but many times it's only a choice we make to either acknowledge the existence of others or decide that doesn't count as much as getting what we want. When we negate the existence of others by conscious intent, with malice, with depraved indifference, it disrupts and damages the natural order of things and creates havoc, destruction and suffering. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Infected people are the cause of almost every wrong that people do in this world. It's not the same as making a mistake, anyone can make a mistake. This is specifically about the will of the infected individual malfunctioning. And like any systemic disease it doesn't just affect the will, it spreads to other components of the being and invades them, thus transforming them into willing accomplices which will aid and abet the disease's continued existence. No disease can go on existing unless it propagates and this disease is desperate to propagate itself. It must infect reason, logic, compassion, critical thinking, and most every function of the individual being. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The nature of this disease is to demand that natural law does not exist or that somehow it is wrong and they are right. Just as infected people insist they are not infected but are healthy, the disease can only stay alive by turning everything inside out and calling it normal. This disease exists in direct opposition to simple truth and plain old ordinary reality. The problem is, it cannot affect simple truth and plain old ordinary reality. Because of that it can only try to destroy them. It obsesses over destroying them. It goes on crusades to destroy them. Infected people's only recourse is to use force to eradicate simple truth and ordinary reality, because the exercise of one person's will cannot affect change in any other person but one's own self. Even this unchangeable natural law is one they deny and attempt to overthrow even though it is pointless.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Wanting to use our personal will to control the thoughts and actions of another person is common enough, but apparently not quite common enough for anybody who does it to recognize it doesn't work that way. Our will is confined to controlling ONLY our own selves, both physically and mentally. We cannot simply "will" another to do or be what we want. If we could do that, we would do that, but it's not possible. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What does that mean? It's too simple to believe it needs to be said out loud, but here goes. It means that it's wrong to do that. Wrong, meaning it is not within the realm of possibility. We do not possess the ability, and therefore we do not possess the right, to have our will control the thoughts, beliefs, feelings or lives of another person. Those are things we can control and are supposed to control in and for ourselves. We do it for ourselves, others do it for themselves. That's how this whole human existence thing works. That's how we function. Our will cannot affect the basic existence or function of any other being. You just can't do it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unless, of course, you do terrible things that hurt other people. You can use your will to make you get a grip and behave like a decent human being, or you can decide not to do that and use your will to come up with ways to use force or deception to make others do what you want. No matter what your supposed good reasons are, no matter how it is rationalized, it is still breaking the first basic rule of coexistence to do that. Just because you are able to use your own will to ignore and defy simple reality and truth does not mean you are right to do so. You are committing a crime against independent sentience when you use force or other cheats to get your way.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You're also causing damage to the person you use force against, and possibly to other people connected to them as well as yourself. There is physical rape and we all know that's a crime, but there is also mental rape and that's also a crime. Both physical murder and mental murder are crimes. In a way this is so simple that its hard. What's hard about it is really facing it, really getting it, and really understanding that we're not functioning right in this world unless we're trying hard to overcome those things in ourselves that make us want to deny the obvious and act as if our desires matter more than who we use to satiate them. There is no natural law to support that. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I know that some will say that's not true because, for instance, in order to eat we have to kill something. They will say that because that's true then anything we want to do toward fulfilling our desires is valid and there are no rules and killing isn't even wrong. That would be incorrect. That's like saying, "If this is an apple then everything is an apple". No it isn't. There is an obvious natural law that requires us to eat life to stay alive. We have no choice but to consume other living things, which means killing them, but those living things are food, not other people. We have to eat food but we do not have to rape or kill or lie. That's just stupid. Look for the natural law. If it's not there, it isn't there so quit being a twit. This is simple stuff. It is common sense. You don't even need to be able to read to know this. We can observe it all around us in our natural world. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are rules. There is right and wrong. We are not masters of the universe. We are complex, diverse, sentient, individual beings living finite life spans on a world with other sentient beings and many other life forms. We're all here together. We like to pretend we're not a part of it all, but we are. The more effort, time and energy we put into pretending we are separate from our shared Earth reality, the more we prove ourselves wrong. The more we try to defy the natural, common sense rules that cannot be changed, the more harm we do. And boy are we stubborn and defiant. We hate not having everything our way. It should be pretty clear to everybody by now that we are guaranteed to kill ourselves as we continue killing the world we're a part of unless we knock it off. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Our personal desires may be strong, but they do not automatically manifest a right to be fulfilled. A desire to be fulfilled is not a right to be fulfilled. Our rights end at the outer edges of our own skin. That's the fact of the matter and it's a fact we sometimes really hate. We can hate it all we want, but that won't change a single thing. We are doing it wrong when we pretend there are no rules and there is no morality and there is no right or wrong. Of course there is. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The disease state of "1984" is in full bloom in the real world we all live in. Just like in the story, the infected Party power players have lied, cheated, stole, murdered, and turned reality on its ear in the useless attempt to legitimize their disease. They achieved the means to have it written down on paper and have their crimes protected by legal force from any attempts at correction, but they did not achieve the real goal they wanted of making it legitimate. It can never be legitimate, it is a disease state. The next step was to elevate the lie to a sacred truth that must never be questioned or doubted. This makes anyone who questions or doubts it a vile horrific enemy that they can then claim the right to brutalize, imprison, and even kill in "self-defense". It is absolutely self-defense. Every person with the truth inside them is a direct threat to their continued existence.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the disease state controls our lives everything slowly dies because the disease brings death. That's what diseases do. Natural law facilitates life and growth and health, because that's what it does. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I know "1984" is a book of fiction, but all the same I would beg to differ. It's a fictional account of hard reality and it describes perfectly well the nature of the eternal struggle on this world. It shows us the exact definition of "wrong". It shows us how "wrong" masquerades itself as "right". It shows us how to get people to never look at the real issue and instead believe the wrong people masquerading as right people, and to embrace the masquerade wholeheartedly and think it is real. It shows us exactly why information control and non-diversity of thought turns people into automatons who don't think and who cannot think past their indoctrination. It faithfully depicts what happens to people when their birthright to think for themselves and to have their own opinions, beliefs and ideas is cheated and manipulated away from them. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As unpleasant as these things are to look at, they must be looked at. They must be endured long enough to make clear to us how important it is to know with all certainty what is right and what is wrong and why. Because as long as we fall for the rivers of bullshit and lies that are there to detour us from simple truth, to confuse issues that are not confusing, to excuse behavior that is inexcusable, we will continue to slowly but surely cease to exist. And if there is anything the vast majority of humanity would be quick to agree with is the fact that no one's demands that we cease to exist can ever be legitimate. We are never obligated to cease to exist to make anyone else happy. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That means that the very people who are most infected must also be allowed to exist. But at least once we know who and what they are, and if we care about being free of their infection in ourselves, we can choose any number of legitimate avenues to address this disease and perhaps even some day be able to free ourselves from the rampage of death and destruction it inflicts on our whole world. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We are given to believe that things are much more complicated than this; that nothing can be this straightforward and simple and be real; and that it would be idiotic to suggest that there aren't puffed up self-important people who are better than everyone else based on any number of personal beliefs. But a personal belief is not a genuine truth or a natural law. A genuine truth applies to one and all. It applies whether we know about it or not. It applies whether we deny it or not. It is not a matter of assertion or belief. It just is. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An example of a personal truth is that you are afraid of bees. The reason you are afraid of bees is that you are highly allergic to bee stings. If a bee stings you, you are very likely to die. This is a personal truth that is actually a truth. It is true whether or not anyone else out of the next hundred people is also allergic to bee stings. Even if nobody else is, you still are. That's a personal truth, not a general one, or what I refer to as a genuine truth that applies to all people everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another example of a personal truth is that your mama says you're special and you believe her. She would never lie to you and tells you you're special every single day. You might really believe you're special and your mama might really believe it too, with all of her heart. But it doesn't make you special anywhere else beyond you and your mama. It's not a general truth and I'm not even sure it's a personal one, but in any case, it is certainly not supported by natural law. I'm surprised how many people don't realize that. It boggles the mind.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same applies to the personal belief that you are better than others, or more special than others, or more entitled than others, due to whatever variable you want to assert. Your personal religious beliefs, a belief that money determines the value of a life, a belief that might makes right, that real men must be macho and should beat up women, these are personal beliefs, not general truths. They may be true to you, but that does not equate to being true anywhere else outside of your own head, even if you can get fifty seven other people who say they agree with you and believe the same thing. It still doesn't make it a general across the board reality. It is not a genuine truth. It does not apply to all. You can think it does but it doesn't and it never will. It's not possible. If it was a general truth everyone would know it wouldn't they? But too many people know it's not a truth in their own lives. A personal truth may or may not be true, and it may or may not be a genuine truth. These things are all different and not all supposed truths are true.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The truths that I'm talking about here are genuine truths. They do apply to everyone across the board. They are something we're all born with in exact equal measure. They just are.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where we run into trouble time and again is in believing our own personal truths, beliefs, opinions, preferences and desires apply to anyone outside ourselves, which they can't, and don't and possibly never will, because they're personal. We may think they can apply to others who aren't interested or who reject them, but they don't, and they won't, and they can't. We have to get over ourselves and quit pretending that what we have in our heads, no matter how much we believe it, is not an automatic general truth that applies across the board just because we think so. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We also have to accept that not every desire comes with a right to have it fulfilled, especially not if fulfilling it includes anyone else but ourselves. There is no right to get our jollies out on somebody else's life. This is so not hard. Like I said, the hardest thing about it is making ourselves be honest about it, and for some people that's just too much to ask.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We can't make anyone else be honest or real about anything, we can only do that for ourselves. But we can tell who cares about being honest, who cares about the other people on the planet with them, and who consistently doesn't. We can choose to refuse to associate with people who want to be infected, we can try to present them with other knowledge and facts and ideas to explain how we see things differently, or we can choose to do something else. That's the free will part of being an independently sentient person; and the self same part that the diseased among us are always so desperate to stamp out. What a coincidence.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I offer this up today to be put on the record because apparently a whole lot of people have not been clued in. Regardless of anyone else's take on the subject, this is my take and I duly register it along with the statement that these are my rules, and if you break them you're wrong. Also for the record is the fact that this is only a part of this picture, there's a lot more attached to it and behind it and supporting it, but it is still a genuine truth that stands on its own. It's still true whether we're able to appreciate it and make headway with it or not. If we don't know this we won't get anywhere as human beings, but I think a lot of us know this, even if we've never thought it through or put it into so many words. It only makes sense. It's fair. It's reasonable, logical and hard to argue with. It's hard to come up with any genuine truths to support the opposite. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unfortunately, what we know from "1984" as well as our own current reality is that the truth does not keep some people from trying to pretend their own truth is better or matters more. It does not keep anyone from denying it or violating it or trying to erase it. Which is why it is so important to be adamant about what we know is right and wrong and not allow ourselves to be hijacked out of our very purpose and reason for being alive. If we don't value our independent sentience enough to protect it and insist upon other's respecting it, nobody else is going to do that for us. Indeed, if we don't care enough about it, it will be hijacked and we will be expunged from sentient existence and we will become nothing more than animated meat puppets trained to respond on command as extensions to somebody else's will. That would never work for me but then I am aware of the rules, so it's much less likely to happen to me. But those who are not aware of the rules would not even know if and when it's happened to them. And that is something that scares me even more than "1984".&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-3926868140714016239?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/3926868140714016239/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/08/thinking-for-yourself-to-find-genuine.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/3926868140714016239'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/3926868140714016239'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/08/thinking-for-yourself-to-find-genuine.html' title='Thinking for Yourself to Find Genuine Truth'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/SoqgxRX3UtI/AAAAAAAAAbI/tLa74GC-mkA/s72-c/4fingers.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-8181401737133616482</id><published>2009-07-11T15:23:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-07-11T15:23:46.814-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Realityland</title><content type='html'>http://thinkorbeeaten.blogspot.com/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THURSDAY, MAY 07, 2009&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Realityland&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Is it possible for people to live in and believe to be real, a wholly man made, pre constructed, plasticized, consciously engineered social infrastructure? Could people live within such engineered systems and believe those systems to be the result of nature or natural unavoidable processes, consisting primarily of pure honesty and unadulterated truths? Without checking so much as once in a lifetime to verify their beliefs, to hold those beliefs as if proven, factual and true would seem, to many people, to stretch believability. Yet, without ever having that conscious thought, without ever hearing that question or stimulating our brains with that idea, unless it is directly put to us at a time prior to our mental cement permanently hardening, the vast majority of people can and do live in exactly such contrived artificial social structures and do assume them to be totally naturally occurring and comprised of whole truths and natural provable facts. No great number of these people bother to check for themselves so much as once in a lifetime whether or not their beliefs are backed up by facts. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The world we live in and accept as reality, as certainty, as natural and as real is a lot more like Disneyland than reality. It's exactly as natural as Disneyland too, precisely zero percent natural. Our contrived theme park could be called Realityland, it's so much like Disneyland, only it's a lot less fun, costs a hell of a lot more and you can never leave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just like Disneyland, Realityland is a cheap fantasy based planned man-made creation, an imitation of something that doesn't exist anywhere in nature or natural reality, and never could and never will. It is a place that has been designed and constructed in totality. It is added onto as years go by, and sections are torn down and replaced with newer things, flashier things, less substantial things. It is a place of illusion and external appearances. We are not allowed to see behind the scenes or even to know that there is a "behind the scenes". We are strongly encouraged to believe there is nothing more than what meets the eye and that what meets the eye is all there is. For most people, external appearances and assurances that's all there is, is enough. Reports of vast underground activity that holds up, directs, supports and wholly controls every inch of what is externally visible are routinely dismissed as ridiculous, the first hand account givers discredited and disbelieved. Believing it takes more to make a theme park run than what can be seen on the surface is a reasonable and rather obvious truth, but that doesn't matter. What matters is what is believed, not what is true. Belief becomes truth and stays truth because it is rarely checked and verified. It is assumed and when that assumption is generally held and dominant, to check it seems idiotic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What we think of as reality is very much a theme park in the truest sense. There is little that is real about it. It is not a naturally occurring phenomenon that "just happens" without direction and planning. It is precisely what it is by conscious design. This is a fantasy world. It exists to sell people a good time, or more accurately to sell the illusion that a good time can be had by all, and in so doing it rakes in reality based benefits, benefits that are real and have value in the real world. These benefits are accumulated and whisked away, never spoken of, never discussed, never admitted or mentioned again. People show up and exchange their real valuables, their priceless time, their hard earned monetary wealth, for endless varieties of bullshit. Every sort of distraction is there to appeal to and draw in every sort of appetite, from the childish to the profane. The one thing every attraction has in common is that it costs you something to participate. If you don't pay you can't play. That in itself should be enough to distinguish non-reality from reality. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Do we or do we not consciously understand that money is king in Realityland? Everything runs on money. Is that a secret? A surprise? No. It's not even hidden. It's blatant. We do know that. Then can somebody please explain to me why people are consistently shocked and unable to believe that there is anything fake, dishonest, phony, contrived, disingenuous, filthy, corrupt, conspiratorial, criminal or otherwise not natural and healthy happening in our theme park? Where exactly is it that people think nasty people go to do their nasty things? Few could give specific geographical answers to that question but most will tell you emphatically it is anywhere but here. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What on earth is wrong with people's heads? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Can anyone tell me this? How can people sit through the endless carpet bombing of television commercials? Personally, I cannot tolerate the first microseconds of any advertising, I will be screaming loudly inside my own head, "Make it stop! Turn it off!" well before the first three spoken words are rattled off. The phony, cheesy tones of advertising, commercial "voice" as I call it, the creepy ridiculous style of advertising talk, commercial speak, commercial artifice, commercial visuals, artificial contrived advertising feel, texture and cadence, the obnoxious changes in volume levels, the precisely timed formatted sequences that never allow a pause, that give you no chance to think, to dismiss as nonsense, to reject or ignore. I utterly despise the nonstop barrage of saturating mind pollution. This is not benign, this is a weaponized, tactical assault and we are the enemy. Weaponized tactical assault advertising blasts into the heads of tens of millions of people simultaneously, repeatedly, excruciatingly, consciously, every minute of every day of every year of your life. There is nothing casual or nice about that. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The absolutely predictable stench and feel of advertising assault weapons are things instantly recognizable to me which instantly evoke inside my head extreme negative reactions and angry return fire. I refuse to allow that filth to be anywhere near my conscious or unconscious mind to the greatest possible extent. Advertising repels me physically as well as emotionally. I despise and deeply resent the heinous violent assaults on our minds so casually referred to as "advertising". This is not advertising. This stopped being advertising decades ago. What it is now is weaponized tactical assault technology, weapons for the mind, delivered with the aim, unfettered intent and unrivaled ability to take us down, all the way down, and without us ever knowing it. These weapons do not fire blanks, they lock and load with only the most potent state of the art live rounds that science can deliver. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This evil toxic mental invasion spares no cost, no trouble, no effort to devise ever newer and deadlier methods to deliver carpets of mind bombs and bullets. No lie is too great to tell, no blatant contrivance or outright idiocy is too farfetched to offer up as reality, no disinformation, misinformation or lack of information is beyond blasting at people's undefended brains. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The kill rate is staggering and unrivaled. The numbers of mortally wounded increased so rapidly from the start, over a very short period of time, that this evil force achieved its desired 100% kill rate decades ago, a kill rate maintained and uninterrupted to this day. Amazingly, a 100% kill rate was not enough. The desire came to increase the kill rate to beyond 100%. One is left to wonder how that could ever be done. The terrorists of advertising were and still are clearly determined to achieve rates exceeding 100%, to them it is obtainable reality. Today's advertising weapons seek to kill our young before they are even born, and they have succeeded in achieving that aim. We now bomb and destroy our own children in the womb, and increase the mind and body bombing and destruction the moment they arrive and continue it publicly and privately for the rest of their lives. No child in this country can escape the eternal and endless onslaught of mental violence and vile foreign occupation by modern day propaganda dispersal and advertising. No one can get away from it. It will invade your mind. It will infiltrate, occupy and parasitically replace the parts of your brain that think and perceive and recognize the very threat it comprises, with itself. Every exposed person will be forced, regardless of will, without consent, without full much less complete disclosure, without warning, without choice, and without excuse, to receive steady repeated blasts of toxic destructive mind bombing. This is the weaponry of relentless corporate for-profit propaganda, public relations and advertising firms. It is hurled against our beings for the entirety of our lives at intervals only minutes apart. Every single day of our lives. It never stops. It cannot be negotiated with. It will never recede. It can't be fought back at. There is nothing there to shoot, yet there it is bombing us, again and again and again well past the point of being able to stand it. Every single day that we are exposed to commercial broadcast or print media we are assaulted. We are all casualties. And our lives suffer for it, from the depths of our souls, the wounds will affect the course of many and diverse lives and actions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The overall destructive impact of weaponized, unrestricted mass marketing, the unwanted unasked for targeting of our entire unarmed civilian population over decades, is possibly incalculable. We have little frame of reference for what an unmolested naturally thinking population would look like, or act like or think like. We simply no longer even understand the idea.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I don't care who you are, if you've endured the millions of TV commercials and thousands upon thousands of hours of commercial broadcasting the average American has had injected into his or her mind from childhood, you've been altered. You have been modified, despicably, willfully undermined and redirected in your personal development and mental function. You have been infiltrated, occupied by hostile forces and emotionally, spiritually and physically reorganized whether you liked it or knew it or not. You have been re-engineered, transformed into a human receiver tuned to pick up all broadcasts of power propaganda and social engineering and you will accept without effort all standardized mental assaults from all authorized outlets and believe them to be non-dangerous. You will not be aware that you are a casualty of war. You will feel normal and unchanged. You may well be able to list all of the ingredients in McDonalds "secret sauce" even though you've never consciously thought about it or had any interest in knowing such ingredients. Even if you never eat at McDonalds, you may well still know the ingredients and the song that forced its way into your brain to be remembered forever. It is not lodged in there permanently for your benefit. It is lodged in there for McDonalds Corporation's benefit. You do understand that much, hopefully.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Every word I've said is true. Regardless of what smarty pants we love to think we are, every single person who has been carpet bombed by modern commercial mass media weaponry has been hit and re-hit countless times, and is a casualty that is at some level, permanently disabled.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The shrapnel of pornographic, weaponized commercial media is lodged deeply within our body tissues, inextricable from our brains, from our emotions, from our senses, from reason, from our belief formation and maintenance systems. These invisible bits of mind shrapnel cannot be surgically removed. They cannot be removed by will. Once they are there they stay there forever and literally meld with our bodies and beings forever. If that is not weaponry then I don't know what is. The permanent uninvited unwanted and unneeded invasive ideation of others being disrespectfully, relentlessly, repeatedly implanted inside our bodies and minds is about as intrusive and harmful as it gets. The success of these weapons against greater humanity is truly unrivaled. What other bullets or bombs can inflict damage on every man, woman and child and not be noticed, detected or if suspected be so easily dismissed as innocuous, entertaining or clever? It just can't happen with physical bullets and bombs. It is frightening and bizarre.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When people are hit by bullets they understand full well they've been hit and harmed. They know the bullet is not a good thing. They have no confusion as to whether or not it is a part of their body. They know up front they didn't want it in them, near them or on them. They recognize the projectile as a direct and serious threat to their person. They know it is an invasive violent force that is there due to someone else's specific intent to do them harm, even to take their life. There is no mystery there. Perhaps the pain is what makes it so perfectly clear that this is a threat and a danger. There is also the immediacy of harm and loss of life, pouring blood, disfigurement and suffering that is easily and obviously connected to bullets penetrating bodies. There is no debate or discussion as to whether those who are shot wanted it, asked for it or liked it. No one would dare suggest it is good for the economy. To suggest one has a right to propel bullets into other's bodies at will for personal gain would be resoundingly rejected. It is not acceptable. (Why we believe it is acceptable when our government does it deserves consideration. There is no such right regardless of the fictitious labels we place on each other). It would be idiocy to suggest any of these things. Nobody wants to be targeted and shot at with intent to kill, disable or harm out of greed or the desire to destroy free will and gain control over others. It's a shitty thing to do to people. That's probably why shooting people and causing harm for personal gain is illegal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We have no problem recognizing what causes us physical harm. There is no confusion there at all. We spend mind boggling amounts of time and money to train specialist people how to react to violent physical harm, to assist those who have been harmed by all forms of violence against them. There are now countless areas of expertise, thousands of details and facts and knowledge available to respond to physical harm. It is an enormous industry and a beloved and trusted sector of our society. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where is the equivalent for mental harm? It is as though no such thing exists. It obviously exists. Yet, do we ever hear the slightest suggestion of mental coercive attacks? No. The absence of the subject screams a truth. It is purposely absent from public discourse. It is routinely denied and ridiculed when reported. We are fully aware of terrific amounts of time, money and energy having been invested in "mind control" experiments by our own government for decades. None the less the topic is treated as fantastical and impossible. Something there does not add up. Why?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When weapons are not apparently physical we behave as if genuine harm is not possible. Exposure to toxic, foul, demoralizing, esteem damaging, reality bending, dishonest, contrived lies that exist to get your money by getting inside your mind and telling you whatever it takes to get you to open your wallet today and come back tomorrow to open it again and keep on opening it for the rest of your life is hardly an act of brotherhood and friendship. The attackers do not care how deadly or dangerous their products are to you. This strikes most people as too absurd to be true. Believability is unrelated to reality. You are a little wooden duck at the mechanical shooting range, and they have all of the guns. That's reality.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Injuries of the mind are real, pervasive and severe. Much pain and suffering, confusion, and notions ranging from the inane to the horrendous exist in real time inside peoples heads across the entire breadth and width of our country. People with nothing in common except owning and watching TV sets or reading corporate newspapers and magazines, people of all diverse backgrounds, ages, races, religions, political beliefs, jobs, financial status, all of them, can and do hold completely erroneous, identical, unsubstantiated beliefs that are not based in reality or fact yet are firmly and widely believed to be true. This is not a naturally occurring phenomenon. It can't happen in nature. There is no reason for it to happen. The only cause is artificial implantation of false ideas across the entire spectrum of television owning, media receiving humanity. False ideas are knowingly put there, repeated beyond reason, need or justification, delivered in a manner that causes deep conditioning to feel no alarm at all, to accept and allow penetration of the most precious, most private, most personal part of the body: the mind. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tell me, what exists in this world that has "a right" to inject itself into your brain at will? What thing exists in nature that attempts to penetrate your physical body and implant itself in your head? Should any such creature present itself to us would we not recognize it immediately as a threat? As a parasite or a virus? Or at the very least as something that is not a positive or beneficial thing? Of course we would. Without discussion or debate we would instantly understand that an external intruder is only there to benefit itself at our expense. We understand full well that nothing outside of us has any right to force itself into our bodies or brains. We correctly assume such forceful penetration, unasked for, unwanted, unneeded, would be damaging to us and would cause us harm, even serious harm, even death.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where does the blind spot come from that prevents us from understanding that the same kinds of external intrusion can and do occur invisibly? That equivalent pestilence and threats can and do attack and invade the human mind? It is reasonable to assume our collective identical blind spot has also been wholly engineered and delivered to our minds. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Our minds are everything we are, everything we think and see and feel and believe. Our minds are us. Our minds are who we are. They are not protected by reinforced steel. They are not respected by anyone seeking to invade them. Our minds can be played with at countless levels. What others say to us, how others look at us, what is said about us, mere nonphysical words can cause pain and damage so severe as to overwhelm us, hurt us, fill us with grief, rage, doubt, loathing, resentment, jealousy, the whole gamut of human response. Feelings and thoughts are our only reality. They are who we are. They can be and regularly are interfered with, influenced by everyone we meet, everyone we hear, everyone we see, whether or not we think about it or know it. It all gets inside our heads and it all affects us. It can cause us tremendous harm or tremendous good. That very much depends on the intent of those others, but even the best of intentions are no guarantee of doing good. Why is it that we don't understand that? Why don't we consciously understand how important it is for us to pick and choose what we want inside our minds? When clearly, it is the cumulative effect of all that is in our minds that makes us who we are and has the ultimate power to direct and decide our lives and how we live them. Because whatever gets in there becomes a part of us. Forever. It cannot be extricated. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It takes conscious effort to disarm unwanted influences in our minds. It is not always possible. We are not conscious when receiving the vast majority of what ultimately takes up residence inside our heads. Nobody asks our permission before discharging their yields into our minds. Nobody cares whether or not we want to hear it or be exposed to it or be offended, demoralized, confused or conflicted by it. Lies are told much more often than truths, truths are an increasingly rare commodity. So what's in your mind and how much of it is there by your choice?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How much of what takes up space in our limited gray matter is there by personal choice, by our own intent, and how much is hijacked and stolen from us, disguised as innocuous, as truth, as informative, important or entertaining when in fact it is knowingly delivered, dishonest, manipulative, propelled without warning or consent inside our heads with the specific goal of changing our heads, changing our very beings into something that will benefit others at our cost and loss? Why else do we knowingly harm ourselves with toxic products and damaging behaviors? Doing those things could never be our natural choice or come to us as ideas we would desire to make into reality. Doing those things is self destructive, which flies totally in the face of our strong inherent will and desire to live. You tell me where it all comes from.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You tell me why children are killing children in schools today when no such thing ever happened before. You tell me why deep enduring love has become the exception instead of the rule, why money is openly given more importance than life itself, why selfishness, pornography and violence are entertaining to us, why we emulate them, why we are not offended by things that clearly destroy us from the inside out? You tell me why.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tell me why we naively believe our elected officials are bastions of righteousness and truth in the absence of proof to support such naive beliefs, in the face of non stop evidence of the exact opposite in generous supply? You tell me why an entire nation can be roused to a state of panic and fear of a deadly pandemic when no one we know is even sick, much less dead. Tell me why. Go ahead. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If what gets poured into our heads has no effect on how we think, on what we believe, on how we perceive, value and interpret the world around us, on our ability to separate bullshit from reality, then you tell me why our entire nation is brain dead and brainwashed. Explain to me how it can be that most everyone we meet thinks every doctor is gifted, honest, moral, capable and dedicated, and could never be a pervert, a crappy doctor, or a crook? Explain to me why most everyone believes that every cop is an upright noble citizen, believes every soldier is honorable and decent, believes every man behind bars deserves to be there, believes things that are not food are good to eat, believes one unconfirmed case of super TB three states away directly threatens personal health. Go ahead and explain those things to me. None of them can be substantiated. Why are these beliefs so dominant and pervasive?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It's simply not possible for three hundred million people who don't know each other to all hold the exact same nonsensical self destructive idiotic naive and just plain wrong beliefs and attitudes about the exact same things. That cannot happen by accident or by chance. It cannot happen as a result of nature. How then can it exist, and exist so pervasively? So intensely that people will come to hatred and blows should they encounter a difference of opinion? How does that happen? You tell me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Are we as consciously created as the phony world we live in? Are we even really us? How much longer will it take before we no longer care? How long before we accept the next level of mental bombardment and occupation that tells us that we are better off this way regardless of the undeniable evidence to the contrary? Who are we really? Does anyone really know anymore?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most anyone knows better than to leave his most valuable possessions unattended and easily accessible to anyone who sees them and wants to take them. What is more valuable than our minds? Yet how much conscious attention do we give to being in charge of what gets in them? How much right do we have anymore to protect and decide what goes into our own minds? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bullets hurt when they penetrate our bodies and the damage they do is obvious and immediate. The damage done via intrusive, manipulative disguised mental attack is not painful, in fact it is made to be as palatable as possible. You will be made to love your slavery. You won't find a thing wrong with being mentally controlled by others for their own benefit at the cost of your free will and ability to discern and think for yourself. You might actually believe that they can think better for you than you can. Chances are, you already do in some ways. In the ways that you take the word of authorities and experts as solid truth and do not check things out for yourself, you've already given up the right to decide for yourself what you think. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That might not always be a bad thing. Not all experts and authorities are clueless politicos or "D" students with a flair for salesmanship. There is no such thing as "all" anything being the same. All people are different. All expertise is individual and unique, some of it is earned and real and lots of it is just memorized and taken as truth because it was delivered by people believed to be the pinnacle of reality. The danger zone is that glowing neon area where people stop thinking, stop asking questions, and stop checking things for themselves. Unthinking acceptance breeds ignorance, weakness and fear. Those who proliferate weak mindedness demand unwavering compliance, unearned loyalty, and expect to be staunchly supported whether they end up being right or wrong. That doesn't even make sense. Phonies are liars, and lazy ones too. This is why we hear the same words coming from different mouths verbatim. The laziest thing of all is to simply memorize what you've been handed and pledge your unthinking, uncritical support to bigger idiots than yourself. Nothing there to brag about. It's kind of a weenie way of being, in my humble opinion. I'm not sure what the payoffs are supposed to be. At the price of controlling my own head, I can think of nothing I'd trade that for.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There's no doubt that we're all under constant, focused assault by our own government. Even though it's supposedly illegal for our government to propagandize us, they do it every day. It's not even debatable. This is not theory, it's fact. It is on the record in official documents. Every major media outlet was infiltrated by intelligence operatives back in the McCarthy era. They never left. The censorship that prevents us from issuing "F" report cards to deserving elected officials is no accident. Nothing much happens by accident when losers and cheaters are running loose in positions of authority. They can't afford to let the public hear the truth. They can't afford to let real justice unfold in courtrooms. They can't afford to let the people decide for themselves when those decisions would more than likely drop kick losers out of powerful positions. They're icky people.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But icky people are nothing new. A certain amount of them are invariably drawn to places in society where they can try to get away with being icky and greasy and creepy. It's such a game and very tangled. They don't fool anybody who can see them up close. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We're not always made privy when decent people work behind the scenes to foil bad plans. We don't hear the dissenting voices of very reasonable, noble, dedicated people or know about how much static they give to poor leadership. So much of what reaches us in papers and broadcasts is plain crap that it's not funny. In the book "Toxic Waste is Good For You" it is stated that as much as 75% of what we read in the papers is completely made up. That's not something they made up it's something they proved.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We don't have to be helpless in the midst of all of this professionally contrived and delivered horse hockey. It can be rendered useless and harmless to us. It can be disarmed and ignored for the silly nonsense it is. We can walk right through it untouched. It's not hard to do. All it takes is using our own heads. Doing our own thinking. Making those who deliver public information earn our respect by giving us consistently honest, fair and accurate information; and when they don't we blow them off. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The truth is, when it comes to truth, you have to find it for yourself. No one can find truth for us. Having an unquenchable thirst for truth, for understanding what you don't understand, for knowing all sides of the story, for resisting the urge to become emotionally hooked and thereby controlled, is what it takes to insulate ourselves from the endless oceans of claptrap and goofiness so many people end up stuck in like flies caught in amber. They can't see past it or through it or get clear of it. They simply believe it and tell themselves how informed they are. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Those who are too lazy to ensure that what goes into their own heads deserves to be there will get whatever somebody else wants in there. Those who prefer to find and check facts for themselves will quickly discover that truth is not hidden or hard to find. Truth is simply not dragged out and served up on platters for us. The platter people are the ones who accept whatever they're served. They have no way of knowing what they're getting. I don't know how anyone could be comfortable with that, but I don't know everything and don't need to. I just need to know how to think for myself and that I can do pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To stay in control of our own minds we simply need to stay in control of our own minds. Anyone who wants to do that can do that. It is a choice. I will always choose to think for myself. I like it that way because I always know why I think what I think. In the process I also get to know myself and I suspect that unless we can do that, we won't get very far in finding the truths we seek, or in retaining control of how and what we think.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-8181401737133616482?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/8181401737133616482/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/07/realityland.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8181401737133616482'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8181401737133616482'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/07/realityland.html' title='Realityland'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-5488235638906905253</id><published>2009-04-24T16:50:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-04-24T16:51:10.647-07:00</updated><title type='text'>The Final Stage of Transhumanism</title><content type='html'>&lt;object width="320" height="266" class="BLOG_video_class" id="BLOG_video-8666f729d05269c4" classid="clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000" codebase="http://download.macromedia.com/pub/shockwave/cabs/flash/swflash.cab#version=6,0,40,0"&gt;&lt;param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/get_player"&gt;&lt;param name="bgcolor" value="#FFFFFF"&gt;&lt;param name="allowfullscreen" value="true"&gt;&lt;param name="flashvars" value="flvurl=http://v10.nonxt2.googlevideo.com/videoplayback?id%3D8666f729d05269c4%26itag%3D5%26app%3Dblogger%26ip%3D0.0.0.0%26ipbits%3D0%26expire%3D1330361177%26sparams%3Did,itag,ip,ipbits,expire%26signature%3D64EACF12F73D31329F24EF2D62C1AFBD00D7508.175682C1D149F5EE2377683832137C7D45644596%26key%3Dck1&amp;amp;iurl=http://video.google.com/ThumbnailServer2?app%3Dblogger%26contentid%3D8666f729d05269c4%26offsetms%3D5000%26itag%3Dw160%26sigh%3DnEttEZRzyE8iNU3Eg-R78bulXQE&amp;amp;autoplay=0&amp;amp;ps=blogger"&gt;&lt;embed src="http://www.youtube.com/get_player" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"width="320" height="266" bgcolor="#FFFFFF"flashvars="flvurl=http://v10.nonxt2.googlevideo.com/videoplayback?id%3D8666f729d05269c4%26itag%3D5%26app%3Dblogger%26ip%3D0.0.0.0%26ipbits%3D0%26expire%3D1330361177%26sparams%3Did,itag,ip,ipbits,expire%26signature%3D64EACF12F73D31329F24EF2D62C1AFBD00D7508.175682C1D149F5EE2377683832137C7D45644596%26key%3Dck1&amp;iurl=http://video.google.com/ThumbnailServer2?app%3Dblogger%26contentid%3D8666f729d05269c4%26offsetms%3D5000%26itag%3Dw160%26sigh%3DnEttEZRzyE8iNU3Eg-R78bulXQE&amp;autoplay=0&amp;ps=blogger"allowFullScreen="true" /&gt;&lt;/object&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is WHAT EVIL'S ENDGAME IS BEcause WHEN YOU LOSE YOUR CONSCIOUSNESS, YOU LOSE YOUR SOUL.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ALWAYS USE YOUR MIND OR IT WILL TURN TO STONE AND SO WILL THE REST OF YOU.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-5488235638906905253?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/5488235638906905253/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/04/final-stage-of-transhumanism.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/5488235638906905253'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/5488235638906905253'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/04/final-stage-of-transhumanism.html' title='The Final Stage of Transhumanism'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-4922651205110586951</id><published>2009-04-15T00:47:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-04-15T00:48:38.586-07:00</updated><title type='text'>CULT OF THE SERPENT</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;Notice in this document how the serpent puppet masters don't want us to *Think* for ourselves.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;Although this is an older document, it is still as important as it was when it was published.  Notice how George Bush Sr. is presented as creating great evil in the world. It seems that the Bush family belong to the serpent race (saurians).&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CULT OF THE SERPENT&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.xs4all.nl/~sm4csi/nwo/nwoterrorism/SecretSocieties.Cult.of.the.Serpent_part1.htm&lt;br /&gt;http://www.xs4all.nl/~sm4csi/nwo/nwoterrorism/SecretSocieties.Cult.of.the.Serpent_part2.htm&lt;br /&gt;http://www.xs4all.nl/~sm4csi/nwo/nwoterrorism/SecretSocieties.Cult.of.the.Serpent_part3.htm&lt;br /&gt;http://www.xs4all.nl/~sm4csi/nwo/nwoterrorism/SecretSocieties.Cult.of.the.Serpent_part4.htm&lt;br /&gt;http://www.xs4all.nl/~sm4csi/nwo/nwoterrorism/SecretSocieties.Cult.of.the.Serpent_part5.htm&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;Part 1 of 5  Crim-Ram Series FILE NO. 003 by Branton&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What do the following names all have in common: Dennis Brunnell, Stan Deyo, William Cooper, Bill Hamilton, Val Valerian, 'Commander X' and Robert Lazar? They all allege that the following scenario is a reality... Ever since the so-called "end" of the NASA moon shots the U.S. "secret" government has been involved in covert manned space exploration of this solar system utilizing super-advanced technologies which are so revolutionary that the secret government has chosen to tell the public little or nothing about it. Some of these sources even claim that an inner core of this "secret government" have in the past worked hand-in-claw with a race of hominoid-sauroid reptilian beings who have given these human "elite" technology and power (over their fellow man) in exchange for certain powers and influences which this secret government or "serpent cult" gave these alien beings over the masses of humanity. There are allegedly other human groups, native to earth and much more ancient, who left this planet in ancient times after obtaining similar technologies. Some of these ancient and modern groups "sold out" to this alien race in exchange for technology (as in the case of the so-called MIB's or Men In Black), while others developed such technologies of their own initiative (as in the case of many of the human "alien" races who are often referred to as the "Nordics").&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As for the covert space operations that are being carried out by various top-secret organizations within the U.S. government, they are based on a combination of "alien" technology recovered from numerous crash-retrievals of aerial disks, while other aspects are based on prototype and state-of-the-art Military-Industrial technologies developed by well-known U.S. companies. These advanced technologies include anti-gravity generators and electromagnetic propulsion systems and massive top-secret space efforts which have largely been financed through deception and through hundreds of billions of dollars which have generously (although unknowingly) been provided via 'Black' budgets by hard-working American taxpayers.&lt;br /&gt;Dennis Brunnell, a 33rd degree Mason and a Grandmaster in the Ordo Templi Orientis (O.T.O.) had become "dis- illusioned" by the Illuminati's present activities. Originally believing that the Illuminati was a mystic lodge designed to illuminate one into mystical heights of ascended awareness, he eventually learned that such metaphysical talk was just so much hot air designed to gain the willing assistance of lower-ranking "lodge" members, who were unknowingly being manipulated into serving the hypocritical, self-seeking and self-serving imperialistic goals of a relatively small inner core of "illumined" members.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some years ago a man by the name of John Todd, a member of a family who were high-level and generational members of a druidic witchcraft cult, alleged that through his occult contacts he was chosen to be initiated into a deep-level Illuminati lodge. He claimed that in doing so he had to "unlearn" much of the wiccan philosophies which he was taught at a young age. These occult teachings were merely a means, he soon found out, of this inner core of initiates to control the lower ranks of the lodge. This inner core, which consisted of 13 individuals, were (he claims) THE LEADERS of all the large wiccan/witchcraft organizations AS WELL AS the leaders of World Freemasonry. These men controlled BOTH movements from their lofty positions, along with much of the world's drug trafficking, and had powerful influence in world economic and political movements. Mr. Todd soon learned that this inner core were continually fearful that the lower-ranking members of the occult societies would turn against "them" if the lower members ever found out that this inner council were merely using these "lower pawns" to increase their own wealth and their god-like power and authority over the rest of humanity. The Rothschilds of London, he also learned, were at the very heart of this conspiracy, along with the Jesuits in Rome. The Rothschilds were considered to be "human gods" by many occultists and, according to Mr. Todd, were in constant communication with "Lucifer", who they themselves considered to be god. There are also indications, as we will give later in these texts, that they were/are also in contact with the serpent race as well, which would make them an integral part of the "serpent cult".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dennis Brunnell, John Todd and in fact millions of former Communists, realized that there was an incredible contradiction between what these world socialists were telling their "followers" and what these inner elite were actually practicing. The connection we make between Illuminism and Communism (which is still very strong in mainland China) is no coincidence, as both are socialist movements. Also, according to well-known geo-political analysts such as Dr. John Coleman, Karl Marx himself had known ties with 33rd degree Masonry and the Jesuit Order. As for John Todd, he later "defected" from this secret lodge after he "suggested" to the other members that in light of recent events the prophecies of the Bible should be studied. Their answer to this, he claims, was a murderous stare from most if not all of the other members of this council of 13. He believes he was lucky he got out of there alive. These men, apparently, did not even want to consider the possibility that the Holy Bible could be true, for they knew well enough that it was against every imperialistic and deceitful practice that they were involved in. John Todd later became a Christian and spoke to various audiences around the country until, according to some sources, he was later assassinated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Brunnell alleged that some within the Illuminati were so heartless as to believe that their socialist "World Order" must be brought about even if the orchestrating of wars, etc., had to be accomplished in order to create the conditions necessary for establishing it... or, in other words, that the end justified the means. These lost souls were and are apparently convinced that they have the divine right to decide the fate of nations, and that the masses of humanity exist for no other reason than to serve their cause. They consider themselves "gods" and the rest of humanity as "mere mortals". So much for the end-result of the false promise that was given to man by the serpent race as revealed in Genesis chapter 3, which was that men could be as gods, and that the creature could be independent from or equal to the Creator. The serpent race knew full well that the dis-connection of man from their trust and reliance in the Godhead would result in lost power and dominion over the earth and the beasts, including the serpent race, and as a result the reptilians could take control of that which mankind forfeited, including man himself! Since that ancient time the saurians have been able to find those among humanity who would be willing to believe their false promises in exchange for temporary physical gains.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of Dennis Brunnell's "Gemstone" research papers (which also described the Mafia-CIA-oil company connection to the John F. Kennedy assassination, confirming the original "Gemstone" reports of Bruce Roberts) included a scenario developed by Kissinger and other Illuminists in the early 1980's or before. This scenario showed one such proposed plan as to how war could be used to bring the United States - the last obstacle standing in the way of absolute Illuminati rule of the world - into subjection to the one-world Socialist state. This scenario, possibly one of many developed, was in the form of a speech given by a U.S. president. George Bush was sited as a very possible candidate to this "speech" (This was years before Bush became vice president, which suggests that Brunnell was in fact tapped-into some very sensitive information). It was basically written as a possible emergency address to the nation which would supposedly take place after years of American involvement in an - Illuminati orchestrated? - war in the Middle East. The scenario continued as "the President" informs the nation that, due to the long drawn-out (Korea/Vietnam like no-win) war which has depleted our national resources, a certain Executive Order was to be issued for the "good" of the nation which would result in practically ALL PRIVATE AGENCIES coming under the absolute control of the Federal Government. In short, according to this scenario, if such a plan was carried out then the entire nation could be brought under absolute socialist control in one night.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Such a scenario may not be too far-fetched when we realize the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1) George Bush was, during his years at Yale University, initiated into the "Skull &amp; Bones" society, also known as the "Brotherhood of Death". According to prominent political and financial analysts such as Antony Sutten, there is much documentation to suggest that Skull &amp; Bones is nothing less than a Western branch of the Bavarian Illuminati, designed to recruit highly-educated individuals into serving it's cause;&lt;br /&gt;2) George Bush served as THE DIRECTOR of the CIA for several years, which, according to various sources, is actually serving the one-world movement;&lt;br /&gt;3) Bush has very close ties with one-world organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations or C.F.R., Federal Reserve, Trilateral Commission, Bilderbergers, Alpine Institute, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;4) Before Ronald Reagan "chose" a running mate, according to the late Gary Allen, he was approached at a political convention by the duo of Walter Cronkite and Henry Kissinger, both alleged Illuminists, and "strongly encouraged" to choose George Bush as his running mate as Bush was well-favored by the International Banking Establishment of Wallstreet;&lt;br /&gt;5) The Bush family is very rich and are heavily involved in high-profit, offshore oil drilling companies.&lt;br /&gt;6) Also, when news of the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait - where the Bush family's oil business had some vested interests - reached America, George Bush was at the one-world "Aspen" Institute of Colorado visiting with Margaret Thatcher. Bush's decision to rally the nations together by sending our young men and women to fight and die for the "New World Order", was based on "advice" he received from officials at the one-world Aspen Institute. Although "Operation Desert Storm" was a well-planned and well master-minded attack, the fact nevertheless remains that we were fighting to defend the "New World Order" and the oil interests (whereas we only get a very small percentage of our oil from Kuwait) and not to defend the constitutional United States. This war was a two-sided event. Even though the motive may have been other than in harmony with America's best interests in that (like Korea and Vietnam) it was fought FOR the Socialist-oriented United Nations; some good nevertheless came out of it, in essence, that America was able to defend ISRAEL from an aggressive enemy, something which Almighty God most likely honored. However the target, Saddam Hussain, escaped free while tens of thousands of his subjects, so many pawns in a huge game of chess, had to pay the price with their lives. As the Word of God says, "evil shall slay the wicked" (Psalm 34:21). This may in part apply to Iraq, the land of ancient Babylon (the ancient city where the one-world movement and all occult movements had their genesis) which in a strange twist of fate was "judged" by the very oppressive movement which it created. Notice also Bush's constant references to the "New World Order" - a concept which is a mockery of the Declaration of INDEPENDENCE which our forefathers shed their blood to defend. True, we must as a nation not ignore the rest of the world, yet at the same time we should not surrender ourselves to the rest of the world either, but preserve the American Republic as a bastion of Freedom to which the oppressed of ALL NATIONS can take refuge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The reason we are so critical of this particular presidency is because we believe that the secret government - utilizing it's influence in mass-media control, MANIPULATED Bush into office in a direct perversion of the electoral process. In other words, through the fantastic media power which they wielded, the one-worlders snuffed out the competition. We realize that it is Biblical to honor the governing officials, yet this is only to the EXTENT that the governing powers submit to the Almighty governing power of the Universe, God Himself. Elijah criticized the ancient King Ahab for this very reason, because he was leading the nation of Israel astray into Baal worship. Unfortunately, King Ahab and George Bush may have had a lot in common. We would rather hope that the opposite were true, but facts are facts. However, we must not fall into the trap of pointing the finger at any one person, as Bush happens to be only one link in a very large and very powerful "secret government" chain which, as we have seen, has sold out much of this planet to "The Beast". Bush, like many misled "insiders", was no doubt largely a product of his environment, as well as a member of a generational "Establishment" family, and more-or-less a puppet or voicebox of secret government policy. This fact should be taken into account, as well as the fact that the major "enemy" is the draconian influence as it exists in and behind the secret government establishment. There were, nevertheless, less-than- honorable motives on the part of the United States in it's decision to fight in the Gulf War (see: YOUTH ACTION NEWS - Oct. 1990., Box 312., Alexandria, VA 22313 - this source gives much evidence that Bush and Company more-or-less "encouraged" the Kuwaiti invasion and, when faced with irrefutable proof that such an invasion was coming, did absolutely nothing to warn the Kuwaitis or the Iraqis against such an invasion. Was Bush and Company willing to risk the lives of thousands of people just so his One World Government could be established and a "trial run" of the global U.N. Police Force could be initiated?).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;According to Dr. John Coleman (World Intelligence Review., Box 426., Metairie, LA 70004), the ancient Babylonian Serpent Cult, or what is known today as the "Illuminati" (33rd degree Freemasonry) is under the direct control of some very nefarious forces. Coleman in fact provides much evidence that 33rd degree Masonry has been used not only to infiltrate and take over many political, economic and religious institutions, but has also been used to "create" such institutions as well, organizations to which people will flock and submit their power and energies to unknowingly serve an agenda that they know nothing about. This was and is carried out through the 22 "Palladium" Lodges which, according to various sources, can be traced back to the Grand Masonic Lodge in England. According to Coleman and many others, the Grandmasters of Masonry AND of Jesuitism (i.e.the Illuminati) are working together in this conspiracy. In many cases the individuals involved are both Jesuits AND Masonic initiates. Such was the case of Guisseppi Mazzini, who was a Jesuit-Mason, and a satanist-witch to boot, and was second-in-command to the Masonic "Pontiff" Albert Pike - whose rotting remains now lie beneath the "House of the Temple" in Washington D.C. (see Dr. Coleman's tapes: CONSPIRACY CULTS AND THE ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT, and FREEMASONRY AND THE ONE WORLD CONSPIRACY).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Other works that may be very revealing along this line, as we indicated earlier, are the writings of former 33rd degree Mason and former Past Master of all Scottish-Rite Masonic bodies, the Rev. Jim Shaw. This is especially true with his book THE DEADLY DECEPTION (P.O. Box 884., Silver Springs, FL 32688). In this work Mr. Shaw exposes the blatant SERPENT worship secretly taking place within the Masonic HOUSE OF THE TEMPLE in Washington D.C. Mix this with the accounts of "Masonic" street-outlays built into Washington D.C. itself and accounts of tunnels beneath the city which connect many of the important Federal buildings and which allegedly extend to extreme depths and distances, then you have a recipe for something very strange and sinister which is undermining our nations capitol. No wonder the Christian-Patriots within the American Republic have had to fight "the enemy within" for so long with so little apparent results from their efforts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Concerning Bush's one-world policies, we will quote here from a few letters to the editor which appeared in various issues of the UTAH COUNTY JOURNAL, as confirmation of some of the statements which we have previously made. One letter, appearing in the April 30, 1991 issue of the U.C.J., stated:&lt;br /&gt;"Editor: The April-May '91 issue of COMMON CAUSE reports that the first successful exploration for oil in Kuwait was done by the Zapata Oil Co., of which current President George Bush was a founder and director. The President's son, George W. Bush, is now the third largest insider stockholder in another off-shore oil drilling company located in Bahrain, 15 miles from Saudi Arabia. This is Harken Energy Corp., with its home base in Bedford, Texas.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Does this information explain the Rambo-like "hurry up" war in Kuwait? Does it explain marked shifts in acceptance or castigation of Saddam Hussein? Does it offer an explanation for the terrible destruction of the Kuwait oil fields and Persian Gulf waters? Do these two leaders really have the welfare of their respective peoples at heart? I would give anything to read one of the history books on this war written 25-50 years hence. - Eugene J. Faux; Provo."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And in the Feb. 26, 1991 issue of the same publication:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Editor: In the Feb. 12 issue of the JOURNAL an obviously well-intentioned lady suggested that we pray for President Bush because he has 'awesome responsibilities.'&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"He has, indeed, many awesome responsibilities: a responsibility to uphold and defend the U.S. Constitution; a responsibility to weed out those in our government who, by intent or neglect, work to undermine the Republican form of government given to us by our founding fathers; a responsibility to tell the American people the TRUTH about the incredible, rapidly escalating national debt and what the debt will mean to our children and our children's children 'unto the seventh generation' and beyond. He also has a responsibility to expose the hypocrisy of those who are working diligently to bring about a new constitutional convention, supposedly to propose one or two new amendments, while they already have entire new constitutions written and waiting. - Albert V. Burns; Spanish Fork."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another letter which appeared in the UTAH COUNTY JOURNAL during the Bush-Iraq controversy, Mar. 5 1991 issue, stated:&lt;br /&gt;"Editor: Mrs. (Colleen D.) brought up a very good point about my criticism of George Bush and his New World Order agenda. Rightfully, as a leader of a nation, he might be considered exempt from censure for any mistakes that he might make through oversight or a lack of proper information. Unfortunately, this is far from the case with Bush.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Sadly, the president is very cognizant of his actions and exactly where these actions are speedily leading us - to a world government ruled by elitist insiders. History can conclude nothing less than this result. For a complete analysis of Bush, his political history, and his leadership of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission, I enthusiastically recommend the new book on George Bush - THE ESTABLISHMENT MAN, available through The John Birch Society. Well documented, this book will put to rest any remaining praises for our chief executive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"In fact, my critique of the executive is founded upon my patriotism, not turning against it. President Teddy Roosevelt stated: "Patriotism means to stand by the country. IT DOES NOT MEAN TO STAND BY THE PRESIDENT OR ANY OTHER PUBLIC OFFICIAL SAVE EXACTLY TO THE DEGREE IN WHICH HE HIMSELF STANDS BY THE COUNTRY. It is patriotic to support him insofar as he efficiently serves the country. It is unpatriotic not to oppose him to the exact extent that by inefficiency or otherwise he fails in his duty to stand by the country." As Bush has repeatedly violated his oath to defend the Constitution, I will continue to patriotically reproach his intentions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"As for being in the White House when Bush sent National Security Adviser Brant Scowcroft and Deputy Secretary of State Lawrence Eagleburger to Beijing immediately and secretly after the Tienamen Square massacre, no, I was not present when he made that call. That's why we have the press. The White House announced that such was the case on Dec. 18, 1989, to anyone listening. Such betrayal of freedom-fighters is par for the course when we look at Bush's policy toward other people seeking liberty, but receiving only his true objective: World despotism in his New World Order. - Bruce J. Martin."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In relation to the above concern of whether we should unquestioningly trust our elected (?) heads of state, it is interesting that of all the presidents which have been in the White House since the assassination of John F. Kennedy (which many allege was actually an Illuminati-inspired coup), EVERY SINGLE ONE OF THEM have been supportive of the one-world government movement as it is incarnate in the Council of Foreign relations and allied global organizations. Coincidence?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Finally, we have this letter from the September 18, 1990 issue of the same publication:&lt;br /&gt;"Editor: In his September address to the nation, President Bush stated his five objectives for the massive deployment of U.S. troops. The fifth is the fundamental reason for this operation. As Mr. Bush stated himself, "The crisis in the Persian Gulf, as grave as it is, also offers a rare opportunity to move toward a historic period of cooperation. Out of these troubled times, our fifth objective - a new world order - can emerge... We are now in sight of a United Nations that performs as envisioned by its founders."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"The U.N. 'founders' included U.S. communist traitor, Alger Hiss, who was the acting secretary general of the conference in San Francisco in 1945. Hiss was accompanied by a contingent of U.S. communists and a swarm of Council on Foreign Relations members. The communists wanted world government by revolution and the others wanted it by way of socialism. In either case, these individuals did not want national sovereignty of the kind fought for by our founding fathers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"The fundamental difference between a "new world order" under the United Nations and an independent United States are nowhere clearly indicated than in our DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE affirmation that "men are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights." The UN's total exclusion of God means that rights do not come from God, (but) that they proceed from government, and government can and will take them away.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Our country has suffered in the past from U.N. decisions and action. U.N. advocates gave away all the gains our fighting men bled and died for in Europe and Asia after World War II. We fought Korea and Vietnam under U.N. sanction and command with victory denied even though over 100,000 men lost their lives and hundreds of thousands were wounded (in addition to this, several sources allege that communist nationals working within the U.N. constantly betrayed U.S. positions and strategies to their allies in North Korea, and repeated this betrayal during the Vietnam conflict as well. It is a fact that the MAJORITY of the "United" Nations Secretary Generals have also been communist nationals - Branton). Nixon and Kissinger operating under "new world order" dictates gave South Vietnam to the communist enemy after our military fought so valiantly even with the treasonous restrictions imposed on them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;Cult of the Serpent - part 2 of 5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Now, George Bush wants the men and women of our armed forces to die... for the new world order... George Bush's drive for a "new world order" is not worth ONE DROP of American blood. But blood we shall have until we once again elect constitutionalists to office instead of one-worlders. - Mike Thomas; Pleasant Grove."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The January 26, 1990 issue of THE NEW FEDERALIST revealed even more about the Bush - one world connection. In his article, BUSH'S CHINA POLICY: SKULL AND BONES, Joseph Brewda writes:&lt;br /&gt;"Jan 19 (EIRNS)--An obscure secret society known as "Skull and Bones" may have more to do with George Bush's obsessive support of Beijing's mass murderers than one may think.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Skull and Bones is a secret fraternity at Yale University which is restricted to a mere fifteen student members per year. The society was formed in 1832 by General William Russell, whose shipping firm later dominated the U.S. side of the China opium trade. Yale University was founded by Eli Yale, who made his fortune working for the opium smuggling British East India Company.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Skull and Bones became the recruiting grounds and preserve of the most important New England-centered families--families who also made their money in the opium trade. These families, whose sons regularly join Skull and Bones, include the little known, but powerful, Coffins, Sloanes, Tafts, Bundys, Paynes, Whitneys. They are a dominant element of the U.S. 'Eastern Establishment' to this day. The Bush family is one of a cluster of lower-level Establishment families controlled by these interests.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"What has this to do with Bush policy towards China--or for that matter, Bush's "War on Drugs"? (Note: the last television news reporter to ask Bush a critical question concerning the many narcotics agents who are complaining about how bad the "drug war" was going, was promptly fired from his job shortly after the press conference - Branton)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"George Bush, the first U.S. diplomatic representative to the People's Republic of China back in 1973, was a member of Skull and Bones. So were his father, brother, son, uncle, nephew, and several cousins. Winston Lord, the Reagan-Bush administration Ambassador to China was a member; so were his father and several other relatives. James Lilley, the current Ambassador to China, was a member of Skull and Bones, as was his brother. Except during the Carter administration, every U.S. Ambassador to Beijing since Kissinger's deal with Mao Zedong was a member of the same tiny Yale cult. A mere coincidence?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"MAO WAS A YALIE - Back in 1903, Yale Divinity School established a number of schools and hospitals throughout China that were collectively known as 'Yale in China.' It has since been shown that 'Yale in China' was an intelligence network whose purpose was to destroy the republican movement of Sun Yat-sen on behalf of the Anglo-American Establishment. The Anglo-American "Establishment" hated Sun, because he wanted to develop China. On the other hand, they loved the Chinese communists because they intended to keep China backward, and were committed to growing dope. One of 'Yale in China's' most important students was Mao Zedong.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"During World War II, 'Yale in China' was a primary instrument used by the U.S. Establishment and its Office of Strategic Services (OSS) to install the Maoists into power. 'Yale in China' was run by OSS operative Reuben Holden, the husband of Bush's cousin, and also a member of Skull and Bones.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"The Maoists made China into the world's largest opium producer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"'Yale in China' was also closely associated with the New York-based Union Theological Seminary, which has been a center for U.S. subversion of Asia (literal wolves in sheeps clothing - Branton). Every prominent radical leader operating in Korea today, for example, was trained at Union Theological. Union Theological was dominated for twenty years by Henry Sloane Coffin, a U.S. intelligence executive from the Sloane and Coffin families. He was a Skull and Bones member as were a dozen of his relatives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Nor should it be forgotten that Averell Harriman, the former Ambassador to Moscow who did so much to build up the Soviet Union, was a member of Skull and Bones. Harriman was also a business partner of Prescott Bush, Sr., the father of Maoist enthusiast George Bush."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: This Skull and Bones - Communist connection is also confirmed by geopolitical and economics researchers such as Dr. Antony Sutton (Sutton's books may be obtained through THE PATRIOT REVIEW., 33836 SE Kelso Rd. #6., P.O. Box 596., Boring, OR 97099; OR via THE MIDNIGHT MESSENGER., P.O. Box 472., Altadens, CA 91001). Not only did the Skull and Bones (Western Illuminati) help to build up the Communist movement in China, but they gave considerable financial aid to the Soviet Union communists as well. According to Sutton, this power cult has for centuries been playing a "two ends against the middle" type of game, attempting to control America (the thesis) and Russia (the anti-thesis) and other countries or movements, carefully pitting them against each other at the lower levels in order to keep the populations of the world in a state of confusion and despair, to the point that they will - hopefully - resign themselves into accepting the New World Order "synthesis" as the only alternative to solve the very "problems" which THEY, the New World Order initiators, created in the first place! One startling, though documented, claim which Mr. Sutton makes is that the Nazi Movement was largely financed by the Skull and Bones - Illuminati as well. This connection was recently described in a mailer describing Val Valerian's book MATRIX III (c/o Leading Edge Research., P.O. Box 481-MU58., Yelm, WASH 98597). Part of this mailer states:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Interspaced with the material comes a host of data, supplementary material, interviews, and revealing information. The 'Final Scenario' is discussed relative to the New World Order and the plans for total economic control, a one-world religion, and the electronic mind control objectives, schools of thought, and research. MATRIX III brings out in detail how various families in the United States and Europe are also involved in a scenario which has as its main tenet the suppression and elimination of human beings on many levels - a scenario which includes worldwide traffic of drugs, vast laundering of drug money by national banks of several countries, and assassination and murder. These are the people who arranged and supported all the wars. There is discussion of the Bush family, and how Prescott Bush assisted the finance and management of the Nazi empire - the so-called Hitler project..."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Much of Valerian's writings are very well-documented and can be followed-up, yet the only criticism of his work which we have deals with the fact that, we believe, he has placed too much confidence in so-called "channeled" revelations as sources of information. We believe, based on past experience and research, that much of the information received through so-called "trance channels" should be discarded for several reasons:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1) Such information is often self-contradictory.&lt;br /&gt;2) Channeled revelations often contradict "revelations" received through other "channels".&lt;br /&gt;3) There are supernatural beings inhabiting the aerial realm whose very purpose and "assignment" is to counterfeit "divine" revelation in order to spread propaganda, confusion or mislead the seeker from the truth. This is often, we have found, accomplished by offering the seeker a substantial amount of "truth" in order to uphold one strategic lie.&lt;br /&gt;4) Channeled information in most cases cannot be followed up by physical documentation or evidence.&lt;br /&gt;5) There are many indications that non-human beings, both supernatural and reptilian, are utilizing occult channels in order to carry out propaganda warfare against those who possess the truth. As we will see in later writings there is also much evidence that these alien beings have utilized witchcraft and occult movements (i.e. the serpent cults) since the earliest times in order to further their reptilian cause.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In relation to the Bush - Establishment - Serpent Cult - Reptilian connection, we will now quote from an article which was submitted by one of our researchers. This article, written by a Gerard Van der Leun, appeared in the Nov. 1990 issue of Penthouse Magazine:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"IS GEORGE BUSH AT THE CENTER OF THE GREATEST AND MOST SECRET PLOT EVER LAUNCHED AGAINST MANKIND?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Dear Reader: It is a well-known fact that:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"1) The government has approved and entered into a secret treaty with an alien nation.&lt;br /&gt;"2) The government, with this treaty, has traded human lives and property (in the form of livestock and land) for alien technology.&lt;br /&gt;"3) The government has murdered, incarcerated, forcibly relocated, brainwashed, coerced, drugged, harassed, and otherwise interfered unlawfully in the lives of patriots, including a president of the United States, who have attempted to expose this murder and treason.&lt;br /&gt;"4) In pursuit of bringing all those responsible for these acts to justice, the following are hereby charged with conspiracy, murder, and treason: the Trilateral Commission; the President; the Vice-President; the director of Central Intelligence; certain other members of the CIA; the director of the National Security Agency; members of the Cabinet; the Joint Chiefs of Staff; the director of the Senior Interagency Group (SIG); the national security adviser to the President; and the Navy Department which has field operation control of all alien- connected projects. It is expected that many others who have taken part in the joint government and alien conspiracy will also be charged with conspiracy, murder, and treason. This list will include all those who served in the aforementioned positions from 1953 up to and including the present administration. (Note: Since many of these individuals are merely "following the orders" of the elite insider groups who are ultimately controlled by the Jesuit-Masons; the GRANDMASTERS of Jesuit-Masonry, the inner Illuminati or Serpent Cult, should be indicted as the major traitors against the human race. Many of these Jesuit-Mason leaders are members of the ancient generational families who have controlled the drug trade, manipulated wars and revolutions in their favor, and have infiltrated the economic institutions of the world. They have no fear of divine retribution because they believe in no god other than themselves - Branton)&lt;br /&gt;"5.) We call for the impeachment of the president of the United States, George Bush. As president and C.E.O. of Zapata Oil, Mr. Bush organized and has headed the narcotics-smuggling conspiracy since its beginning. The off-shore oil platforms of Zapata Oil were used as staging areas from which drugs were moved into these United States without passing through Customs or undergoing inspection of any kind. We firmly believe that George Bush now heads this shadow government that controls the alien technology, the military-industrial complex, and thus the nation. The fact that he is now the president of these United States of America makes George Bush the most powerful and dangerous criminal in the history of the world."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: Where does all this ill-gained money go? According to many sources, much of this as well as the multi-billions in "Black Budget" monies provided by the taxpayers pours into the insiders' relentless and secret efforts to construct underground as well as off-planet (Moon, Mars, etc.) places of refuge where the secret government members and their families will escape to in the event of a global manmade or natural catastrophe. How thoughtful of us "mere mortals" to give our wealth and even our very lives just so that the "immortal elite" can survive to usher in a "New Age" on planet earth... This reminds us of something the 33rd degree Mason/O.T.O. Grandmaster Dennis Brunnell said: That the creator of the James Bond movie "Moonraker" had inside knowledge of the secret government's end-time plan, and thought that it would make a great movie. But as they say, Truth is even stranger than fiction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The modern secret societies which are being manipulated by the infernal reptilian races are apparently extensions of more ancient societies who were also manipulated and influenced by these subterranean creatures. Several ancient races in fact believed in the existence of an "underworld" inhabited by serpent-like beings possessed with supernatural powers. Many of these mis-guided souls even worshipped these creatures, not so much out of adoration, but more out of fear or terror. Human sacrifices were even offered in an attempt to appease the destructive influence of these "demon gods", and temples and shrines were often built over or near caverns which were regarded by these superstitious people to be openings to this nether world.&lt;br /&gt;One such shrine is located several miles southeast of Oaxaco, Mexico among some very ancient ruins. Among these ruins lies the ancient temple of "Mitla". Various accounts allege that in ancient times this temple descended deep underground into a basement, a sub-basement, and an ultra-sub-basement level. Within this third sub-level a large stone door was said to have concealed subterranean recesses beyond. According to the late subsurface researcher Charles A. Marcoux, as well as the anonymous U.S. Intelligence worker "Commander X", and others, the native Indians of the area centuries ago used to sacrifice humans to the underworld "gods" that were believed to exist within the dark caverns beyond the stone door. These victims were allegedly thrown into these dark chambers alive and were never seen again. Some centuries ago some priests arrived in this area of southeastern Mexico and commenced to explore the ruins, including the ancient Temple of Mitla. They managed to pry open the door in the third basement level and entered the underground chambers beyond. Torches in hand, they continued deep into what seemed to be an endless subterranean concourse leading in the direction of a distant mountain range. After penetrating a considerable distance they became fearful as they noticed serpents slithering among the rocks off in the darkness, they would see strange shapes and shadows among the ancient stone pillars which lined the concourse, eerie noises and winds began to blow through the large passage, and a they were overcome with a general feeling of fear and dread. Convinced that they were on the outskirts ofHades itself they made a hasty retreat, after which the Priests sealed the door and ordered the natives to fill-in all three basement levels with rock and earth, completely concealing all evidence of the subterranean connection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another such account involves the ancient Greek "Temple of Apollo", in Hierapolis (now Pamukkale), Turkey. This city was once part of the ancient Grecian empire, which covered an extensive area in and around the Mediterranean sea. One article which appeared in the January, 1989 issue of OMNI Magazine, referred to strange disappearances which had taken place in a cavern adjacent to this now broken-down temple. The article quoted from the writings of the ancient Greek philosopher "Strabe" (who lived between 63 B.C. and 24 A.D.), to the effect that animals would often enter the cave and never return. Also MANY PEOPLE throughout history who went past the mouth of the cave never returned. The article also quoted one Sheldon Aaronson, a professor of microbiology at Queens College, N.Y., who told OMNI that several Australian students had entered the cave and disappeared just a few days before his visit in 1987. Sheldon stated: "The Turkish government put iron bars over the opening to prevent other people from ever going in. As far as we knew, the Australians were never seen again." According to the article, the Greeks believed that the cavern was an opening into the "land of the dead ruled by the gods of the underworld."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As for the possibility of an underground subterranean "world", science tells us that the lowest depths of the earth (upper and lower mantles) contain temperature and pressure extremes so great that physical life could not possibly exist there. Some however believe that there is evidence for the existence of a vast global network of geothermal and hydrothermal cavities, somehow connected to the ancient deluge wherein the "...fountains of the great deep were broken up". This allegedly occurred as magma-heated stratas of subterranean water-filled caverns (brought to enormous pressures by an expanding and over-heated mantle) suddenly burst through the crust (Gen. 7:11) like a tremendously large exploding pressure boiler. Some claim that the underlying basaltic rock layers within these gigantic global aqua-systems were dissolved into these global subterranean reservoirs as their temperatures and pressures increased. Afterwards these vast amounts of water exploded to the surface, thus explaining why the oceans now contain large percentages of "salt". These underlying chambers, many of which collapsed yet many of which remained intact, are believed to exist throughout the moho and crustal regions of the planet, just above the upper mantle.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If evidence of ancient sunken continents ever becomes irrefutable, then such a theory would explain why whole island-continents may have collapsed. Such a cataclysm may have resulted from the possible fact that huge underground chambers, no longer supported by these subterranean waters, suddenly caved- in on themselves. Other higher-level cavities created through seismic activity may also exist, cavities which may dwarf the Flint Ridge-Mammoth Caves of Kentucky or New Mexico's Carlsbad-Lechuguilla cavern system. It is suggested that THESE may contain conditions sufficient to support physical life (i.e. air, water, subterranean flora and fauna, and perhaps even electromagnetically-induced illumination diffused throughout the underground "atmosphere" through a phenomena somewhat similar to the effect produced by the Aurora Borealis or "Northern Lights").&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As we've said, there are literally hundreds of accounts which seem to support each other (we will attempt to describe as many of these as we can in future documents), suggesting that the above scenario or theory of a subterranean realm is a correct one. These accounts also suggest that antediluvian "Adamic" races, sometime before their destruction, possessed the ability to construct and excavate vast systems of underground tunnels connecting many of these natural cavities. Scientific discoveries including "ooparts" (out-of-place-artifacts) also prove that the pre or ante-diluvians were much more intelligent and scientifically-advanced than most think, although of course many accounts state that this intelligence became corrupted, leading in part to their own destruction. Theologically speaking, the Bible indicates that the Adamic races achieved complex forms of scientific invention only a relatively few generations after man was established on this planet. For instance, Genesis 4:22 indicates that by the time of Tubal-cain, 7th generation AFTER Adam, complex iron and metalwork, including no doubt increasingly complex forms of weaponry, were being produced. When we take into account the long life-span of these ancients, which was on the average of 500 years or more (Gen. chapt. 5) and the time-span between Adam and Noah, and compare this with the fact that modern man himself has gone from the horse-and-buggy to interplanetary travel in LESS THAN 100 years, then such a possibility seems even more apparent. Also, Adam was no doubt formed by the Creator as a perfect "prototype" human being. Of course he would have to be very intelligent in order to carry out the purposes which the Creator charged to him - i.e. to name and identify all of the animals and trees, subdue the planet and become it's guardian, care for his wife and so on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As we've indicated, after mankind's fateful encounter with the serpent race and our progenitor's unfortunate response to the subversive strategies of the Reptilians, man lost much of the original supernatural dominion which he possessed over the earth and over the (by that time self-corrupted) serpent race. The war between the humans and the saurians had begun, and according to many sources (many of which, as we've said, we will describe later on) man was forced to defend himself from these reptilian predators. Some sources believe that this was one of the major reasons why the Adamic race initially began, when the technology was developed to do so, to build the ancient subterranean systems. In these they would apparently be safe from the saurian predators as well as from other human races with whom they might have been in conflict. The serpent race won this battle however in that they were able, through manipulation, to turn these antediluvian human races against themselves to the point of almost complete destruction. At this point we will quote from one of the many sources describing encounters with what may very well be a remnant of this antediluvian "tunnel" network. The following account was given in a letter which was submitted to AMAZING STORIES science fiction/science fact magazine, Dec. 1946 issue, p. 162. The letter was from a George A. Lehew of (at the time) 1918 W. Newport Ave., Chicago, ILL. Lehew wrote:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Sirs... I have been a reader of AMAZING STORIES for a very long time... I too, know of one of these entrances into the world below. It is about fifty miles south of Pittsburgh, Pa., in the first range of the Allegheny Mountains. My experiment with the caves have been only partial explorations, consisting of traveling about a mile and a quarter down into the cave itself, and returning. The cave IS VENTILATED from below, and stays at a constant 50 degrees no matter what the outside temperature may be. It is a series of rooms or galleries with narrow passages from one to another. In about the sixth room down, there is a large tree trunk which could not have come from the surface as the stratosphere (sic) is almost completely free from local fault; and it could never have come DOWN through the openings in the cave itself as they were small at the top, and kept getting progressively larger as they got deeper.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"I traveled down as long as I could find comparatively easy travel--about 45 degree descent all the way--and finally came to what I thought must be the end of the cave, for I could see no more openings into rooms, but on closer examination found instead a bore, about six feet across, straight down into solid rock. I turned my flash downward and could see that it must have gone straight down for at least a hundred feet, the sides were perfectly smooth, and the shaft, or bore, in a perfect round--no apparent irregularities anywhere--I had no way of descending any further, so I retraced my steps back up through the different rooms to the top of the mountain where the cave opens into this world. I made discreet inquiries of several old timers in that region, and found that in 1915, or about that year, six surveyors took gear and equipment, and spent a month in exploration of the cave, going 18 miles from the entrance, and down almost five miles below sea level. I have never gone back, but I hope to some day in the future, with escort, equipment, and supplies. I'd certainly love to see the machine that made that bore! If you have any information on other caves in that area, let me know--they too may tie in with this one, though if they do, their connections are very deep. Also, if you can, please describe the equipment that made that vertical shaft. Oh, yes, one more interesting item--the surveyors in their exploration of the cave, distinctly heard the rumble of MACHINERY--but their calculations proved they were nowhere near a large city (surface), and they were too deep for surface noises otherwise. "What is the answer?"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;Cult of the Serpent - part 3 of 5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another account dealing with subsurface phenomena and creatures appeared in the June, 1945 issue of AMAZING STORIES, in a letter submitted to that magazine by Jerry LaPriore (at the time) of 2024 Pleasant St., Fall River, Mass. The letter stated:&lt;br /&gt;"You asked for stories that might relate to... the caves. My mother was told this story by an old man who said it was true as truth itself: This man and a friend were hunting, agreeing this time to go to a portion of the wood's to which they did not normally go. They saw a deer and gave chase. It jumped through a clump of bushes and they followed--to find themselves unaccountably in the strangest surroundings. They were in a huge cavern that had numerous passageways leading from it. Before them was a monster-like man they thought was the Devil himself. The monster stared, and the two men stared back. One of them fainted from fear, and the man who told my mother the story dragged the other away in panic, and as he did so, found himself just as mysteriously in the forest again. The old man's friend died a week later as a result of the shock he had suffered. The old man tried later to find the cave again, but failed. I know this story is true because my mother does not tell fairy tales and because she believes it."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The previous letters appeared in the wake of the so-called "Shaver Mystery" which occupied the pages of AMAZING STORIES Magazine throughout the years 1945-1950. The "mystery" was based on the writings of a welder by the name of Richard S. Shaver, who had written several admittedly science fact-fiction stories after his initial manuscript A WARNING TO FUTURE MAN (which was re-written into "science fiction" format by A.S. editor Ray Palmer) originally appeared in AMAZING STORIES. These stories dealt with an underground world inhabited by human-like people called "Tero's" and their mortal enemies - grotesque, inhuman creatures called "Dero's". Both of these "races" allegedly had access to ancient "recovered" technologies including a machine which supposedly projected encephalographic thought-waves via rays electronically over long distances. Richard Shaver claimed to have visited this subterranean realm only once physically - entering via row-boat through a shore-side cave hidden in a bay somewhere east of Washington D.C. Incidentally, as we've indicated elsewhere, there are accounts which allege that an entire system of ancient "Atlantean" tunnels with extremely hard, glazed linings have been discovered beneath the D.C. area, and that these ultimately lead to an ancient "Atlantean" subterranean complex which some say was in ancient times, and is still now, known as "NOD" - could this be a reference to the descendants of Cain? - see: Gen. 4:13-16 and also the book "WEIRD AMERICA", by Jim Branden., (E.P. Dutton &amp; Co., N.Y. 1978). Shaver claims that while visiting his "Tero" friends in their underground city they were suddenly and without warning attacked by a group of several "Dero" who wielded beam-like weapons, yet Shaver himself for reasons unknown was spared. After the attackers left, and after he realized that all of his "friends" in the underground city were dead, Shaver allegedly then left the subterranean realm the way he came and never physically returned. This was the only physical and tangible encounter Shaver claimed to have had.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After this, he says, the "inspiration" for his stories came in the form of messages received from these "thought-projection" machines. His stories, however, became much more confused and occult after this, and even anti-Christian in nature. Although we certainly do not doubt Shaver's former sincerity (he passed away in the mid-1970's) nor his intentions, from various indications we must make the definite conclusion that the "voices" which he heard thereafter did not originate from the "tero's" utilizing thought-projection machines but actually from sources far more infernal, and perhaps reptilian, in nature - which were in fact masquerading as "Tero's". In other words - not denying Shaver's original encounter - the powers of darkness, we believe, began manipulating Shaver in order to spread confusion and disinformation about this underground realm and it's inhabitants, the reality of which (if we are to believe certain sources referred to earlier in these reports) was beginning to become known by certain groups on the surface such as secret societies, deep-level government agencies, and people such as George A. Lehew, Jerry LaPriore, and hundreds of others who were having physical encounters or knew of physical encounters with the outskirts of this "nether" world. Could this have been the reason that "they" spared Shaver? Is it possible that they cunningly intended to use someone to spread false information about the subterranean regions when in fact that person actually believed in the "information" he was receiving?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We in all fairness must state that Shaver accuses RAYMOND A. PALMER of taking his writings such as the original "A WARNING TO FUTURE MAN" (describing an imminent invasion of the surface by a malevolent subterranean race) and "rewriting" it in the form of the novelette "I REMEMBER LEMURIA". Shaver alleges that Palmer took his writings and expanded them into a science-fiction-occult format so that the original essay would be acceptable to his science-fiction audience and gain wider exposure. If this was the case then Palmer and Shaver's plan may have backfired since many mis-led souls, aware of the basic truths of the cavern world, began flocking to AMAZING STORIES, believing every word of Shaver's re-written stories. Even though Shaver was apparently convinced that the stories he received via mental projection or the so-called "thought-machines" were true, they nevertheless contained many occult, confused and contradictory ideas even before he sent them on to Palmer. However Palmer must also be implicated in this if Shaver is correct in his allegations that Palmer "occultized" his writings even more, and that Palmer also added the idea that the stories were based on "racial memories", among several other alterations. Perhaps Palmer was the one most responsible for squandering what might have potentially been a singular opportunity to educate the masses about the underground realm and the activities taking place there, and the affect some of that activity had upon the every-day lives of surface humanity. How much of the present travesty taking place in the government-alien scenario might have been avoided if the uncorrupted TRUTH were known in the 1940's when the "Shaver Mystery" was hitting the news-stands and molding the thinking of literally tens of thousands of AMAZING STORIES readers? The very methods used by Shaver and Palmer to "warn" the human race about this subject to some extent did just the opposite and brought ridicule on the whole field of "paraspeleological" research. Many of Palmer's obviously fictionalized and implausible "additions" to Shaver's writings, originally intended to make the subject "palatable" to the mass readership, may have in fact had an adverse affect.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If then Shaver was being used as an unwitting "disinformation agent", then why would these powers of darkness - the serpent races and their demonic allies - wish to hide the truth concerning, if not the very existence of, such a nether region from surface society? We believe that the reasons are obvious. Although not all, much of this nether "world" is being used by the "infernals" as a base of operations in their ages-old "Cosmic Conspiracy" or conflict with the Creator and the souls- conscience of mankind. The less we on the surface know about their existence and activities, the better it will be for their hellish cause. Shaver and Palmer as we said may have been unknowing pawns who were being used to not only spread disinformation but also to bring others under the supernatural influence of these dark powers by encouraging the readers to attempt to establish "thought-contact" with these underground races by means which have in the past been attributed to witchcraft and the occult. Many of the researchers involved in compiling these files personally know of several people who have had their lives all but destroyed by taking "their" advice and, via occult methods, have attempted to contact these underworld beings via psychic or telepathic means. And after having done so have become oppressed, tormented or even possessed by beings who are absolutely malignant in nature and insensitive to humanities welfare. Also, mental illness, schizophrenia, and even suicide is not unheard of among those who have decided through occult or witchcraft-related means to open up their spirits to any or all paraphysical beings which may be inhabiting the ether around them, in hopes of tapping-in to some benevolent subterranean beings' thought-beam.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We will state here that if anyone is seeking to make their life easier by joining up with an advanced race of technological beings, whether subterrestrial or extraterrestrial, they will be disappointed, as there is no single place in the universe outside of Eternal Paradise itself where one will be completely free from the relentless attacks of the powers of darkness and their insatiable attempts to devour life and vitality wherever they may find it. This is something any society has to deal with, no matter how technologically sophisticated they may be. Physical technology cannot solve non-physical or spiritual problems. Palmer's deeply occult philosophies are evidenced by the fact that he went on to create FATE and SEARCH magazine(s) which, although occasionally providing some useful information, nevertheless propounded the "virtues" of witchcraft, spiritism and the occult. Our Creator was not being insensitively strict when He warned us to stay away from dealings with the occult or the supernatural outside of his protection. He gave this command for our own good, so that we would not end up as the degenerate spiritual slaves to infernal creatures that are ever seeking to gain control of our spiritual nature. In Deuteronomy chapter 18: vs. 10-11 we read:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"There shall not be found among you any one that maketh his son or his daughter to pass through the fire (child or human sacrifice), or that useth divination, or an observer of times, or an enchanter, or a witch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Or a charmer, or a consulter with familiar spirits, or a wizard, or a necromancer."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In spite of the Shaver - Palmer controversy, there actually have been other accounts which have described alleged PHYSICAL encounters with the underground realm, as well as with beings known as the "dero" and the "tero". It is uncertain whether Shaver intended to describe the "dero" as a runaway race of antediluvian, perhaps infernally controlled, self-perpetuating androids; or as non-human reptilian beings; or as a race of mind- controlled human sorcerers. All three groups have apparently come under the term "dero" in Shaver's stories (and the accounts concerning them which have been related by others), possibly due to the confusion resulting from the source from which Shaver received many of his alleged "revelations" as well as Palmer's own occult and science-fictionalized installments. Perhaps the term "dero" was meant to denote a more general de-generate state of being, rather than a particular entity!?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One account, for instance, which appeared in an early issue of CAVEAT EMPTOR magazine (P.O. Box 4553., Metuchen, NJ 08820- 4533), concerned a physical encounter with a HUMAN subterranean race. The account was related by an individual whose girlfriend 'Laressa' phoned him one night. She was quite shaken up and in tears, and told him that a friend of hers at school had invited her to go for a ride with her out into the countryside. This girl friend was somewhat strange, and a loner and would often disappear and be away from school for days or even weeks at a time. As they were driving in the countryside, according to 'Laressa', this girl drove the car right towards a hill and before she knew what was happening the hill opened up into an underground 'road' and they eventually found themselves right in the middle of an underground city. She went on to say that the city was used by the 'D-Forces', a human group who used the symbol of a 'wolf' (on jewelry, etc.), and who were in conflict with another human group called the 'T-Forces'. Both, she learned, possessed 'UFO' type craft, and the T-Forces were less powerful but were growing stronger day by day. This might tie-in with Shaver's "Dero's" and "Tero's".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Several years ago a man by the name of Steve Brodie claimed to have been abducted into an underground base in Arizona and later found himself walking the streets of New York City six months later with little or no memory of where he had been. Brodie told his story to researcher John J. Robinson, who related it on Long John Nebel's W.O.R. radio show in New York City. Before Brodie mysteriously disappeared again he had told Robinson that he had the feeling he was 'being watched'. His only recollection of the abduction was of being in a dungeon-like cavern in a cage-like enclosure with other humans who had told him that their captors (who wore dark, hooded capes) were known as the 'dero'. This name comes up again and again, but whether it refers to sorcerers, sauroids or synthetic beings is any ones guess. Perhaps as we've suggested all three are involved!? There have nevertheless been reports of 'possible' reptilian hominoids posing as human-like beings, such as the 'alien' described on p. 109 of John Keel's book 'THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES':&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"I am an amateur herpetologist and once kept three-fanged cobras in my New York apartment... until my concerned neighbors squealed to the Board of Health. SOME OF THE DESCRIPTIONS OF THE ENTITIES IMPRESSED ME AS RESEMBLING SOME KIND OF REPTILE RATHER THAN HUMAN MAMMALS. I didn't mention the reptile notion to anyone. But on July 24, Lia (an alleged alien tied-in with the Men In Black) visited Jane (a contactee) and refused to talk about anything but eggs. She took some eggs from Jane's refrigerator and sucked out the contents like a reptile! Jane was perplexed by this exhibition and called me soon afterward." And on pp. 176-177 of Signet's 1975 paperback edition of 'MOTHMEN', in reference to this same 'contactee' Keel states: "...Meanwhile, Jane's phantom friends were visiting her daily and helpfully giving her surprising information about my own 'secret' investigations. My interview with the Christiansens of Cape May, and the details of their pill-popping visitor, Tiny, was then known only to a few trusted people like Ivan Sanderson. But on June 12, Mr. Apol and his friends (the being that called itself 'Lia', referred to above, apparently being from this same group - Branton) visited Jane when she was alone in her house and asked for water so they could take some pills. Then they presented her with three of the same pills, told her to take one at that moment, and to take one other in two days. The third pill, they said, was for her to analyze to assure herself it was harmless. They undoubtedly knew she would turn it over to me. Two hours after she took the first pill she came down with a blinding headache, her eyes became bloodshot, and her vision in her right eye was affected. When her parents came home they expressed concern because her eyes were glassy and her right eye seemed to have a cast. The sample pill proved to be a SULFA DRUG normally prescribed for infections of the urinary tract..." The possible significance of the "Sulfa" drugs will become apparent later on in these 'Files'.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Theodore Illion, in his book 'DARKNESS OVER TIBET', the inhabitants of an underground city beneath Tibet which the author claimed to have stumbled on. This underground community was allegedly ruled over by a powerful sorcerer who was part of an international secret society and who kept the inhabitants, many of whom were people who had 'disappeared' from the world above, under complete mind control to the point that they lacked any personality, their eyes were vacant and empty, and their lives were emotionless and drone-like, much like an ant colony. Or in other words, much like certain 'MIB'-like beings who have been encountered by UFO witnesses. This sorcerer was allegedly in contact with an infernal (reptilian?) race via a 'bottomless shaft' which descended through the city itself. Keep in mind the 'drone-like' aspect of certain people tied-in with alien activity, as it is a common threat than can be found in other caves involving UFO's, Conspiracies and Caverns.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These two accounts (Illion's and especially "Laressa's" account as given in CAVEAT EMPTOR) tend to confirm that two opposing (?) beliefs somewhat similar to the conflict between socialism on the left and fascism on the right, have caused a great deal of conflict between many HUMAN inhabitants of these nether regions. When we consider that socialism and fascism are apparently being manipulated by the same source, i.e. the Illuminati (which in turn as we've seen is ultimately controlled by the serpent race) in order to turn humanity against itself so they can more readily be kept under subjection and control; then is it possible that a similar scenario is taking place in human civilizations beneath the surface of this planet? There is evidence that the Illuminati is not only aware of the existence of these subsurface communities (for instance the subterranean connection apparently existing beneath the Masonic U.S. headquarters of the 33rd degree of the Scottish Rite located in the "House of the Temple" within Washington D.C.) but is intricately involved in manipulating it's affairs as it has done in surface society. So we see how it may be possible that the entire planet, whether surface or subsurface societies, may be subject to Reptilian - serpent cult - Illuminati manipulation via the Jesuit-Rosicrucian-Masonic movements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The CAVEAT EMPTOR account, as well as many others which have been gathered by various writers, seems to indicate that these two "factions" which largely exist among the subterranean civilizations are known as the T-Forces (Tero's) and the D-Forces (Dero's). Each of these apparently "worship" either the positive or negative aspects of the electromagnetic "force", possibly similar to the so-called "light side" and the "dark side" of the "force" as depicted in the STAR WARS series. We realize that this concept may sound rather strange to us on the surface, but when we realize that intense electromagnetic currents may exist deep beneath the earth then it is entirely possible that any human civilization which might inhabit those regions may attempt to utilize this energy source to the point of utter dependence. If this is the case, then both of these groups would not be worshipping "God" in the Judeo-Christian sense, but rather a form of pantheistic nature-worship, the worship of CREATED FORCES RATHER THAN THE ONE WHO CREATED THOSE FORCES. This is not to say that ALL who inhabit these regions adhere to this peculiar belief system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There have been several accounts concerning individuals who have encountered human beings - some who spoke the native language and others who spoke a language entirely foreign - within deep underground tunnels and caverns. There are many such cases, but we will refer to only one of these at this point (and will reserve the others for later in the text), an incident which may be one the most well-known and most well-documented accounts of this type:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sometime during the 12 century, a monastic chronicler in England by the name of "Gervase of Tilbury" recorded a strange account of two "children" who suddenly appeared near a small town near Bury St. Edmunds, England. The account was also recorded in the writings of several other chroniclers who lived at the time or sometime afterwards. These include: William of Newbury - HISTORIA RERUM ANGLICARUM, written in Yorkshire, England (1136-1198?); Abbot Ralph of Coggeshall - CHRONICON ANGLICARUM; and also the chroniclers Giraldus Cambrensis and Walsingham. The account was more recently related in FLYING SAUCERS UNCENSORED, by Harold T. Wilkins (Citadel Press., New York, N.Y. 1955., pp. 97-98). From their combined accounts we can piece together the following bizarre story which the chroniclers swore to be true.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One warm, sunny day in the 12th century some farmers and other residents of the small town of Wolfpittes, England - some seven miles distant from the larger village of Burry St. Edmunds - were startled to see two young children wandering around as if disoriented in some ancient "pits" or "trenches" known to the locals as the "Wolf-Pitts", after which the small village had taken it's name. These excavations were ancient, but no one seemed to know when or by whom they were dug, but the consensus was that they were at least partly artificial, and very ancient. The most shocking thing about the children, which the residents of Wolfpittes encountered, was that they had skin which was olive-green in colour, yet the rest of their features were as human as the average Englishman.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The villagers attempted to communicate with the children but were unsuccessful as they soon discovered that the young boy and girl spoke a language which was completely unfamiliar to the villagers. The townspeople had compassion on the children and took them to the village and offered them various different kinds of food, all of which they seemed unfamiliar with and which they refused. However, when they were shown some beanstalks, they took them greedily, but instead of opening the bean-pods, the children attempted to open the stalks themselves, as if they had been accustomed to opening stalks in this way (apparently a practice they had learned in the land from which they emerged). Upon finding nothing in the stalks, the children began to weep. Unfortunately, the shock of entering our world was too much for the young boy, and even though he became partly acclimated to other forms of food, he nevertheless became weaker and weaker and finally died a few years afterwards. The young girl, however, adjusted quite well to her new surroundings. In fact she eventually grew into a mature, beautiful woman, and later married a gentleman from the nearby town of Kings Lynn. As time passed, her husband patiently instructed her in the complexities of the English language, and soon she was able to communicate fairly well, and the story she told of where she had come from and how she had arrived in our "world" with her brother was even more incredible.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;She told her husband that her people all had skin similar to hers, or rather to what her skin had once been like, as over a period of years the greenish tinge had left her. She described her world as a cavernous, subterranean country of enormous size, a country which went by the name of "St. Martin's Land." The land in which she lived was described as "twilight" in nature, yet there was a large underground river, on the other side of which there was another land more brightly lit. One day, she and her brother were herding some type of underground animal when they heard something like the sound of "bells" emerging from one of the cave passages or tunnels which lined the perimeter of this underground land. Out of extreme curiosity, they entered this tunnel and followed the passage upwards for what could have been a few days, although in their underground land they probably did not have any concept of what "day" or "night" was. After their long and weary journey up the steep incline they suddenly emerged into the brilliant sunlight of the British countryside. The change from their twilight world was dramatic, and the children walked around in the pits or trenches starved, half-blinded and disoriented. They shortly afterwards attempted to re-locate the small opening through which they had emerged, but were unable to do so, because of the blinding light. At about this point the farmers found them and took them to the village.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A somewhat similar incident "may" have been repeated in the small hamlet of Banjos (or Banos) Spain in August of 1887, several hundred years after the incident at Wolfpittes and several hundred miles distant. We state that it MAY have been repeated to some degree simply because there seems to be some confusion surrounding the Banjos account, apparently due to the possibility that some well-meaning researcher may have confused the two incident, in essence attributing some of the events that in fact took place near Wolfpittes with the Banjos account. Basically, the Banjos incident reportedly had to do with two children who emerged from a CAVERN near the town (not "pits" or "excavations"), spoke an unknown language, and so on, although the details are sketchy. Some of the accounts of the Banjos incident repeat the Wolfpittes story almost verbatim, as if, as we said, someone somewhere mistakenly confused the two incidents, perhaps due to a lack of detail in the Banjos, Spain account. Whatever the case, it seems that SOMETHING of this general nature also occurred in this Spanish hamlet, even though the exact sources of the story are much more difficult to trace than are the sources for the Wolfpittes account. Paris Flammonde refers to this account in his book: THE AGE OF FLYING SAUCERS (Hawthorn Books, N.Y., p. 197), having learned it from an article in the September, 1967 issue of ORBIT Magazine, which in turn gave credit to an article in the Vol. XII, August 1967 issue of Dan Fry's UNDERSTANDING Magazine. Fry claimed that he got the story from an article by John Macklin which appeared in the December, 1966 issue of GRIT Magazine. The account also appears in John Macklin's book STRANGE DESTINIES (Ace Books., N.Y.); Jacques Bergier's LES EXTRA-TERRESTRES; and also appeared in the British periodical WEEKEND, on July 22, 1970.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;Cult of the Serpent - part 4 of 5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most accounts tend to support the idea that this nether world is basically inhabited by both HUMAN beings (of many types - ranging from large to small and from relatively peaceful or "neutral" to defensive and violent, usually the latter being controlled or manipulated by the infernal inhabitants of these lower regions); and also inhabited by REPTILIAN beings (of many types), ALL of which are apparently very dangerous and indifferent or outright malicious against the human race and human life. Many of these as we've said are extremely intelligent, although these creatures sometimes, according to various accounts, appear behind occult-technological or biogenetically induced human-like "disguises" in order to increase their dominion and control through infiltration, subversion, etc. All indications seem to point to the fact that these creatures, irreparably fallen and corrupted as a race since the events of ancient Eden, have no soul nor conscience or redeeming virtues but simply operate from parasitical-like motives of gaining power and control over all creation and all life by any and all means according to their predatory nature. This infernal nature is no more thoroughly portrayed than in an incident which took place several years ago near the small town of Dixonville, Pennsylvania.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On July 14th, 1974 an article by Stoney Brakefield appeared in the Pennsylvania newspaper, NEWS EXTRA, reporting an incident which allegedly took place in 1944 near this small coal mining town, yet because of it's nature it had been covered-up for nearly 40 years until the son of the mining inspector who investigated the incident revealed it as his father (then deceased) had related it to him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This mining inspector and a fellow investigator had been called in to look into a "cave-in" in one of the Dixonville mines. About 15 men had either been killed or turned up missing altogether in the strange disaster. Once inside the mine the inspectors eventually came across the first victim. Although lying under a broken timber surrounded by some fallen rocks and rubble, they concluded that the cave-in certainly could not have been large enough to kill the man. The inspectors were shocked to find that the body of the miner was lacerated with claw-like markings from some unknown creature. They continued and found a few other bodies, all dead and some of which had similar claw- like marks covering them. Several other miners had vanished, and were nowhere to be seen in spite of subsequent diggings. This tragedy apparently took place after the miners had broken into an ancient tunnel of unknown origin deep in the mine. This tunnel (at the time the inspectors didn't fully recognize it as the recently discovered passage or drift) was then followed by the inspectors at approximately a 45 degree angle downwards for about half a mile until they arrived at a "room" which "seemed" to be the end of the passage. At this point the passage behind them just "happened" to collapse (many accounts indicate that these underground creatures can create "cave-ins" at will, as was the case in the Maltese incident mentioned in earlier texts).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A follow-up team was sent in to intersect the inspectors while this was taking place. This other crew followed the tracks of the inspectors into the mysterious tunnel and eventually found the "cave-in" and began digging through in hopes of finding the now missing investigators. In the meanwhile one inspector (the father of the man who released the story to the press) suddenly felt something like "hot breath" on the back of his neck. He closed his eyes, too terrified to see what the "thing" was. As the other workers were breaking through, the "creature" left, perhaps frightened away. The other inspector who was with him however observed the whole thing and in wild-eyed horror he exclaimed, "That thing was not of this world!"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The possibility that an ancient reptilian-saurian race may exist below the surface of this planet is not an idea which is relatively new. This infernal yet physical race has been refereed to in spiritual and historical records which date back to the beginning of time. Ancient Hebrew history, for instance, records that our human ancestors were not the only intelligent, free will beings who inhabited the ancient world. Genesis chapter 3 refers to the "Serpent", which according to many ancient Hebrew scholars was identified with a hominoid or bi-ped reptilian being. The ancient Hebrew word for "Serpent" is "Nachash" (which according to STRONG'S COMPREHENSIVE and other Biblical concordances contained in itself the meanings: Reptile, Enchantment, Hissing, Whisper, Diligently Observe, Learn by Experience, Incantation, Snake, etc. all of which may be descriptive of the serpent-sauroid race which we have been referring to). The original "Nachash" was not actually a "snake" as most people believe, but actually an extremely intelligent, cunning creature possessed with the ability to speak and reason. It also stood upright as we've said, as did many of it's descendants, the small "saurian" predators which ambled about on two legs. Many of these reptilian creatures retained their bi-pedal form while others mutated via natural selection, adaptation and atrophication into the other "saurian" species.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Hebrew account stated that the serpent race (at one time uncorrupted) irreparably sold itself out to demonic entities in exchange for occult powers and dominion over the human race, since the Adamic race had been given dominion over the earth and "the beasts" (i.e. all non-human creatures) by Jehovah Himself. The fact that "the Beast" now for a large part rules over man is to some extent mans fault.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These infernally-empowered beings, who once roamed the surface of the planet and preyed on humanity, were later forced to go underground and make their abode in the subterranean networks which honeycomb the sub-crust of the earth. From these nether regions they have for thousands of years been carrying out their ancient and secret warfare against God and the souls of men, whom they hate intensely.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some years ago a lady by the name of Robin Collyns wrote an article referring to this serpent race and it's influence upon the human race throughout history. Collyns was of the opinion that (as these creatures alleged) the serpent race "created" man and planted him on this planet. All indications however strongly point to the fact that this is just one of many propagandist lies which this infernal race propagates. If these alien deceivers can convince man that "they" created us and therefore they are our "creator-gods" so-to-speak, then we will be all the more likely to bow down and submit to these vermin in worshipful adoration. Such "revelations" and propaganda often come through "trance mediums" who claim to channel these alien beings. On a few occasions these alien creatures have spewed forth such propaganda directly to "abductees" during "UFO" encounters.&lt;br /&gt;Since their "race" has long since lost any concept of righteousness or moral integrity, "they" will not think twice about using deception or whatever means at their disposal in order to advance their over-all CONTROL of all things. Deception is and has been for thousands of years second nature to them, and therefore any statement made by them should be considered in light of this fact. John Lear alleges, based on what his sources have told him, that these entities, the saurian "greys", etc., even claim to have created Jesus. Even Lear regards this claim with great suspicion, believing that it is one of many attempts by these creatures to undermine traditional values in order to gain further control. Not to mention Jesus Himself condemned the serpent race of being in league with Satan and his demonic hierarchy! Collyns' article nevertheless contained some useful information concerning the ancient influence of these creatures, which we quote:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"...Old Sumerian, Babylonian, Egyptian, and Greek legends refer to the "serpent" deities who were believed to have once resided in the "underworld". The Garden of Eden in this context takes on additional interest and significance, possibly of paramount importance. Pristine legends from AUSTRALIA and the PACIFIC ISLANDS offer innumerable references to serpent deities/beings who were anciently associated with the creation enigma in the area (Note: There are in fact several accounts of caverns in Australia.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"...The spiral serpent symbol is found throughout the Pacific and is associated universally with the creation enigma... From earliest days, the serpent symbol is to be seen in many parts of the world, but undoubtedly the most fascinating portrayal is a detail on an Egyptian "magical" papyrus in the British Museum depicting a serpent encompassed by a ray-emitting disk. The most unusual form of the serpent symbol is a spiral representing a coiled snake; it has been discovered as petroglyphs and other pictorial representations in Britain, Greece, Malta, and Egypt, as pottery designs in New Mexico; as ground drawings on the Nazca Plateau, Peru, and throughout the Pacific Islands (Note: Nearly every site mentioned here has also been the site of intense subterranean activity and encounters with sauroid beings, as the reader may recall and as he or she will see further in the text - Branton).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"...Aborigine legends," Collyns concludes, "indicate that the serpent beings were not above waging war, and an identical parallel is also mentioned in the Hindu legends of the Nagas, serpent beings who came from one of seven worlds... Aborigine legends (state that) the serpent beings waged many wars around Ayers Rock, and the vertical gutters in Ayers Rock testify to these wars."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Nagas "seven worlds", by the way are, according to Hindu tradition, actually seven LEVELS of a subterranean nether world from where these Nagas, or serpent beings, originate.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In "THE WORSHIP OF THE SERPENT," the Rev. John Bathurst Deane made the following statements and observations: "...One of (the) five builders of Thebes was named after the serpent-god of the Phoenicians, OPHION... The first alter erected to Cecrops at Athens, was to "Ops", the serpent-deity... The symbolical worship of the serpent was so common in Greece, that Justin Martyr accuses the Greeks of introducing it into the mysteries of all their gods... The Chinese... are said to be 'superstitious in choosing a plot of ground to erect a dwelling-house or sepulchre: conferring it with the head, tail and feet of diverse dragons which live UNDER OUR EARTH.'"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Rev. Deane also states that hierograms or depictions of a circle (representing the sun) with wings and serpents emanating from it are predominant features "in the Persian, Egyptian, and Mexican hieroglyphics. China, Hindustan, Greece, Italy, and Asia Minor, as distinctly through more rarely, exhibit it; and it has even been found in Britain." (THE WORSHIP OF THE SERPENT TRACED THROUGHOUT THE WORLD, by the Rev. John Bathurst Deane., London., J.G. &amp; F. Rivington., 1833)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In his book "VENOMOUS REPTILES" (Charles Ceaibrer Sons, N.Y. 1969), author Shirman A. Minton Jr., an expert on reptilian and amphibian biology, reveals some peculiar scientific facts concerning "reptiles".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These facts include the following:&lt;br /&gt;A) All reptiles have scales, B) All are cold-blooded, C) All lay eggs, D) All reptiles with well-developed limbs have clawed toes, E) THERE ARE 'LIZARDS' WITH ELONGATED SNAKE-LIKE BODIES - A TYPE OF 'MISSING LINK' BETWEEN THE LIZARDS AND THE SNAKES, F) THE MODERN EVIDENCE (SCIENTIFIC) INDICATES THAT ALL MODERN SNAKES ONCE (IN THE DISTANT ANCESTRAL PAST) POSSESSED LIMBS WHICH BECAME "ATROPHIED" THROUGH NON-USE, perhaps due to the fact that they BECAME aquatic or semi-aquatic creatures (Note: Snakes incidentally bare both aquatic AND land creatures, and can travel through either environment, as evidenced by the fact that snakes have often been seen swimming across rivers and lakes, etc. Not only Holy Scripture, but scientific evidence as well, indicates that "snakes" at one time in the ancient past had limbs but lost them in the process of time, while other reptilian species, at least for the present, have retained their limbs - Branton), G) REPTILES WITH "DEVELOPED LIMBS" USUALLY LIVE "UNDERGROUND"!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The book "VENOMOUS REPTILES" also states the following: "...Cobras (according to legends) are descended from the Nagas, Serpent gods of Bharat, or ancient India. Their worship has been traced to prehistoric Dravidian times before the Aryan invasion of the subcontinent in almost 1600 B.C. The Naga's power to inflict disproportionate physical damage or almost instantaneous death is explained in the Hindu Vedas as paralleling the energy of creation or fire." The book goes on to state that, A) The Naga's are said to have appeared at the birth of Guatama Siddharta, who later became "Buddha". - Note: The "Serpent" also played a large part in the legends surrounding another Hindu religious figure, i.e. "Krishna.", B) The ancient "well" of Sheshna in Benares, India, is traditionally where the YOGA APHORISMS OF PATANJALI, a classical guide to students of Yoga, was written." This "well" is said to be an entrance to one of the Naga's underworld lairs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Take note that the same pattern of deception we see here is apparently similar to that which was used against Eve as recorded in Genesis chapter 3. Satan, working through the present-day "sold-out" saurian race (the seed of the Serpent), inspired or inspires these misguided Hindu's, Buddhists, Masons, etc. (the seed of the Woman) with blasphemous doctrines based upon the lie of the original Serpent or Nachash as recorded in the Genesis account: "Ye shall be as gods", a teaching which is at the very heart of occult Yoga philosophy; i.e. that by "tapping in" to the so-called "universal serpent force" one could gain supernatural powers and thereby become a "god". Such an occult practice was carried out by Adolph Hitler and the theosophist-rosicrucian-jesuit connected occultists who surrounded him, but instead of tapping-in to the mythical "universal force" they instead opened themselves up to hideous demonic powers which had masqueraded behind the deceptive facade of such a pantheistic "force". How else can one explain the horrible atrocities which were carried out by the Nazi's during World War II?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are indications that Hitler and his occult societies may have subsequently come into contact with this serpent race, believe it or not. These include the face that: Hitler had himself read "THE COMING RACE," written by the Rosicrucian Grandmaster Bulwer Lytton, describing an underground race which "tapped" a supposed force called "vril", identical to the Hindu's "serpent force': Hitler had, after his rise to power, sent out numerous secret expeditions to nearly every continent including Antarctica, in order to explore ancient ruins and especially old mines and caverns in attempts to find geographical areas suitable for establishing underground "bases" of operation; A strange cult of Tibetan occultist-monks were actually found in some of the bombed-out ruins in Berlin near the end of the war, who had been killed by the blasts - there were also rumors that Tibetan monks were assisting Hitler in the establishment of a "demonic" world order and religion.&lt;br /&gt;Again, we are not "condemning" any particular group of persons who may have been born into a society which has unfortunately fallen victim to the deception of the draconian. Many of these people grew up in a society where "tradition" and "religion" are one and the same, or in other words they are - whether they like it or not - "members" of their religion (whether it be Far Eastern occultism or other) from birth. Reptilian-inspired "religion" is forced upon a person against their will, for to deny religion would be to deny their tradition. In contrast to this, the religion of "The Lamb" does not force itself on anyone through fear and intimidation nor through traditional dogmatism; but offers itself freely to all who will receive it without condemnation. The way of "The Serpent" uses deception disguised as "secret initiation into higher knowledge" in order to manipulate a person towards believing the reptilian propaganda which they would use to get the believer to eventually worship their race. The way of "The Lamb" does not use secrecy or manipulation, but is open and honest and has nothing to hide, and therefore has no need for "secret" or "occult" society. Unlike "The Serpent" which must hide in the darkness for fear of being discovered for what it really is, "The Lamb" has nothing to hide and does not fear scrutiny nor challenge, being absolutely perfect in every way. Therefore, this is not an attempt to "condemn" Hindus, Buddhists, Masons, nor any other such group of persons, but an attempt to show them that there is another and a better path.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The book "VENOMOUS REPTILES" also states that "Sheshna's well", an alleged opening into the underground reptilian realm of "Patala", may be seen today in Benares, India, and according to Minton, it's author: "It has forty steps leading down into a circular depression to a stone door covered with cobras. This is said to lead to PATALA, the reptile netherworld."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Buddhist occultists like Robert E. Dickhoff, in his book "AGHARTA" (Health Research, Mokelumne Hill, CA), a somewhat "occultized" and confused look at the subterranean civilizations of Asia, nevertheless describes one event which seems to tie-in with various accounts which we have given earlier and which we will relate further on. According to Dickhoff, or rather from what he learned from certain Buddhist monks, some time in the ancient past an Asian prince and his followers had learned that a subterranean race of reptilian-like hominoids were causing a great deal of harm in the surface world through their attempts to manipulate the minds of those on the surface through "witchcraft" and "sorcery". This Asian prince eventually led an army of followers into the tunnels and caverns below central Asia and encountered the reptilian or "lizard" people. After a considerable conflict the reptilians-saurians were driven out of these ancient caverns and the (antediluvian?) subterranean cities which later became known as "Agharta". Ever since that time the reptilians, according to Dickhoff, have been plotting a re- takeover of these caverns and have been using occult "channels" to spread propaganda which would favor their cause.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;Cult of the Serpent - part 5 of 5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In his book "ON THE SHORES OF ENDLESS WORLDS" (Souvenir Press), Andrew Tomas gives some additional information concerning the "Nagas" or the "Serpent People" who are believed to originate from a gigantic underworld cavern network below central Asia and the Far East. On p. 160 of his book Tomas states:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"...Even in this jet-age every Hindu is familiar with and usually believes in the legend of the Nagas, the "serpents" which live in extensive underground palaces in the rocky Himalayas. It is believed that these creatures are able to fly in space and that they possess amazing magical powers and intelligence. They are not too fond of man if he is a curiosity seeker, explorer or mountaineer. According to the sacred(?) tradition of the Hindus, the deep caverns of the Nagas contain fabulous treasures, illuminated by flashing precious stones. The subterranean abodes are known to be in certain parts of both the Himalayas and Tibet, particularly around the Lake of the Great Nagas - Lake Manosarowar."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Take note of the remarkable similarity between this description and medieval traditions of hideous and malevolent "dragons" who lived in dark underground lairs along with kidnapped human maidens and "stolen treasures." We've all heard of these tales, which most have formerly attributed to fantasy. However, could such tales actually be rooted in subconscious awareness of actual realities?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Andrew Tomas describes his own personal encounters with those who claimed to have knowledge of these subterranean and space-traveling creatures. On pp. 166-168 he states:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"...I decided to go to the Kulu Valley in the Western part of the Himalayas to visit Naggar, where Nicholas Roerich had lived. Since I had known him personally, the trip had sentimental overtone. A narrow curving road, a precipice on one side with rocks and avalanches on the other, were not conductive to an enjoyable journey to this remote region near Ladakh and Tibet. The village of Naggar derives its name from NAGA, the serpent. High up in the mountains lies Roerich's estate. Having been an artist of note, his two-sided house contains a museum of his paintings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"As I began my ascent on the mountain path, I saw a tall grey-haired sadhu (hermit), sitting by a mountain torrent. In his hand he held a cobra-shaped staff, which together with the markings on his forehead, signified that he was a devotee of Shiva. During the earlier, more peaceful times of the British Raj, these pilgrims would travel to the Lake of the Great Nagas, Lake Manosarowar, or to Mount Kailas, the abode of Shiva (a "god" apparently tied-in with the Nagas - Branton), in Tibetan territory. I climbed the mountain and reached the terrace on which Roerich's house is built. I spent an hour studying (his) paintings. On the way back I admired the narrow valley and the looming snow-capped mountain ridges on both sides.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"The sadhu was still there. I thought, 'A place called Naggar, a devotee of the Nagas with the cobra staff, if he does not know something about the Nagas, then who does?'"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After Andrew Tomas asked this man, apparently a misguided member of a serpent cult, if he knew anything about the "Nagas" or the serpent beings, the pagan devotee responded:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"'I am a poor sadhu, I know nothing, sahib. But about twenty years ago my yogi teacher went into the mountain kingdom of the Nagas. Bright lights everywhere, big halls like Taj Mahal... The Nagas have many, many things and machines. They are clever, like Cambridge men, may be more clever, sahib,' the sadhu said with an apologetic smile...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"'Your yogi must have been a Rishi. Don't the Nagas destroy men with their sting?' I asked.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"'Yes, though the Nagas are gods and wish nothing but good to man, they do not like men who have no business near their palaces,' he replied."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One can see here the poor, miss-guided and indeed self-contradicting mentality of many of those souls who are caught up in the "serpents cults" throughout the world. In response to Thomas' accusations that THE NAGAS DESTROY MEN WITH THEIR STING, this "devotee" agrees with him and states "Yes" (they do destroy human lives). However, he then goes on to make the absolutely contradicting statement that THE NAGAS ARE GODS AND WISH NOTHING BUT GOOD TO MAN. This poor soul like so many others, apparently desiring to worship a supernatural power "greater" than himself, had actually been deceived into devoting himself to creatures which are in fact a deadly threat to man and are apparent "gods" only in the sense that their intellectual capacity allows them to develop and utilize advanced forms of occult-technology. This apparent schizophrenic or self-contradicting thinking may result from the devotee's DESIRE to believe he was worshipping benevolent entities while at the same time subconsciously acknowledging the threat that these creatures pose to human life is very real as well. Many of these people may have grown up with such false teachings and, simply because there was no alternative presented to them, ended up worshipping the serpent race or "The Beast" (This does not mean that they are beyond salvation as those who take "the mark" of the Beast of Revelation ch. 13 will be, who in essence will through a world-wide initiation willfully turn over their own WILLPOWER to "the Beast" in exchange for supernatural "godlike" powers. These will be irredeemable since their WILLS will no longer be theirs and therefore they will be unable to "choose" to return to the God of the Universe). This aspect of being taught a particular belief-system from birth has to do with the so-called "law of first report", a powerful force which states in essence that a person who learns one set of teachings BEFORE hearing of a contradictory viewpoint will often defend the teaching which he heard "first" to the death, whether that teaching it right or wrong.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The sad fact is, such serpent-race-inspired cults condemn critical, analytical thinking and demand absolute and blind allegiance and obedience to the "masters". The God of Judeo-Christian revelation is not so intimidated by men's efforts to examine His Word, but instead encourages man to "PROVE" His Word, His Prophecies, and the Scientific and Historical reliability of his revelations in an HONEST manner. Unfortunately, many of the serpent cult followers have been so ingrained from childhood with these lies that it is very difficult to break free from such traditions when they are older. Many of these will not listen to critical arguments against their already-established views simply for prides sake, or because of the fear or possibility of being proven wrong. This is also true with the many modern "lodge-religions" which are outwardly "Christian" yet inwardly pagan, and which play upon the human ego and the desire for "secret knowledge" which will somehow supposedly make them SUPERIOR to their fellow man if they can "make the grade" by being initiated into the "inner core"; and most who reach this "inner core" must admit if they are honest with their own conscience that much of what they supposedly "learned" there is actually contradictory to what they learned in the lower or outer "levels" when they first joined-up with such a religious movement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We would say that these "hybrid" religions which attempt to fuse the contradicting teachings of the "Serpent" and the "Lamb" together (the first such post-deluvian cult being the ancient Babylonian Mystery Religion built around the tower of "Babel" or tower of "Confusion") are far more dangerous than the Serpent Cults themselves, as they are more likely to lead souls hungry for truth to their destruction when actually the initiate or member believes that they are on the path of light because SOME of the teachings actually ARE based on a perverted form of truth. Jesus said "A little leaven leaveneth the whole lump" (I Cor. 5:6), or a little lie can corrupt a great deal of truth. A little "serpents venom" of self-deification, self-centeredness or selfish ego-worship can utterly destroy and corrupt any benefit of any TRUTH which the Creator would plant in a human heart, truth based on the teaching of putting God and others first and in so doing bringing about a better society, and thus PERSONAL benefit.&lt;br /&gt;Andrew Tomas continues by describing other subterranean-related accounts in his book "ON THE SHORES OF ENDLESS WORLDS":&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"... Traditions of vaults, labyrinths, tunnels and buried treasures of remote antiquity are found in Crete, Egypt, Tibet, Angkor, India, Mexico, Ecuador, Bolivia and Peru. The legends usually connected with the cult of the Serpent come especially in Egypt, Crete, Angkor, Tibet, India and Mexico."&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tomas also describes one account on p. 165 which stated that an "Arab fraternity" had knowledge of and access to a "subterranean gallery under the Sphinx" near Giza, Egypt which is sealed by an artificial barrier of flame. Such subterranean "barriers" have been described in other accounts, and are often described as a "sheet" of bluish flame. There are many accounts other than this one given by Andrew Tomas which tell of hidden subterranean tunnels, labyrinths, chambers and caverns - even subterranean people - which have allegedly been seen beneath the Cairo, Egypt region. Such accounts also spread to South America, as we can see by Tomas description (p. 158) of an alleged sub-terran system beneath Peru:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Legend has it that a vast subterranean network exists in the Andes. This would infer engineering skill of the highest calibre which the early inhabitants of South America did not lack. The megalithic stonework of Tiahuanaco has to be seen to be believed. Stones are fitted together with insets without cement as if they were ivory and not 20-ton stone blocks. These ruins were ancient even at the time of the Conquest, nor could the Indians of the period provide an answer as to the identity of the Titan-builders. Another puzzle at Tiahuanaco is the absence of burial sites in the complex. Does the reign of the Tiahuanacan Empire... go back to an unknown chapter of prehistory?" On p. 159 Mr. Tomas gives yet another account concerning Tiahuanaco and the strange subterranean tunnels which allegedly undermine the area:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"The Jesuit Agnelio Oliva (1572-1542) recorded the words of an old Inca quipu reader to the effect that the real Tiahuanaco was a subterranean city exceeding the one above ground in vastness. It was believed that the entrance to the underground apartments could be gained through four tunnels. Last century one passage was evidently found as treasure hunters managed to get in, to look for gold, but only one came out. He brought out with him two gold bars but left behind his sanity. After this incident the Peruvian government decided to wall up the cave entrance..." This tunnel, according to other sources, was actually hidden among the ruins of Fort Sacsahuaman outside of and above Cuzco, Peru. The explorers allegedly found their way into ancient treasure caves beneath the Temple of the Sun in Cuzco, and most of them subsequently became lost in the dark labyrinthine maze, except for the man who returned with two gold bars. There are however "rumors" that the tunnels beneath &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cuzco eventually connect with others in different parts of the Peruvian Andes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this file we have dealt extensively with the saurian-type alien entities. However, not all of the "aliens" encountered during UFO events or subsurface incidents are of the infernal, "sauroid-reptilian" type. Probably the second most commonly reported occupants or alien entities are the "Nordics" or so-called "Blondes" (as they have often been referred to), described as being human yet usually blond-haired and blue-eyed. These claim to have continuity with ancient earth societies who developed advanced forms of technology, and these "Nordics" or "Blondes" have been associated with nearby planetary or star systems as well as with subterranean colonies possibly descended from ancient Greco-Mayan explorers. It is uncertain just what "their" stand regarding the "serpent race" is, but some sources indicate that conflict between the two "alien" groups has existed for hundreds of years and perhaps millennia, and is increasing in more recent times. The major centers of activity for one group of blond semi-alien humans, according to several sources, is in a network of subterranean caverns which exist a few miles beneath the surface of California and surrounding regions. One of their major "Capitol" centers of this hidden society is alleged to be a subterranean city by the name of "Telos", which is actually a Greek work meaning "uttermost".&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Telos is said in itself to be inhabited by over a million persons, many of whom claim ancient ancestral ties with the old Mayan civilizations. Telos is said to be one of 7 or more subterranean cities below the United States which may have been in existence since antediluvian times and which were apparently re-discovered and re-established by various early native inhabitants of the Americas. Also, some sources claim that these "Blonde" aliens have an alliance with Oriental Subterranean humans from the "Agharta Empire". There is evidence that the subterranean network beneath California may have been inhabited continuously for over a thousand or more years.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Telosians, etc. are allegedly aware of conditions on the surface of the earth, which they monitor constantly via TV, radio, etc., although they are usually reticent of establishing any major contact with the surface world and carry on their activities in privacy. They are apparently aware of the geological trends which are leading this planet to an eventual crisis point (i.e. ozone destruction, pollution, seismic disaster, potential polar reversal, greenhouse effect, etc.) but seem to be just as helpless to do anything to stop it as are the surface governments of the earth. All this might sound like the most daring science fiction, but there are several sources who swear it's true. More on these two groups (the Telosians and Aghartians) will be revealed later on and we will leave it to the reader to decide how to deal with such allegations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are other groups which may have been confused with the Telosian 'Blondes'. One we will refer to as the 'Nordics' who have allegedly established bases or communities beyond the earth. Another group which may fit into the scenario will be referred by us as the 'Aryans', an alleged 'pure-bred' race of neo-Nazis who are believed to occupy underground bases below Antarctica and utilize Nazi 'aerial disk' technology. There is still another group which we should include here. There have been some accounts concerning so-called "nordics" or "blondes" or "Aryans" (which one's we do not know) who have been seen working in connection with the sauroids or the serpent race. The serpent races have apparently convinced a relatively few from one or more of these human 'races' just mentioned, to work with them, perhaps enticing them with certain promises of supernatural or technological advancement. For instance if an Earth-person sees a "Nordic Blond" human with a group of reptilians, as many have (These particular "Blondes" are usually described as exuding a type of mindless and superficial "unconditional compassion" from their eyes) then the human will be all the more likely to cooperate with the sauroids' attempts to implant, examine, de- sperm, de-egg, impregnate, or genetically interfere with these victims. Often the Blondes who are working WITH the reptilians are described as being simplistic, with child-like minds and lacking critical thought, as if they have abandoned all critical judgment in exchange for blind faith in the grandiose promises of the serpent race. In contrast to this the Nordic or Blond groups (the majority?) who are in direct opposition to, or even at war with, the grays or sauroids, have been described as being more practical, intelligent, and less prone to use manipulation and deceit to get their way.&lt;br /&gt;If such a scenario involving an actual conflict between human and saurian beings is in fact taking place on, below and above this planet, then one must wonder why the majority of us humans living on the surface are oblivious to the fact? There are in fact many Christian-Patriotic publications which document actual attempts by one-world organizations to influence and manipulate the information media. If many of these one-world organizations, through secret fraternities, have actually been suppressing news references to "aliens" as part of a secret-governmental cover-up, then the ignorance would be explained by the fact that the majority of human society would rather "go with the flow" and believe everything they're told with blind faith. Just because something is big and powerful (like the news media, and in fact like the devil himself) does not mean that they are always benevolent or truthful. Many would apparently trust the "controlled" news media religiously and frown upon those who would dare make waves and go against the established flow. However, in recent years the news media IS in fact letting the "snake out of the bag" and producing programs about alien abduction, etc. Let's hope that these and future programs depict the alien problem in a true light.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There have also been various fictionalized movies and TV serials which have in recent years hinted at the reality of the human-saurian conflict. Some of these productions reveal a rather distorted view of alien reality, both human and/or reptilian, yet others are very close to the fact. We will list a few of these here:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WHAT WAITS BELOW - (Movie: A military unit discovers huge underground caverns in which they encounter an ancient tribe of subterranean human troglodytes).&lt;br /&gt;ALIEN(S) - (Movie: Astronauts from earth come in contact with a race of highly-intelligent, egg-laying, reptilian creatures which prove to be an extreme threat to the explorers. Part II is probably closest to actual reality according to certain reports).&lt;br /&gt;BEAUTY AND THE BEAST - (Series - A human, born deformed yet possessed with great knowledge, becomes the philosophical leader of an underground community within a subterranean realm below a major city).&lt;br /&gt;THX 1138 - (Movie: An underground community, having lost almost all knowledge of the surface world, degenerates into an entranced society of human slaves).&lt;br /&gt;HANGER 18 - (Movie: Based on actual events, although in a fictionalized format. U.S. Government teams discover a crashed disk-like spacecraft containing human occupants and hieroglyphic-like writings identical to those found in ancient Meso-American ruins, which they attempt to decipher for scientific use).&lt;br /&gt;A JOURNEY TO THE CENTER OF THE EARTH - (Movie: A classic adventure about a group of explorers who discover a path through an ancient volcano which leads to an underground realm inhabited by saurians and ancient ruins of a human civilization).&lt;br /&gt;"V" - (Mini-series: A race of human-appearing aliens claiming to be benevolent space brothers are found by a resistance group to be humanoid reptilians beneath a human disguise).&lt;br /&gt;THE ANDROMEDA STRAIN - (Movie: An underground biological research lab-base becomes caught-up in a fight to save the world from a deadly, runaway virus).&lt;br /&gt;THEY LIVE - (Movie: A Christian resistance group fight a race of alien beings who have infiltrated most aspects of human society through their chameleon-like ability to appear outwardly human).&lt;br /&gt;THE ENEMY WITHIN - (Movie: An off-shore oil platform looses a horrifying alien being from the depths of the earth).&lt;br /&gt;MOONTRAP - (Movie: Explorers from earth discover a race of ancient human astronauts, prehistoric cousins of humanity, who were forced into cryogenic freeze on the moon after losing an ancient battle with a race of deadly self-perpetuating androi beings).&lt;br /&gt;STRANDED - (Movie: A race of human refugees from another planet, fleeing an interplanetary war with a reptilian race, land on earth only to discover new dangers from confused and frightened eartheans).&lt;br /&gt;PREDATOR - (Movie: After the CIA tricks a multi-national special forces unit into fighting a suicide mission in the jungles of South America, the soldiers battle for their lives against a green-blooded chameleon-like alien being which they discover is responsible for many unexplained mutilations).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The reader should realize that these representations are fictionalized and deal with the possibility of human-alien conflict from an entirely physical-technical perspective, and therefore also reveal the extreme potential dangers that might be faced by humans is such conflicts occurred from an entirely physical context. However, since the ACTUAL conflict is BOTH physical as well as spiritual in nature (i.e. physical reptilian beings empowered and energized by malevolent spiritual or supernatural entities) such movie or serial representations of the "cosmic conflict" should NOT be seen as "instruction manuals" for this ancient "war" with the saurians. The best "instruction manual" for this warfare is of course found in the divine revelation as it is incarnate in the Judeo-Christian "Bible". Any other means of attempting to fight this threat have and will continue to prove futile. As we have said earlier, this in not just a physical battle, but a para-physical one involving both physical as well as spiritual warfare...similar to that which was practiced by the armies of King David, who saw the need to engage in both physical as well as spiritual warfare against the self-corrupted serpent-and-demon-worshipping pagan armies who sought to conquer them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From ancient times, man has been aware that there has been a power or a force which was and is intent on destroying humanity as a whole, although in many cases they have been unable to put their finger on just 'what' was behind this conspiracy to orchestrate this destruction of human society. This lack of discernment of reality on the part of humanity is one of the enemy's major strategies, since the serpent races attempt to blind and confuse the nations of the earth as to the true nature, and in fact the very existence, of their warfare-subversion- invasion-infiltration of human society. The threat however is very real and must be treated by the "human resistance" as a real and potentially deadly threat.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-4922651205110586951?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/4922651205110586951/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/04/cult-of-serpent.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/4922651205110586951'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/4922651205110586951'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/04/cult-of-serpent.html' title='CULT OF THE SERPENT'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-8666230000310866962</id><published>2009-03-30T05:13:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-03-30T05:15:08.410-07:00</updated><title type='text'>MASS GRAVE STORY EXPLAINED OR ARE THEY EXPLAINED?</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;A friend of mine, an editor from Oklahoma sent me a copy of the following article he wrote regarding an article I forwarded to him.  Below, you will find the original article I sent him, his article and my response to his article.  First, the original article. This article is about the Houston mass graves but there have been reports of mass graves in Phoenix and by Chicago.  I disagree those plastic boxes are 'coffin liners'.  My gut feeling tells me they're utilitarian. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.infowars.com/more-mass-graves-houston-expands-cemetery/&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;More Mass Graves? Houston Expands Cemetery&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Kurt Nimmo&lt;br /&gt;Infowars&lt;br /&gt;March 28, 2009&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An Infowars reader has sent photographs of an expansion underway at the Houston National Cemetery in Texas administered by the VA. “Could this be related to what is going on in Phoenix? I noticed both the concrete structures that go in the ground as well as some plastic coffin liners. Could it be a regular expansion of the cemetery? It seems to be an operation of a smaller scale than what is going on in Phoenix, or perhaps I am late and many of the concrete structures are already in the ground and covered up,” the reader writes in an email sent with photo attachments.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On March 25, Infowars posted a report filed by Shepard Ambellas on an apparent mass grave site under construction at the National Memorial Cemetery in Phoenix, Arizona.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It has yet to be established what these grave sites are for, although an official contacted at the Phoenix cemetery told Jason Douglas, producer of Jason Bermas’ Infowarrior radio show on GCN, that the practice of digging multiple graves with large crypts was commonplace.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.reddirtreport.com/news.php?id=10153#comments&lt;br /&gt;RDR UPDATE: MASS GRAVE STORY EXPLAINED&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By Andrew W. Griffin - March 27, 2009 1:15 PM&lt;br /&gt;Red Dirt Report, editor&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Posted: March 27, 2009&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;OKLAHOMA CITY – Following concerns over a perceived plan for the digging of mass graves at the National Memorial Cemetery in Phoenix, Ariz., Red Dirt Report made some calls Friday morning and was able to learn what was really going on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After talking to a woman named “Gail” at the Fort Sill National Cemetery here in Oklahoma, and getting nowhere, a call was made to Trisha Blocker at the Memorial Support Network in Denver. Blocker directed this reporter to talk to the Arizona director of the VA cemetery there.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Director Wayne Ellis, who oversees this “usually quiet” U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs Cemetery told Red Dirt Report that he has been engaged in “heated” conversations with people calling his office, claiming that the government was up to something nefarious.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“One was convinced we’re digging them for all the Mexicans coming over the border or preparing for the bird flu or a pandemic,” Ellis said. “That is not the case.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some got that impression following a report written by Shepard Ambellas at Infowars.com, titled “Military Industrial Complex prepares mass graves for U.S. citizens,” that the mass grave digging and earth moving at the cemetery was unusual and alarming.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But a simple call to Ellis cleared up the misunderstanding.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“This is the way cemeteries do business these days,” Ellis said. “Rather than digging graves one-by-one we pre-place them in advance.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The way Ellis explained it, the VA provides the cemeteries with money to cover the digging of the graves for up to five years in the future.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To make the most of the space available at the cemetery, he said, these ‘in-ground mausoleum’-type graves will allow for the burial of bodies that will only be an inch or so apart, rather than a foot or so.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“That way they don’t have to come back each year and dig them,” Ellis said, noting that they are preparing 7,600 gravesites at the Phoenix cemetery.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“People ask ‘why so many?’ To give you an example, last year we had 3,140 people buried at this cemetery last year,” Ellis said.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In fact, Ellis said that when he was director of the state VA cemetery in New Jersey, he used the same mass digging techniques.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ellis then directed this reporter and readers of this story to go to www.precast.org which is the National Precast Concrete Association in Indianapolis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Talking to Ron Hyink, the managing editor of Precast Inc. magazine, he said he believes a member company of their trade association was involved with the Phoenix project but was unable to find the specific name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Back in Phoenix, Ellis said he has fielded many calls about the Infowars story.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“I tell them that there’s nothing subversive going on,” Ellis said.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Copyright 2009 West Marie Media&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;Now, this is my comment posted to the article above: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It's called 'plausible denial' and a host of other things when the government (or another body of power) is doing, planning or expecting something ugly or forbidden or both.  Of course all this is going to be denied!  But, if you look at this logically, what they're saying and what they're doing doesn't match up.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Why all the massive grave digging at one time?  It's going on outside Chicago, Phoenix and now Houston (and probably more places that haven't been discovered yet).  Why the plastic coffins and crypts?  Is that the 'new' way people are going to be buried now?  Some may want to argue that because of the economy that people will be too poor to buy regular coffins.  I was poor all my life and when someone died in our group, people were always finding a way to buy a decent casket.  Everyone would pool their funds, go to churches for help, access government funds for pauper's burials, pawn their belongings and more so the dead person could go to the Afterlife in a decent casket.  I've seen poor parents sell it all, pawn it all to give their children a decent coffin and funeral.  I told one guy, "You've put yourself in debt for ten years for this funeral" and he looked at me and told he would have sold his Soul if he had to have sold it so he could have that funeral for his son.  I looked at him with ?Question looks in my Eyes????? And he told me he was serious.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now plastic coffins?  They only use those in cases of mass death including epidemics!  No matter how broke-down poor people are, they will find a way to buy regular coffins.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If I remember right (and I have a fairly good memory for this kind of stuff because I'm an Anarchist), plastic coffins are mentioned in FEMA documents.  And we all know what FEMA is all about.  Those are the government folks who've got their 'camps' (concentration camps) set up all over the country, empty but guarded by Wackenhut and other guards.  FEMA is also those government folks who let countless suffer and die from Hurricane Katrina in New Orleans.  Oh hey, FEMA put survivors of Katrina in those trailers full of toxic gases including formaldehyde which has either killed several people and/or has shortened their lives with the lung diseases they caused.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As for the concentration camps, well they're all secretive.  If they had nothing to hide, they'd invite the press in for a looksy.  The press gets into prisons and jails.  Why can't they get into those camps?  Why don't politicians explain them to the people?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*Think People, Think*!!!  It looks wrong and it feels wrong.  All those mass graves dug at once across the country? Anarchists, patriots and the rest will always notice something like this and will SAY something!  It never happened before, WHY IS IT HAPPENING NOW AND HAPPENING ACROSS THE COUNTRY?  Oh some 'funeral association' might want to say it's their new 'business model' but they've changed their 'business model' NOW?  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cheap plastic coffins and crypts?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Remember, we were told that two airplanes brought the World Trade Center down (plus Seven World Trade Center that wasn't hit by an airplane) plus it was 'natural' for the buildings to fall the way they did when only controlled demolition could make those buildings fall the way they did.  I questioned 9/11 right from the start!  My first clue was the way the buildings imploded!  There was a natural gas explosion in my old city and a friend of mine died in it.  He was a old man I used to give rides to.  Met him when I was driving taxi and the friendship continued after I quit that job.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some bozos from the natural gas company were working on a gas line downtown and they hit a gas line and it went !!!KABOOM!!! The explosion went out, blowing up some buildings (one where my friend had an apartment above a shop - he was blown to bits).  The debris went out.  Some poor woman who worked at the post office was walking into Taco John's to get some lunch and a brick hit her in the head and killed her.  Taco John's was about 2 blocks from 'ground zero'.  The World Trade Center and it's sister building should have blown out, not in.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So WHAT SHOULD WE DO ABOUT THESE MASS GRAVES?  It's a good thing I'm not in America because I'd be at that Houston one with a shovel, trying to fill it back in and thus, I'd probably be in jail unless there were many others like me with shovels (and rakes and bags of soil) as well!  That's WHAT I'D DO.  I'd also keep this information viral because if it goes away and it is conspiracy against the American people, the murderers will get away with it!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Again, *THINK FOR YOURSELF*!!! What is your gut feeling about this?  Mine tells me it is evil!  Do you know that the secret serpent puppet masters want 80% of the population gone now that the world has been mapped, technology has been advanced and the infrastructure has been built?  *LOOK IT UP* It's all over the internet in political documents of the elite!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The mass graves and plastic coffins would more easily be explained by the depopulation dreams of the rulers than the 'business as usual' explanation!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Of course no one in power is going to say that the mass graves and plastic coffins are for mass deaths because there are some people who are not going to go quietly into the night!  They're gonna fight.  They're not going to die for some Illuminati bullshit without resisting (and that's what people should do).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NO, this is no 'urban legend' and more, Alex Jones makes sure he has the facts because he's got 'critics' all over his back.  I don't always agree with him, especially when he took a bully pulpit against the Zeitgeist creator (and I don't agree with Zeitgeist in many places).  I think Alex Jones at infowars.com (and prisonplanet.com) tells the Truth and he and his staff go out of their way to make sure it's all True.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I thought on this response all night.  Of course all the mass graves could easily be 'explained' by representatives of institutions/buinesses/so forth but the other facts contradict the explanation plus if you research for yourself, there is a secret depopulation program going on.  I've been studying this stuff for years and have written about it.  See 'The Nine Stages of Autogenocide' at http://martharosecrow.blogspot.com/2009/01/nine-stages-of-american-autogenocide.html &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Or see 'Baby Boomer Die Off: There Will Be No Social Security Crisis' at http://martharosecrow.blogspot.com/2009/01/baby-boomer-die-off-there-will-be-no.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the above article, I PROVE that people are dying off in droves but it's all being covered up.  Almost every 'Baby Boomer' will be dead by 2025 and they're not dying naturally!  I research this stuff because I follow my intellect and because my gut feeling/Intuition tells me something is wrong or doesn't make sense.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As for the mass graves and the cheap plastic caskets and crypts, my logical thinking and Spiritual Intuition shows me darkness and evil plus tells me, "Something Wicked This Way Comes..."&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-8666230000310866962?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/8666230000310866962/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/03/mass-grave-story-explained-or-are-they.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8666230000310866962'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/8666230000310866962'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/03/mass-grave-story-explained-or-are-they.html' title='MASS GRAVE STORY EXPLAINED OR ARE THEY EXPLAINED?'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-6648622600726253896</id><published>2009-03-23T17:33:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-03-23T17:41:54.981-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Five reasons why Americans won't resist</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;Until you learn to *Think* for *Yourself* you will continue to be the serpent puppet masters' secret slave. YOU can LOSE YOUR INDIVIDUALITY AND THEN YOUR SOUL if you continue to live in the shit of hypnotic day dreaming that most people are doing. WAKE UP!!!! Question this False Reality.  Face This Reality for WHAT IT IS: &lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;EVIL!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Recognize, Resist, Refuse, Reject, Renounce &amp; Repel Evil!!!! LET'S TAKE OUR WORLD BACK FROM EVIL!!!!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.opednews.com/articles/Five-reasons-why-Americans-by-Mickey-Z-090323-846.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;March 23, 2009&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Five reasons why Americans won't resist&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By Mickey Z.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Protest (American, definitely not a verb): Wait for UFPJ or ANSWER to stage a parade (I mean, demonstration) on a weekend afternoon so no one misses work or school or in any way disrupts the flow of commerce. Don't make a sign; the organizers will make one for you. March in an orderly fashion, be polite to the occupying army (I mean, cops), and be sure to stay in designated free speech zones. Blame the Republicans. Wear costumes. Make puppets. Exclude anarchists. Hold a candlelight vigil. Sign a petition. Chant. Vote for a Democrat and hope for change. Need I continue?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the stakes never higher than they are now, why aren't activists ramping up the pressure and looking beyond tactics that are allowed by those in power?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here are my five guesses:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. &lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;We are trained to believe that nothing major is wrong&lt;/span&gt;. Global warming? Economic meltdown? Epidemics of preventable diseases? Slavery, genocide, ecocide? You name it and we're ready to downplay it. We're Americans, goddammit, we'll figure out a way to fix it. When the going gets tough, we'll call the experts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. &lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;We are trained to leave it to experts&lt;/span&gt;. Rather than worry our little heads over why more than 100 plant and animal species go extinct each day, we rely on experts. Instead of learning what a "collateralized-debt obligation" is and how it contributed to the current economic depression, just let the professionals handle the mess. Besides, such delegation frees up much more time to watch TV and update our Facebook pages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.&lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt; We are trained to embrace non-violence&lt;/span&gt;. All the real heroes would never raise a fist in anger: Jesus, MLK, Gandhi, Mother Teresa, etc. Sure, the government and its corporate owners are taking away all our rights and all our money. They're poisoning our air, water, and food while crafting laws that make prison a looming possibility, but the moment we contemplate anything more than a non-violent response, we become worse than any of them. Ain't that right?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. &lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;We feel too damn privileged to risk prison (or worse&lt;/span&gt;). The average Gaza resident doesn't have the luxury of wondering if their resistance could result in arrest and thus perhaps ruin their reputation. The average American? Well, that's a different story. I can't defy insane laws designed to squash protest. I might get arrested and that means close proximity to all those scary criminals and it also means hurting my chances of landing a good job and maybe even losing all my respectable friends. I mean, I'm an activist and all but that's asking way too much. Who do you think I am, Mandela?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. &lt;span style="font-weight:bold;"&gt;We're fuckin' cowards&lt;/span&gt;. Our acquiescence in a disturbingly broad range of areas—access to health care, tolerance for voting irregularities, directly funding the Israeli war machine, stomaching the groupthink behind saluting a flag, etc. etc. etc.—appears to have no limits. Americans love to talk the talk about being fearless and tough but when ordered to remove our shoes before going through airport security, it’s “yes sir” all the way.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We know things have passed the proverbial tipping point and that immediate action is 100% needed and justified, but we're far too spineless to do anything that might get us in trouble. Somehow, it's more terrifying for any of us to face down a cop than it is to contemplate the total destruction of our earthly eco-system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If it's true that action expresses priorities, we American activists aren't overly concerned about the future.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We now return to our regularly scheduled slate of left wing articles…&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Until the laws are changed or the power runs out, Mickey Z. can be found on the Web at http://www.mickeyz.net&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6772232281380136403-6648622600726253896?l=alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/feeds/6648622600726253896/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/03/five-reasons-why-americans-wont-resist.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/6648622600726253896'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6772232281380136403/posts/default/6648622600726253896'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://alwaysthink4yourself.blogspot.com/2009/03/five-reasons-why-americans-wont-resist.html' title='Five reasons why Americans won&apos;t resist'/><author><name>greathierophant@yahoo.com</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/01077426832831131998</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='32' height='24' src='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/__jAui5OTsRU/S26jYhDzLrI/AAAAAAAACxA/qj4BruC-Nzs/S220/Me+1.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6772232281380136403.post-8428818638731920448</id><published>2009-03-21T07:03:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-03-21T07:35:52.457-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Psychohistory: Childhood and the Emotional Life of Nations by Lloyd deMause</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-style:italic;"&gt;This excellent essay tells us a fundamental reason why the world is so evil today.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://www.psychohistory.com/htm/eln00_preface.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Psychohistory: Childhood and the Emotional Life of Nations by Lloyd deMause &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Preface&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The purpose of this book is to reveal for the first time how the ultimate cause of all wars and human misery is the parental holocaust of children throughout history--an untold story of how literally billions of innocent, helpless children have been routinely killed, bound, battered, mutilated, raped and tortured and then as adults have inflicted upon others the nightmares they themselves experienced. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most of what you will read here will be new, upsetting and difficult to believe, despite the extensive historical, anthropological, clinical and neurobiological evidence I will present. But after you read it I think you will be able to understand for the first time why what Kierkegard called "the slaughterbench of history" happened, where we are today in the evolution of humanity and what we can do tomorrow to bring about a peaceful, happier world. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In these pages I hope to accomplish the following ten goals: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(1) to provide a new psychogenic theory of history as an alternative to the sociogenic theories of all other social sciences, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(2) to show that childrearing evolution is an independent cause of historical change, with love as the central force in history, creating new kinds of personalities-new psychoclasses-that then change societies, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(3) to demonstrate that historical progress depends less on military conquests and more on the migration patterns of innovative mothers and "hopeful daughters," &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(4) to show how political, religious and social behavior restage early traumas, even those occurring before birth, recorded in separate areas of our minds called social alters, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(5) to show that social institutions are not just utilitarian but are also designed to be self-destructive, representing shared ways of dealing with emotional problems caused by deep personal anxieties surrounding growth and individuation, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(6) to explain how a new historical tool, fantasy analysis, can objectively discover shared emotions and group-fantasies that occur in lawful stages which determine the sequence of political events, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(7) to show that groups go to war to rid themselves of shared feelings of sinfulness and fears of disintegration, cleansing their feelings by sacrificing victims containing rejected parts of themselves, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(8) to show why we need enemies, why we feel depressed when enemies disappear, and what this has to do with our periodic need for wars and economic crises whose purpose is to reduce our anxieties about success and prosperity, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(9) to show why history is now a race between too slowly improving childrearing and too fast evolving destructive technology, and &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(10) to demonstrate that new ways for more advanced parents to help other parents-such as parenting centers with home visiting programs, which have been shown capable of eliminating child abuse-and allow us to avoid global genocide. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first third of the book is devoted to describing how early personal experiences determine political behavior. It begins with three chapters describing recent American political events-the shooting of two American presidents, the group-fantasies leading up to the Gulf War and the childhood origins of terrorism-in order to show how hidden shared emotions cause political violence.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The second third of the book is devoted to detailing a psychohistorical theory of history, first as it applies to politics, secondly as it explains the causes of war and thirdly as it shows the connections between childhood and the evolution of the psyche and society. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The final third of the book is a history of how childhood in the West evolved, era by era, and how better childrearing produced new psychoclasses, who then created new social, religious and political institutions. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I have tried to include in this book most of what I have learned about childhood and history during the past four decades. I would welcome hearing from you what you think about what I say here, and I promise you a personal reply to your email or letter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lloyd deMause &lt;br /&gt;email: psychhst@tiac.net &lt;br /&gt;postal address: 140 Riverside Drive &lt;br /&gt;New York, NY 10024-2605 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 1----The Assassination of Leaders&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  "Peace is a helluva letdown."&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;---- Field Marshall Montgomery&lt;br /&gt;When Ronald Reagan became president in 1981, America was in a strange mood. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The country had been experiencing a period of peace and prosperity. The Americans held hostage in Iran had been safely returned home without requiring military action. Our Gross National Product per person was the highest of any nation in history. Although America should have felt strong and happy, it instead felt weak and impoverished. The strongest nation on earth, with the highest personal income at any time in its history and the greatest human freedoms anywhere on earth, America during the Reagan election was filled with visions of imminent moral and economic collapse.1 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Our new president voiced our fears: we were not strong at all, he said, but "weak and disintegrating," in a "ship about to go over the falls," and "in greater danger today than we were the day after Pearl Harbor." We had become so impotent, in fact, that we were in immediate danger of being overcome by "an evil force that would extinguish the light we've been tending for 6,000 years."2 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;During the early months of the Reagan presidency, I was teaching a course in psychohistory at the City University of New York. To show the class how to discover the shared moods of nations, I asked them to bring in current political cartoons, magazine covers, presidential speeches and newspaper columns in order to see what images and emotional words were being circulated in the body politic. When Reagan said in his Inaugural Address that we felt "terror" (of inflation), "doomed," "frightened" and "disintegrating" (as a nation), and full of "pent-up furies" (toward government), the class was asked to consider what the psychological sources might be for such apocalyptic language at this particular point in time in America's history. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The class had been studying earlier historical material on national moods, in order to learn how to decode the fantasies that might affect the nation's political decisions. They learned that leaders are often expected to sense the irrational wishes and fears of their nations and do something to deflect or relieve their anxieties. In studying our book, Jimmy Carter and American Fantasy,3 they saw how nations go through emotional cycles that are lawful and that affect political and economic decisions. They discovered, for instance, that American presidents regularly started their first year being seen as strong, with high approval ratings in the polls, and then were depicted as weakening and eventually as collapsing as their polls decline, which they regularly did, regardless of how successful they actually were. Since leaders are imagined to be the only ones that can control the nation's emotional life, the nation's emotional life seems to be getting "out of control" as its leader is imagined to be growing more and more impotent. The class studied how major decisions by presidents over the past several decades were influenced by the four fantasized leadership stages of strong, cracking, collapse and upheaval. Wars, for instance, have never begun in the first year of the president's term, when he was seen as strong and in control.4 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Furthermore, the class saw the disappointment that had been felt when leaders refuse to take nations to war when they were emotionally ready, i.e., when the leader seemed to be "collapsed" and impotent. The main case-study they examined to demonstrate this disappointment with the leader who was "too impotent to go to war" was the Cuban Missile Crisis. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Early in President Kennedy's term of office, Robert McNamara said,5 the President had become so "hysterical" about having Fidel Castro in power in Cuba that he first helped the refugees invade Cuba and then ordered a military embargo before Soviet missiles were discovered. The embargo against Cuba was a particularly gratuitous act, done only to feed the growing war demands of the nation. Kennedy told a reporter that it was something that "the country rather enjoyed. It was exciting, it was a diversion, there was the feeling we were doing something."6 After the embargo was announced, eight thousand members of the Conservative Party met in Madison Square Garden and roared out to Kennedy, "Fight! Fight! Fight!"7 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When Soviet missiles were later discovered in Cuba put there as the Soviet's response to the invasion of Cuba Kennedy's advisors admitted that "militarily it doesn't mean that much,"8 since Soviet submarines with nuclear warheads had long been in Cuban waters. Yet the president maintained that, rather than feeling "humiliated," he was ready to risk a nuclear war over their immediate removal, vowing "If Khrushchev wants to rub my nose in the dirt, it's all over."9 He bragged to his associates that he would "cut off the balls" of Khrushchev,10 saying "he can't do this to me"11 and that it was "like dealing with Dad. All give and no take."12 Even though he admitted he was risking plunging the world into "a holocaust," he said that Americans wanted military action so badly that if he didn't act immediately to have them removed, he would risk being impeached.13 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Massing a quarter of a million men and 180 ships at the tip of Florida, the president put 156 ICBM's at "ready for launch" and sent up bombers containing 1,300 nuclear weapons with Soviet cities as targets.14 The nation was "ready to go." Only 4 percent of Americans opposed Kennedy's actions, even though 60 percent thought they would lead to World War III,15 probably even an American apocalypse, since the Soviets had armed nuclear missiles in Cuba that Khrushchev had given his local commanders instructions to launch on their own authority toward the U.S. should a military confrontation begin.16 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When Khrushchev then backed down (thankfully, otherwise you might not be alive and reading this book) and removed the missiles and the crisis suddenly ended without any war, Americans felt an enormous letdown.17 The media reported on "The Strange Mood of America Today Baffled and uncertain of what to believe..."18 It began to ask what were seen as frightening questions: "Will It Now Be A World Without Real War? Suddenly the world seems quiet...Why the quiet? What does it mean?"19 The prospect of peaceful quiet felt terribly frightening. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Americans from all parties were furious with Kennedy for various pretexts. Many began calling for a new Cuban invasion, agreeing with Barry Goldwater's demand that Kennedy "do anything that needs to be done to get rid of that cancer. If it means war, let it mean war."20 Kennedy was accused of being soft on Communism for living up to his no-invasion pledge to the Soviets, and when he then proposed signing a Limited Nuclear Test Ban Treaty with them, his popularity dropped even further.21 &lt;br /&gt;The nation's columnists expressed their fury towards the president, and political cartoonists pictured Kennedy with his head being chopped off by a guillotine (above). Richard Nixon warned, "There'll be...blood spilled before [the election is] over,"22 and a cartoon in The Washington Post portrayed Nixon digging a grave. Many editorialists were even more blunt. The Delaware State News editorialized: "Yes, Virginia, there is a Santa Claus. His name right now happens to be Kennedy let's shoot him, literally, before Christmas."23 Potential assassins all over the country-psychopaths who are always around looking for permission to kill-saw all these media death wishes as signals, as delegations to carry out a necessary task, and began to pick up these fantasies as permission to kill Kennedy.24 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Kennedy's aides warned him of an increase in the number of death threats toward him. His trip to Dallas, known as the "hate capital of Dixie," was seen as particularly dangerous. His aides begged him to cancel his trip. Senator J. William Fulbright told him, "Dallas is a very dangerous place...I wouldn't go there. Don't you go."25 Vice President Lyndon Johnson, writing the opening lines of the speech he intended to make in Austin after the Dallas visit, planned to open with: "Mr. President, thank God you made it out of Dallas alive!"26 Dallas judges and leading citizens warned the President he should not come to the city because of the danger of assassination. The day before the assassination, as handbills were passed out in Dallas with Kennedy's picture under the headline "Wanted For Treason," militants of the John Birch Society and other violent groups flooded into Dallas, and hundreds of reporters flew in from all over the country, alerted that something might happen to the president.27 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Kennedy himself sensed consciously he might be shot. Two months before the actual assassination, he made a home movie "just for fun" of himself being assassinated.28 The morning of his assassination, an aide later recalled, Kennedy went to his hotel window, "looked down at the speaker's platform...and shook his head. 'Just look at that platform,' he said. 'With all those buildings around it, the Secret Service couldn't stop someone who really wanted to get you.'"29 When Jackie Kennedy told him she was really afraid of an assassin on this trip, JFK agreed, saying, "We're heading into nut country today....You know, last night would have been a hell of a night to assassinate a President. I mean it...suppose a man had a pistol in a briefcase." He pointed his index finger at the wall and jerked his thumb. "Then he could have dropped the gun and briefcase and melted away in the crowd."30 Despite all the warnings, however, Kennedy unconsciously accepted the martyr's role. He was, after all, used to doing all his life what others wanted him to do.31 So although a Secret Service man told him the city was so dangerous that he had better put up the bulletproof plastic top on his limousine, he specifically told him not to do so.32 In fact, someone instructed the Secret Service not to be present ahead of time in Dallas and check out open windows such as those in the Book Depository, as they normally did whenever a president traveled in public as Kennedy did.33 Only then, with the nation, the assassin, the Secret Service and the president all in agreement, the assassination could be successfully carried out. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By this point in our studies, my class began to see how assassinations might be delegated by nations to individuals for purely internal emotional reasons. We noted that six of the seven assassination attempts on American presidents took place either after unusually long peaceful periods, like the assassination of James Garfield on July 2, 1881, or after a peace treaty at the end of a war,34 like the assassination of Abraham Lincoln on April 15, 1965, six days after the end of the Civil War.35 It was as if peace was experienced by the nation as a betrayal, that nations expressed their rage at their leaders for bringing peace, and that assassins picked up the subliminal death wishes and tried to kill the leaders. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In studying the nation's anger that followed Kennedy's aborted war in Cuba, the class could not help but compare the nation's emotional mood in 1963 to the feelings at that moment in 1980 following the recently aborted war in Iran, just before Reagan was elected president. Furious with Iran over the long hostage crisis, America had been whipped into a war frenzy similar to the earlier one against Cuba by the media. "Kids Tell Jimmy to 'Start Shooting" the New York Post headlined, while a commentator summarized the bellicose mood by saying that "seldom has there been more talk of war, its certainty, its necessity, its desirability."36 Polls showed most Americans favored invasion of Iran even if it meant that all the hostages would be killed, since war, not saving lives, was what the country wanted.37 When the rescue attempt floundered because of a helicopter crash and Carter refused to send in the American troops, planes and ships that were massed for attack, the nation turned its fury toward him, just as it had toward Kennedy after the Cuban confrontation failed to produce war. Carter was buried in a landslide, rather than in a coffin like Kennedy, and Ronald Reagan was elected president. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The students wondered (as did their teacher) if the nation's fury had really subsided, or if their rage might continue toward the new president. Even though this made no rational sense-all the hostages, after all, had already been returned safely-it made sense emotionally. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That Reagan might be a target for our death wishes after the aborted Iranian invasion was hinted at by widespread speculation during his campaign regarding a "death jinx" that might strike him. As I mentioned previously, someone had figured out that no American president elected since 1840 in a year ending in zero had lived out his term. Bumper stickers had appeared joking "Re-elect Bush [Reagan's running mate] in 1984." Newspapers began running political cartoons and headlines with subliminal messages similar to those that had appeared before Kennedy's assassination, such as the cartoon of a guillotine being constructed on Reagan's inauguration platform and an Anthony Lewis column in The New York Times headlined "The King Must Die." &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The climax for these shared fantasies that "the king must die" came in the final week of March. That week, my students brought in numerous magazine covers, political cartoons and newspaper articles that clearly showed these death wishes. Time and Newsweek ran scare stories about a "wildly out of control" crime wave that was supposed to be occurring--although they had paid little attention to crime in previous months and in fact the actual crime rate had been decreasing during those months38--illustrating our angry fantasies and death wishes with identical covers depicting menacing guns pointed at the reader. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The New Republic cover featured graves in Washington. One cartoonist showed Americans constructing a guillotine being built for Reagan (the same guillotine that had been shown off the head of President Kennedy before his assassination). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Other cartoonists showed Reagan next to targets and guns in the White House, with the odd suggestion that perhaps his wife might want to shoot him with guns she has stored beneath their bed. The cover illustration of U.S. News &amp; World Report pictured "Angry Americans" with a subhead that was seemingly unrelated but in fact that carried the message of what all "angry Americans" should now do. The headline read: "FEDERAL WASTE-REAGAN'S NEXT TARGET," a wording that contains two hidden embedded messages: "WASTE REAGAN" (slang for "Kill Reagan") and "REAGAN'S [THE] NEXT TARGET." &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order to see if our upsetting findings were just our own selection process creating a personal bias, we checked them out with another psychohistory class--one taught by Prof. David Beisel of Rockland Community College--who was also using the fantasy technique to monitor the media and who had also been collecting media material. They told us that they had independently been recently finding a predominance of these death wishes in cartoons and covers.39 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next day, one of the president's staff confirmed to the nation that assassination was "in the air." The President's most excitable aide, Alexander Haig, unexpectedly began to discuss in the media "who will be in charge of emergencies" should the president be shot, saying he himself would be next in line of succession, as though succession to the presidency were for some reason about to become a vital question in America. A great furor arose in the press and on TV talk shows as to just who would be "in charge" should the President be incapacitated. That the topic of succession seemed to come out of the blue was totally ignored by the media. Reagan's death just seemed to be an interesting political topic. The students grew increasingly uneasy as they watched the escalating fantasy. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The class wondered if potential assassins might not also be sensing these subliminal messages, since there are always a large number of psychopathic personalities around the country waiting to be told when and whom to shoot, willing to be the delegate of the nation's death wishes. Some students wondered if we should phone the Secret Service and warn them about our fears, but thought they might consider a bunch of cartoons and magazine covers insufficient cause for concern. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The class was not wrong about a potential assassin picking up the death wishes and electing himself our delegate. John Hinckley had been stalking President Carter, President-elect Reagan and other political targets during the previous six months, but just couldn't "get himself into the right frame of mind to actually carry out the act," as he later put it. After all the media death wishes toward Reagan appeared, he finally got what he called "a signal from a newspaper" on March 30th and told himself, "This is it, this is for me," and, he said, decided at that moment to shoot the president.40 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I was sitting in our classroom, waiting for the students to arrive, looking over some of the Reagan death wish material we had collected. I had been busy during the past few hours and hadn't listened to the radio before coming to class. Suddenly, I heard a group of students running down the hallway. They burst into the room. "Prof. deMause!" they shouted, terribly upset. "They did it! They shot him! Just like we were afraid they would!"41 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. See Lloyd deMause, Reagan's America. New York: Creative Roots, 1984, pp. 1-5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. All presidential speeches quoted in this book are taken from the Weekly Transcript of Presidential Documents .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Lloyd deMause and Henry Ebel, Eds., Jimmy Carter and American Fantasy: Psychohistorical Explorations. New York: Two Continents, 1977.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. See Lloyd deMause, Foundations of Psychohistory. New York: Creative Roots, 1982, pp. 172-243; no American war began in the first year of any president except Lincoln, but in reality the first military actions of the American Civil War and the secession of seven Southern states occurred before he was inaugurated, so the war actually began during the final phase of President Buchanan.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Michael R. Beschloss, The Crisis Years: Kennedy and Khrushchev, 1960-1963. New York: HarperCollins, 1991, p. 375.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Ibid., p. 549.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Ibid., p. 487.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. "A&amp;E Investigative Reports." March 29, 1997; Donald Kagan, On the Origins of War and the Preservation of Peace. New York: Doubleday, 1995, p. 508.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Richard Reeves, President Kennedy: Profile of Power. New York: Simon &amp; Schuster, 1993; Theodore C. Sorensen, The Kennedy Legacy. New York: Macmillan, 1969; James N. Giglio, The Presidency of John F. Kennedy. Lawrence, Kansas: University Press of Kansas, 1991; deMause, Foundations, p. 190.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Beschloss, The Crisis Years, p. 375.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Donald Kagan, On the Origins of War and the Preservation of Peace. New York: Doubleday, 1995, p. 521.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Ibid., p. 234.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Robert F. Kennedy, Thirteen Days: A Memoir of the Cuban Missile Crisis. New York: W. W. Norton &amp; Co., 1969, p. 67.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. William L. O'Neill, Coming Apart: An Informal History of America in the 1960's. Chicago: Quadrangle Books, 1971, p. 69; Robert S. Thompson, The Missiles of October: The Declassified Story of John F. Kennedy and the Cuban Missile Crisis. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. Harris Wofford, Of Kennedys and Kings: Making Sense of the Sixties. New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 1980, p. 292.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. William E. Burrows and Robert Windrem, Critical Mass: The Dangerous Race for Superweapons in a Fragmenting World. New York: Simon &amp; Schuster, 1994, p. 94.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. DeMause, Foundations, pp. 216-220.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. U.S. News &amp; World Report, February 25, 1963, p. 31.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. U.S. News &amp; World Report, December 17, 1962, p. 54.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Beschloss, The Crisis Years, p. 381.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. Ibid., p. 641.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. Time, November 22, 1963, p. 1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Delaware State News, October 18, 1963, cited in William Manchester, The Death of a President: November 20-November 25, 1963. New York: Harper &amp; Row, 1967, p. 46.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. For the unconscious relationship between assassins and their victims, see Charles W. Socarides, "Why Sirhan Killed Kennedy: Psychoanalytic Speculations on an Assassination," The Journal of Psychohistory 6(1979): 447-460; and James W. Hamilton, "Some Observations on the Motivations of Lee Harvey Oswald," The Journal of Psychohistory 14(1986): 43-54.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. Manchester, The Death of a President, p. 39.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;26. Beschloss, The Crisis Years, p. 665.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;27. Woffard, Of Kennedys and Kings, p. 343.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;28. Aaron Latham, "The Dark Side of the American Dream," Rolling Stone, August 5, 1982, p. 18.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;29. Robert MacNeil, Ed. The Way We Were: 1963--The Year Kennedy Was Shot. New York: Carroll &amp; Grof Publications, 1988, p. 185.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;30. Manchester, The Death of a President, p. 121.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;31. Doris Kearns Goodwin, The Fitzgeralds and the Kennedys. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987; Thomas C. Reeves, A Question of Character: A Life of John F. Kennedy. New York: The Free Press, 1991; Nancy Clinch, The Kennedy Neurosis: A Psychological Portrait of an American Dynasty. New York: Grosset, 1973.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;32. MacNeil, The Way We Were, p. 189.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;33. "The Men Who Killed the President." The History Channel, June 19, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;34. This period is termed an "introvert Phase" of American history in Jack E. Holmes, The Mood/Interest Theory of American Foreign Policy. Lexington: The University Press of Kentucky, 1985, p. 32.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;35. The other assasination attempts during peaceful periods besides Kennedy, Lincoln and Jackson were Franklin D. Roosevelt, February 15, 1933, and Gerald Ford, September 22, 1975, both peaceful periods; only Harry S. Truman, November 1, 1950, was shot at during a military action.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;36. New York Post, January 8, 1980, p. 3; Village Voice, February 25, 1980, p.16.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;37. For press frenzy and polls on Iran invasion, see deMause, Reagan's America, pp. 28-35 and deMause, Foundations of Psychohistory, pp. 304-310.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;38. See Frank Browning, "Nobody's Soft on Crime Anymore," Mother Jones, August, 1982, pp. 25-31; Christopher Jencks, "Is Violent Crime Increasing? The American Prospect , Winter, 1991, pp. 96-106.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;39. See Robert Finen and Jonathan Glass, "Two Student Views." The Journal of Psychohistory 11(1983):113, where they report that "classes had been picking up traces of a fantasy for Reagan's death in the media...[When] the news came: a shooting in Washington! I was in shock. Here, in less than a week, was confirmation of a psychohistorical prediction!"&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;40. Latham, "The Dark Side of the American Dream," p. 54.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 2--The Gulf War as a Mental Disorder&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  "He's going to get his ass kicked!"&lt;br /&gt;  - George Bush&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Not every American president has been able to resist his nation's call for war. Studies have shown the main determinant is the kind of childhood the president has experienced.1 Jimmy Carter was unusual in being able to draw upon his having had fairly loving parents, in particular a mother who encouraged his individuality and independence, a very unusual quality for a parent in the 1920s.2 It is no coincidence that when I once collected all the childhood photos I could find of American presidents I noticed that only those of Jimmy Carter and Dwight Eisenhower (another president who resisted being drawn into war) showed their mothers smiling. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ronald Reagan's childhood, in contrast, was more like that of most presidents: a nightmare of neglect and abuse, in his case dominated by an obsessively religious mother and a violent, alcoholic father who, he said, used to "kick him with his boot" and "clobber" him and his brother.3 The result, as I have documented in my book, Reagan's America, was a childhood of phobias and fears "to the point of hysteria," buried feelings of rage and severe castration anxieties (the title of his autobiography was Where Is The Rest of Me?). As an adult, Reagan took to carrying a loaded pistol, and once considered suicide, only to be saved by the defensive maneuver of taking up politics and becoming an anti-communist warrior, crusading against imaginary "enemies" who were blamed for the feelings he denied in himself.4 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE PRESIDENTIAL STYLE OF GEORGE BUSH &lt;br /&gt;George Bush's childhood, though not as chaotic as Reagan's, was also full of fear and punishments. Psychohistorian Suzy Kane, interviewing George's brother, Prescott, Jr., discovered that Bush's father often beat him on the buttocks with a belt or a razor strap, the anticipation of which, Prescott, Jr. recalled, made them "quiver" with fear.5 "He took us over his knee and whopped us with his belt," Prescott said. "He had a strong arm, and boy, did we feel it."6 As he admitted to Kane, "We were all scared of him. We were scared to death of Dad when we were younger." Childhood classmates of George described his father as "aloof and distant...formidable and stern...very austere and not a warm person." "Dad was really scary," George himself once admitted.7 As a result, a desperate need to please was George's main trait as a child, and a depressive personality with an overwhelming need to placate became his trademarks as president. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The mood of America as Bush ran for the presidency was also quite depressed, which favored his election over his less depressed opponent. During the Eighties, in what was often misnamed "A Decade of Indulgence," America had had an unprecedented period of peace and prosperity, the latter based mainly on manic spending binges on the military and on financial speculation, both financed by borrowing.8 As will be shown, manic periods such as these usually climax in wars. In 1989, however, America's traditional enemy, the Soviet Union, had collapsed, and a period of unprecedented world peace without any real enemies had "broken out all over," as Newsweek put it.9 Soon after the end of the Evil Empire, both America and Europe were plunged into depression. Beisel summarized the feeling: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The New York Times speaks of "An Empty Feeling...Infecting Eastern Europe." An authority on Britain finds the British undergoing "self-doubt and self-humiliation...greater now than at any time...over the last thirty years." The cover of the World Press Review speaks of "Germany's Reunified Blues"...Europe is depressed. Just three years ago, Germans were "delirious in the days before and after reunification," said Current History. "A couple of months later, their euphoria had turned to gloom."10 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;America, too, felt just terrible after the downfall of the Berlin Wall. "Democracy is winning," said The New York Times on March 4, 1990. "The arms race is over. Villains are friendly now...the jackpot so long desired was America's. So then why doesn't it feel better?"11 Everywhere were predictions of doom, decline and the death of the American dream. The media wondered why, despite the fact that world peace had been achieved and the American economy was expanding, "People are incredibly depressed" (The New York Times), "In the past month, there has been a distinct odor of collapse and doom around the city," (New York Post), and "There is something catastrophic coming" (Washington Post).12 With no foreign enemy into whom we could project our fears, America had only one choice to end its feelings of depression: have a sacrificial economic recession that would punish ourselves and our families for our peace and prosperity. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One reason for Bush's election was his oft-stated statement that "we must all sacrifice."13 With the economy still expanding during 1989 and 1990, he unconsciously realized that he had to do something dramatic to stop this growth by making people feel even more depressed, so they would stop buying goods and making investments and thereby precipitate an economic downturn. His own mood had been affected by the guilty messages the media was repeating daily, as well as by his taking Halcion, a mind-altering drug that could make users so depressed and/or manic they became suicidal.14 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bush's prescription for America was to make it feel depressed by raising taxes, cutting spending and repeatedly vetoing all the legislation that was needed to keep the economy moving forward. Just as Presidents did before previous recessions, Bush produced an economic downturn by raising taxes and reducing spending, costing jobs and destroying consumer demand. Although he knew that a big tax increase would make him unpopular15 and would violate the promise he made in his "Read my lips: no new taxes" acceptance speech, at a deeper level he was giving the nation the punishment it unconsciously wanted. As it turned out, the real revenue finally produced by the higher tax rates during the recession turned out to be much less than if rates had stayed the same.16 Therefore, it was a recession, not additional tax revenue, that was the unconscious motive for the tax-increase package, a recession needed to "purge the rottenness out of the system," as one Bush official had put it.17 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PEACE, PROSPERITY AND POLLUTION &lt;br /&gt;That personal achievement and prosperity often makes individuals feel sinful and unworthy of their success is a commonplace observation of psychotherapy ever since Freud's first case studies of people "ruined by success."18 Yet no one seems to have noticed that feelings of sinfulness are usually prominent in the shared emotional life of nations after long periods of peace, prosperity and social progress, particularly if they are accompanied by more personal and sexual freedom.19 As early as 1988, American political and business leaders had begun to wonder if the Reagan prosperity had not lasted too long, and some called for a cleansing recession. The Federal Reserve, pleased that their interest rate increase in the summer of 1987 had produced the sharpest one-day drop in the stock market in history, tightened rates again in the summer of 1988 in order to get the recession going, under the rationalization they had to "cool the economy down" the usual code for "reduce the guilt for too much success." As one perceptive reporter described the plan in 1988, "After the election, the leadership of this country will say to the Fed, 'Go ahead and tighten [the money supply] boys.' The Federal Reserve tightens, interest rates rise, the economy slows. Then they will tell the next president and Congress to raise taxes...It scares me."20 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As my previous studies have shown,21 the image of national sinfulness is usually pictured in political cartoons as pollution. Each time a nation feels too prosperous for its deprived childhood to tolerate, it imagines that it is sinful, and a national "pollution alert" is called, where the media suddenly notices such things as environmental pollution (acid rain), home pollution (dioxin) or blood pollution (AIDS)-all of which existed in reality before, but now suddenly became symbols in a fantasy of inner pollution (sin, guilt). What happens in these emotional "pollution alerts" is that the media stops overlooking real dangers, raises hysterical alarms about how the world has suddenly become unsafe to live in, and then avoids really changing anything-since the pollution that is frightening the nation is actually internal, not external.22 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The banking community's role in 1988-9 in bringing about what the media began calling "the slump we need"23 was to reduce the money supply, raise interest rates and reduce lending. The Fed announced that they would like to push inflation "near zero," a goal that has never been achieved by any nation in history without a punishing depression. The central bank's usual role in killing prosperity was revealed earlier by Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker, who, trying to make a joke, told a reporter that the secret of central bankers everywhere was that "we have a haunting fear that someone, someplace may be happy."24 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many reporters recognized the depressive origins of the national mood and even the guilt that engendered it. The Washington Post said that after eight years of optimism, "America is in...an ugly spasm of guilt, dread and nostalgia. Once more, America is depressed."25 A columnist accurately diagnosed the mood of America in 1990: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;America is like a barroom drunk. One minute it brags about its money and muscle, and then for the next hour it bleats into its beer about failure and hopelessness...America's depression is not brought on by plague, flood, famine or war...We are guilty, guilty, guilty...depression, decline, depravity, dysphoria, deconstruction, desuetude, dog days, distrust, drugs, despair..."26 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There was only one way that a lengthy economic recession need not be necessary to cure our national depression: an enemy abroad could be created who could be blamed for our "greediness" and then punished instead of punishing ourselves. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At first blush, the idea of America starting a war for emotional reasons seems blasphemous. Although most people are familiar with the notion that homicidal acts of individuals stem from underlying emotional disorders, it is rare for anyone to inquire into whether wars-homicidal acts of entire nations-might stem from shared mental disorders. Unless they are blamed on the emotional problems of one leader, like Hitler, wars are usually explained by economic motivations. But if this were true, one should be able to find in the words and actions of leaders about to begin wars discussions of the economic benefits of the proposed war, yet this is precisely what is missing in the historical documents. Instead, wars regularly start with images of suicide. For example, when the Japanese leadership was deciding whether to attack Pearl Harbor and begin their war with the United States, several ministers were asked by Tojo to study what would happen if they attacked America. At a meeting, each minister around the table forecast defeat by the U.S., and by the time the last minister gave his assessment, it was obvious that an attack would be suicidal for Japan. Whereupon Tojo told those present, "There are times when we must have the courage to do extraordinary things-like jumping, with eyes closed, off the veranda of the Kiyomizu Temple! [This was the Tokyo temple where people regularly committed suicide.]"27 Hitler, too, spoke in suicidal, not economic, imagery as he went to war,28 promising Germans glorious death on the battlefield and calling himself a "sleepwalker" as he led the German people over the suicidal cliff. This is how real wars begin. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All the historical evidence suggests that there were strong irrational reasons in America's decision to go to war in the Gulf in 1991. To begin with, the President had earlier floated a trial balloon for the acceptability of a military solution to the nation's emotional problems by sending 25,000 U.S. troops to Panama, ostensibly to capture Manuel Noriega for his role in drug trade. Although the Panama invasion seemed to the military an embarrassment, calling it ridiculous because "the whole goddam operation depends on finding one guy in a bunker,"29 the American people loved the show, Bush's polls went up and permission was given for future military action. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yet preparing for a new sacrificial war first and foremost requires avoiding the guilt for starting it; even Hitler thought it necessary to dress up some of his soldiers in Polish uniforms and have them pretend to attack Germans so he could present an excuse for his invasion of Poland. America, in its own mind, had never attacked another country at any time in its history; it had only defended itself or rescued others who were being attacked. So when the nation's depressed mood deepened in 1990, Bush's task was to find someone who was willing to start a war against a weaker country so America could come to their rescue in a liberating war that would make us feel better again. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE SACRIFICE OF CHILDREN &lt;br /&gt;Meanwhile, American magazine covers and political cartoons in the months before the Middle East crisis began expressing subliminal death wishes toward America's youth, suggesting that they be sacrificed. Children were shown shot, stabbed, strangled, and led off cliffs as trial fantasies for the coming war. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Money magazine, writing a story on how easy it was toget into college, used as its cover illustration a wholly gratuitous drawing of a youth being stabbed by pennants with the headline: "THE SACRIFICE OF THE CHILDREN," imagery exactly opposite to the main point of the story but accurately illustrating the main fantasy of the nation. Children were increasingly shown on covers of magazines and newspapers as being killed in "War Zones," even though homicide had actually decreased in the past decade.30 A United Nations World Summit for Children conference was depicted in a cartoon with Bush saying that America's children deserved electrocution for being naughty. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That it was mainly the death of our own that was being suggested was made particularly clear early in 1990 by the sudden media focus on a physician who had long advocated assisted suicide and who had built a "suicide machine" to administer a lethal dose of poison. One cartoon even showed Bush himself as the "suicide doctor" suggesting that he was willing to help the nation commit suicide. The nation's mood had hit bottom. In two decades of collecting visual material, this was the first cartoon out of over 100,000 I had collected that showed a president about to kill the nation's citizens. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE SPECTER OF THE TERRIFYING MOMMY &lt;br /&gt;When a patient walks into a psychiatric clinic suffering from severe depression unrelated to life events and reports he has been having dreams of children being hurt and suicidal thoughts, the clinician begins to suspect a diagnosis of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. This is particularly so if-as with America in 1990-the patient has been experiencing extreme mood swings, frequent panic attacks, exaggerated fears for the future, manic episodes of frantic spending and borrowing, drug abuse, and feelings of unreality and detachment. As these are all symptoms of PTSD, one of the first questions the psychiatrist might ask about is whether the patient has been experiencing "flashbacks" to childhood traumas, in particular if he has had intrusive images of harmful parental figures, particularly of cruel or neglectful mothers. When these fantasies are widespread-as they are prior to most wars-it is an indication of a return to the traumas of infancy, evidence that the nation is going through a PTSD-type crisis, one which can only be defended against by inflicting their fears upon enemies. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cartoon images and media preoccupations in America during these months show frightening female images in quantity. A bitchy, castrating Madonna dominated magazine covers. Ivanna Trump, wife of real estate magnate Donald Trump, was depicted as having castrated her estranged husband. Dozens of Fatal Attraction-type movies were currently popular, featuring cruel women who were both seductive and murderous.31 Political cartoons proliferated feateruing the biting mouths of animals. So prevalent were the media images of terrifying, castrating and engulfing mommies and the subliminal suggestions of a child sacrifice that I published an article entitled "It's Time to Sacrifice...Our Children," detailing the evidence for America's wish to sacrifice their youth and forecasting that a new military venture might be started soon to accomplish this sacrifice.32 The article, written four months before Iraq invaded Kuwait, said: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Subliminal suggestions that children should be sacrificed have been exceptionally prevalent in American media during the past year. At our Institute for Psychohistory, we carefully analyze the kinds of images found in thousands of political cartoons and magazine covers in order to give us clues as to what our shared fantasies are about and what we are up to as a nation. What we have discovered is an upsurge in images of children being shot, stabbed, strangled, pushed off sacrificial cliffs and in general being punished for the sins of their elders. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These media images, we find, are like trial balloons for actions the nation is about to undertake but that are split off and denied because they are so repugnant to our moral sense. In fact, we have found that these images in the media are an extremely important way for the nation to share its most powerful emotional fantasies. They resemble the repetitive dreams an individual may have-for instance, a series of dreams that their spouse might die-in that they represent wishes from deep in the unconscious. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When media images of children being sacrificed proliferate, therefore, we are floating trial balloons on a subliminal level suggesting that it is time for our children to pay for our sinful excesses during our recent Decade of Indulgence. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What I couldn't figure out at the time was this: since the Evil Empire fantasy had collapsed, who would be our enemy in our next sacrificial war? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SEARCHING FOR AN ENEMY &lt;br /&gt;President Bush soon began to sense that he was being sent unconscious messages that a new war had to be found soon. His masculinity began to be questioned. He began to be pictured by cartoonists wearing a dress and was referred to more often as a "wimp." Cartoons began showing him being attacked and devoured by monsters.33 He sensed the nation's distress and rage, and decided he had better act soon. In such a peaceful post-Cold War world, where could he find an enemy crazy enough to be willing to fight the most powerful military force on earth, yet small enough for us to defeat easily? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since it is the task of a leader to provide enemies when required, Bush was not about to be caught short when his nation asked him to find an enemy. Iraq's leader, Saddam Hussein, had long been a U.S. satrap. Bush, as Vice President, had personally contacted Saddam in 1986 in a covert mission to get him to escalate the air war with Iran.34 America had been secretly and illegally building up Iraq's military forces, including their nuclear weapons program, for over a decade, including arranging billion-dollar "loan guarantees" that the U.S. would end up paying off.35 Secret arms transfers to Iraq, money sent to Iraq via Italian banks, official approval of U.S. exports of military equipment, even shipment of weapons from our NATO stockpiles in Germany were all part of the clandestine buildup, all illegal and all covered up by the Reagan administration.36 Iraq, for its part, felt beholden to the U.S. As Kenneth Timmerman put it in his definitive book, The Death Lobby: How the West Armed Iraq, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The arming of Iraq was a 15-year love affair [for America]. Saddam Hussein was our creation, our monster. We built him up and then tried to take him down.37 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Saddam Hussein, like so many dictators, had an unbelievably traumatic childhood.38 His mother tried to abort him by hitting her abdomen with her fists and cutting herself with a kitchen knife, yelling, "In my belly I'm carrying a Satan!" She gave the infant Saddam away to his uncle, a violent man who beat the boy regularly, calling him "a son of a cur" and training him to use a gun and steal sheep. Saddam committed his first homicide at eleven. His political career centered on the murder of his fellow countrymen, and he particularly enjoyed watching the torture and execution of officers who had fought with him. Saddam would obviously make an ideal enemy to whom America could delegate the task of starting a new war so that we could remain guiltless. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In early 1990, before the Gulf crisis began, the U.S. military unexpectedly undertook four war games that rehearsed fighting Iraq, premised on their invasion of Kuwait.39 At the same time, Kuwait's rulers suddenly adopted a provocative stance toward Iraq, refusing to discuss outstanding issues over disputed lands and loans, an attitude that even Jordan's King Hussein called "puzzling"40 and regarding which one Middle East expert stated that "if the Americans had not pushed, the royal family [of Kuwait] would have never taken the steps that it did to provoke Saddam."41 In addition, the U. S. provided $3 billion in "agricultural loans" to Saddam, which he promptly used for military equipment. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A special investigative report, based on leaked documents, published by the London Observer and ignored by the rest of the world press, revealed that early in 1990 "Bush sent a secret envoy to meet with one of Hussein's top officials. According to a summary of this report,42 "the envoy told the dictator's confidant 'that Iraq should engineer higher oil prices to get it out of its dire economic fix'...Hussein took the envoy's advice, and moved his troops to the border of Kuwait...'The evidence suggest that U.S. complicity with Saddam went far beyond miscalculation of the Iraqi leader's intentions [and included] active U.S. support for the Iraqi President'" in his military threat toward Kuwait. So overwhelming was the evidence that the U.S. financed, provided equipment for and encouraged Saddam's aggressive military venture that Al Gore, when running for Vice President, said, "Bush wants the American people to see him as the hero who put out a raging fire. But new evidence now shows that he is the one who set the fire. He not only struck the match, he poured gasoline on the flames."43 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Saddam reacted predictably to Bush's encouragement, publicly threatened to use force against Kuwait and moved his troops to the border. To be certain he had U.S. backing for the invasion, he then summoned U.S. Ambassador April Glaspie to his office and asked her what Washington's position was on his dispute with Kuwait. Glaspie, acting on Bush's cable of the previous day, gave Saddam the barely disguised go-ahead by saying that "the President had instructed her to broaden and deepen our relations with Iraq" and to deliver America's warm sympathy with his problems. She then stated, "We have no opinion on Arab-Arab conflicts, like your border disagreement with Kuwait....[Secretary of State] James Baker has directed our official spokesmen to emphasize this instruction."44 Senior Pentagon officials had feared Bush's cabled instructions would send a signal that it was all right with the U.S. if Iraq invaded Kuwait.45 "This stinks," one said about the cable. But Bush had prevented a Pentagon effort to draft a sterner message that might have shown American opposition to Iraq's invasion of Kuwait. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just in case there was any question about the American signal to Hussein, on July 31, after Iraqi forces had moved fuel and ammunition to front-line Iraqi military units on Kuwait's border, Assistant Secretary of State Kelly was asked at a public House subcommittee hearing what would happen "if Iraq...charged across the border into Kuwait, for whatever reason, what would our position be with regard to the use of U.S. forces?" Kelly first replied, "I cannot get into the realm of 'what if' answers." Then, when the Congressman asked, "Is it correct to say, however, that we do not have a treaty commitment which would obligate us to engage U.S. forces?" Kelly replied, "That is correct."46 Yet General Norman Schwarzkopf had been planning and practicing through war games for nearly a year a massive attack by U.S. forces in case of Iraqi invasion of Kuwait.47 Nevertheless, the green light was given to Saddam that an attack on Kuwait would not be countered by the U.S. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On August 2, Iraq invaded Kuwait. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE GULF WAR AS TRAUMATIC REENACTMENT &lt;br /&gt;Because it takes time for unconscious fantasies to become linked up with reality, Iraq's invasion of Kuwait went almost unnoticed at first. The day of the invasion, The Washington Post reported it in an unemotional article in a single column on the lower half of the page. Bush himself took a while to become conscious of his opportunity to go to war and initially saw no urgency to intervene, saying, "We're not discussing intervention. I'm not contemplating such action."48 It was not until Bush met the next day with British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher in Aspen, Colorado that he recognized he must turn the Iraqi invasion into an American war, Thatcher telling him that he was Churchill, Saddam was Hitler, and Kuwait was Czechoslovakia.49 After Mrs. Thatcher told Bush Saddam was "evil," he reversed his opinion; as one Thatcher adviser put it, "The Prime Minister performed a successful backbone transplant" on Bush.50 Bush abruptly appeared on TV and told Americans they had to "stand up to evil," proclaimed a policy of "absolutely no negotiations" with Iraq, and ordered American troops and planes into the Middle East. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;America felt reinvigorated to once again have an enemy to lift it out of its depression. "We've felt bad for months," said one commentator. "Suddenly we feel like we have a purpose....Americans like action."51 The New Republic agreed, saying, "Saddam Hussein did the world a favor by invading Kuwait," since it provided us relief from our depression.52 "Thanks, Saddam. We Needed That" another reporter headlined his column on the Iraqi invasion.53 Our shared emotions in a maelstrom, we would become a "Desert Storm" to live out our fears and rage. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bush's rationalizations about his reasons for going to war shifted with the desert sands, first saying it was about "our jobs," then "our way of life" and then "our freedom."54 The real reason was a psychological one: we would cure ourselves of our depression and flashbacks of punitive mommies by inflicting the punishment we felt we deserved upon other people's children. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Children were the real emotional focus of the Gulf War from the very start. While the images of terrifying American mommies completely disappeared from cartoons and magazine covers, we instead projected them into Saddam Hussein, and he was pictured as a terrifying parent, a "child abuser" who liked to kill children. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The "child killer" theme was soon spread by the media. Particularly convincing was a wholly invented story told by a 15-year-old girl, who testified before the Security Council and Congress that a surgeon in Kuwait had seen Iraqi soldiers taking hundreds of babies from incubators, "leaving them on the cold floor to die."55 None of those hearing this testimony and none of the hundreds of reporters who swallowed the story thought to check out any of its details, since it confirmed the nation's unconscious fantasies that they shared. It wasn't until after the war ended that it was revealed that the "surgeon" and the girl had used false names and identities, that the girl was really the daughter of the Kuwaiti ambassador to the U.S.-a fact known to the organizers of the meeting-and that the story was completely fabricated, as were other stories of mass rape and torture by Iraqis.56 But we needed stories of child abuse. We were about to reenact our childhood traumas, just as Post-Traumatic Stress patients often hurt their children or themselves in order to achieve temporary relief from their inner emotional distress. We therefore had to objectify our fantasies of terrifying mommies and hurt children in order to prepare ourselves for starting the war. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WAR AS RENEWAL THROUGH RITUAL COMBAT &lt;br /&gt;The Gulf War was hardly the first to be started by creating an enemy and then engaging in combat with him. America has a long history of going to war with dictators it has previously armed.57 The goal was national renewal through combat, as in early civilizations, where, when countries felt depressed, "polluted," they often openly arranged battles in order to "cleanse" themselves and "rebirth" their sinful people.58 The Aztecs, for instance, would periodically decide that they had become polluted and would set up "Flower Wars," dividing their own armies into two sides and fighting a Cosmic Battle between them in order to revitalize their country. During this ritual combat, they not only slaughtered thousands to assuage their bloodthirsty female goddess an early version of the Terrifying Mommy but they also took victorious warriors from the battle and ripped out their hearts in a ritual blood sacrifice to the goddess.59 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;War in early civilizations often began by making the leader undergo a ritual humiliation, the purpose of which was to symbolically reenact the humiliation that they had experienced as children. The Babylonian king, for instance, would be slapped on the face, forced to kneel in abasement before a sacred image and made to confess his sinfulness.60 In America, in the months prior to the Gulf war, President Bush was forced to undergo a similar humiliation ritual by being called a "wimp" (the national cartoonist Oliphant pictured Bush in cartoons wearing a woman's purse on his limp wrist) before he could regain his lost masculinity by going to war. At the end of 1989, Time magazine even showed him on their cover as two George Bushes, one strong and one weak-a device identical to that used by early societies who appointed a "double" of the king before wars in order to represent his weaker half and to emphasize his strong and weak aspects.61 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The sacrificial war ritual, then, had three main elements: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(1) A sinful, polluted world, with a leader who is depicted as becoming more and more impotent in containing the nation's depressed, angry feelings, &lt;br /&gt;(2) Terrifying mommy fantasies, with images of angry goddesses threatening to devour the country unless a ritual sacrificial victim is provided, and &lt;br /&gt;(3) Sacrificial child victims, whose blood will revitalize the country's emotional life and who ultimately represent the "guilty" child who was the victim of the original traumas. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Elements of these childhood traumas can be seen in the Gulf War. Since George Bush had been beaten on his posterior during childhood, he threatened to "kick the ass" of Saddam Hussein. Many Americans, who had also had their posteriors beaten during childhood,62 multiplied the image: "Kick Ass" T-shirts, flags and belt buckles flooded the country; Americans told reporters they wanted to "whip that guy's butt" and "get him with his britches down"; and cartoons showed the U.N. building decorated with the words "KICK BUTT."63 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Saddam Hussein, for his part, saw the coming war in terms of the typical childhood traumas he and his countrymen had experienced. For instance, most male Iraqis endured a bloody, terrifying circumcision around the age of six, and Saddam used metaphors that reflected fears of bloody castration, saying that it was Iraq's mission to "return the branch, Kuwait, to the root, Iraq" and vowing Americans would be made to "swim in their own blood."64 It was his mission, he said, to return to Iraq "the part that was cut off by English scissors."65 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Both nations saw the war as a sacred combat between Good and Evil. Iraq said that Americans had "desecrated Mecca" and that the war would "purify our souls" in a "showdown... between Good and Evil."66 U.S. Congressman Stephen Solarz, as he led the pro-war forces in the vote for invasion, said, "There is Evil in the world." 67 The conflict certainly wasn't about economics; the U.S. spends $50 billion a year to maintain its military in the Gulf, while only importing $15 billion a year from the area.68 The war and embargo were for purely internal emotional purposes, not economic. Like most modern nations, America had gone to war once every two decades, and it had been two decades since the Vietnam War. Since war was an addiction, an emotional disorder, America had to have a new war to clean out the progress and prosperity of the 1980s, and Saddam had provided a willing enemy to give us the feeling of being cleansed, reborn. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bush told the country it was fighting for a "New World Order" that would produce a "New Era of Peace" everywhere in the world. Americans interviewed before the invasion told reporters, "The course of history has changed...I don't know exactly what that means, but I know things are going to be different...The country had crossed a threshold...This [is] one of those events that marks the end of an old era and the start of a new one."69 Like the ancient societies, America fantasized the world would be reborn through human sacrifice. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since sacrificial rituals are scripted by God, they have a compulsive quality that make them feel like they are inevitable and out of the hands of those carrying them out. Although some Americans who had had better childhoods-including Jimmy Carter and Chief of Staff General Colin Powell70 thought sanctions should be given a chance before starting the war, Bush rejected proposals from Gorbachev and Saddam agreeing to remove Iraqi troops from Kuwait in exchange for a pledge to leave Saddam in power.71 Even though this was precisely what the war accomplished, a peaceful solution was unacceptable. "There was always an inevitability about this," Bush said as he gave the order for invasion. On the first night of the war, he was reported as "watching the nation go to war-almost exactly following his script-as he sat in a little study off the Oval Office, clicking his TV remote control...[He] calmly remarked: 'Just the way it was scheduled.'"72 America began the war by dropping 88,000 tons of bombs on Iraq, seventy percent of them missing their targets and killing civilians.73 One veteran newsman at NBC was fired for trying to report the slaughter of Iraqi civilians.74 Illegal fuel air explosives which before the war the press feared Saddam would use against Americans were exclusively and widely used by American troops on both military and civilian areas.75 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Americans watched B-52s carpet bomb whole cities on TV, entranced literally in a trance devouring images of missiles going down air intakes, hospitals blown up, water reservoirs and filtration plants being destroyed and schools being demolished.76 Soldiers said it was like "shooting fish in a barrel."77 Despite efforts to deny the reality of the killing by calling the carpet bombings "surgical strikes" and tens of thousands of mangled Iraqi civilian bodies "collateral damage," the Pentagon later admitted it massively targeted civilian structures, in order, they said, "to demoralize the populace."78 The dissociation in our heads, however, was almost complete. We were killing people, but they weren't real. One TV reporter told us after the first eight thousand sorties had pulverized Iraqi civilian areas, "Soon we'll have to stop the air war and start killing human beings,"79 Rivited to our TV sets in our war trance, we found it had "an eerie, remote-control quality...it seemed that we were watching a war about technology..."80 or a scene out of the movie Star Wars, with Luke Skywalker blasting Darth Vader bunkers with high-tech laser bombs that only destroyed machines, not people. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The human carnage revived the nation. Bush's approval rating soared. Oliphant drew a cartoon of Bush's woman's handbag being "retired into the closet" in honor of his role as a potent war leader. Political cartoons were joyful, showing Americans holding hands and dancing while bombs fell on the enemy. Continuing the acting-out of the "kick ass" fantasy, one cartoon on Valentine's Day showed an American missile about to hit a terrified Saddam Hussein in the rear. Restaging of our childhood traumas with others as victims was very exciting. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The war was vicious, as promised. In 43 days of war plus the years of embargo afterward, America achieved what the U.N. termed "the near apocalyptic destruction" of Iraq. Starting with 42 days of bombing, there were 110,000 aerial sorties, the equivalent of seven Hiroshima bombs. Over 120,000 soldiers were killed plus over 1,000,000 children81 most of whom died of malnutrition and epidemics caused by our systematic targeting of Iraqi irrigation canals and food-proceesing plants and of our continuing embargo, a genocidal violation of the Geneva Convention, which prohibits the starvation of civilians.82 Killing civilians though claimed as something America explicitely avoids doing is actually an American specialty, from the genocide of Native Americans (almost all innocent civilians) to the bombing of Hiroshima (totally civilians). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After 100 billion dollars wasted killing Iraqis, we found we hadn't killed the "evil" Saddam at all in fact, Bush elected to pull back from pursuing him supposedly to "provide a counterweight" against other countries. We had mainly killed innocent women and children, representatives of the Dangerous Mommies and Bad Children in our own unconscious minds. We had merged with the perpetrators of our childhood traumas, cleaned out the buried violence in our heads, and as a result of our ghastly human sacrifice of the innocent we felt much better about ourselves as a nation.83 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Empathy for the innocent dead was totally missing. We didn't even notice the genocide of children was happening. The civilians who died were, of course, not just "collateral damage," since, according to one authority, "the Pentagon has admitted it targeted civilian structures both to demoralize the populace and exacerbate the effects of sanctions."84 As a result, five years later water was polluted, garbage had to be dumped into the streets and hospitals were nearly inoperative. An estimated 1,000,000 to 6,000,000 more Iraqis would eventually die, according to the Atomic Energy Authority again mostly children both from the embargo and from the effects over decades of American use of depleted uranium wastes in the 65,000 uranium-tipped missiles that were fired.85 Those children still alive despite our genocidal efforts were reported by War Watch as being "the most traumatized children of war ever described."86 The war had accomplished our purpose. America held a massive victory parade, and the President told the American people that "the darker side of human nature" had been defeated more accurately, the darker side of our own psyche had been restaged-assuring us that our nation had entered a New World Order. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The sacrificial ritual had been carried out exactly as planned: by a genocide of women and children. The nation had been cleansed of its emotional pollution. The president's popularity rating rose to 91 percent, the highest of any American leader in history. The stock market soared. "Bush...restored America's can-do spirit....It felt good to win."87 The country had been united by slaughter as it had never been by any positive achievement. Editorials across the country congratulated the President on his having "defeated Evil," and speculated on what the New World Order would look like and when it might begin. The victors no longer felt depressed. America's twenty-eighth war-perhaps mankind's millionth-had again restored our potency. We felt as if we had been reborn. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. The best single study is Glenn David, Childhood and History in America. New York: Psychohistory Press, 1976. For bibliography of psychobiographical studies, see Henry Lawton, The Psychohistorian's Handbook. New York: Psychohistory Press, 1988, pp. 161-176.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. See Paul H. Elovitz, "Three Days in Plains," and David Beisel, "Toward a Psychohistory of Jimmy Carter," in Lloyd deMause and Henry Ebel, Eds., Jimmy Carter and American Fantasy: Psychohistorical Explorations. New York: Two Continents, 1977, pp. 33-96.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Ronald Reagan, Where's the Rest of Me? New York: Karz Publishers, 1981, pp. 9 and 11.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. See extensive psychobiography of Reagan in Lloyd deMause, Reagan's America. New York: Creative Roots, 1984, pp. 36-50.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Suzy T. Kane, "What the Gulf War Reveals About George Bush's Childhood." The Journal of Psychohistory 20(1992): 149-166.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Barbara T. Toessner, "Obedience, Diligence, and Fun: Bush's Extraordinary Family Life." Jacksonville, Florida, Times Union, January 15, 1989, p. A3. See also J. Hyams, Flight of the Avenger: George Bush at War. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Gail Sheehy, Character: America's Search for Leadership. New York: William Morrow &amp; Co., 1988, p. 160.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. See deMause, Foundations, pp. 172-243.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. "Is Peace Really Breaking Out All Over?" Newsweek, August 1, 1988.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. David R. Beisel, "Europe's Feelings of Collapse 1990-1993." The Journal of Psychohistory 21(1993): 133.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. New York Times, March 3, 1990, p. D1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. The New York Times, January 2, 1990, p. D11; New York Post, April 26, 1990, p. 4; Washington Post, October 2, 1990, p. A19.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Lloyd deMause, "It's Time to Sacrifice...Our Children." The Journal of Psychohistory 18(1990): 135-144.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. Benjamin J. Stein, "Our Man in Nirvana." The New York Times, January 22, 1992, p. A21.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. The Washington Post, October 5, 1992, p. A8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. The result of the $165-billion tax increase was to decrease tax receipts and push the deficit in 1991 to the highest level in American history, $385 billion, rather than the projected deficit of $63 billion, an error of $322 billion; see Lewis H. Lapham, "Notebook: Washington Phrase Book. " Harper's Magazine, October 1993, p. 9; also see Dean Baker, "Depressing Our Way to Recovery." The American Prospect, Winter 1994, pp. 108-114.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. The phrase is from the Federal Reserve in 1929, cited in William Greider, Secrets of the Temple: How the Federal Reserve Runs the Country. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987, p. 300. The only economist who recognize the depressive intent of the 1991 budget deal was Robert Eisner, The Mistunderstood Economy: What Counts and How to Count It. Boston: Harvard Business School Press, 1994, p. 83.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Sigmund Freud, "The Interpretation of Dreams," The Standard Edition of The Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud. Vol. IV., p. 260.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. See Lloyd deMause, "'Heads and Tails'": Money As a Poison Container." The Journal of Psychohistory 16(1988): 1-18.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. William Greider, "The Shadow Debate on the American Economy." Rolling Stone, July 14-28, p. 85.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. For evidence, see Chapter 7, "The Poison Builds Up: "There's a Virus in our Bloodstream," in deMause, Reagan's America, pp. 114-135.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. Ibid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Paul Blustein, "Squeeze Play: The Slump We Need Has Started," Washington Post, February 7, 1988, p. C1; Maxwell Newton, "Fed Must Move to Stem Growth in U.S. Economy," New York Post, January 26, 1988, p. 35; "The Inevitable Tax Hike," U.S. News &amp; World Report, July 11, 1988, p. 17; Greider, "The Shadow Debate," Rolling Stone, p. 85.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. Paul Volcker, cited in Greider, Secrets of the Temple, p. 70.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. Washington Post, November 26, 1990, p. B1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;26. Henry Allen, "America, the Bummed." Newsday, December 4, 1990, p. 82.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;27. John Toland, The Rising Sun: The Decline and Fall of the Japanese Empire, 1936-1945. New York: Random House, 1970, p. 112.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;28. See David Beisel, The Suicidal Embrace: Hitler, The Allies and The Origins of the Second World War, forthcoming, a book that is the most thoroughly-documented study of the emotional basis of nations going to war.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;29. U.S. Army Chief of Staff Carl Vuono, cited in Rick Atkonson, Crusade: The Untold Story of the Persian Gulf War. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1993, p. 273.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;30. Christopher Jencks, "Is Violent Crime Increasing?" The American Prospect, Winter, 1994, pp. 98-107; Richard Morin, "Crime Time: The Fear, The Facts." The Washington Post, January 30, 1994, p. C1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;31. Miles Harvey, "Hollywood's mega-monster horror hits and misses." In These Times, March 20-26, 1991, pp. 22-25.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;32. Lloyd deMause, "It's Time to Sacrifice...Our Children." The Journal of Psychhistory 18(1990): 142.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;33. Lloyd deMause, "The Gulf War as a Mental Disorder." The Journal of Psychohistory 19(1991): 1-22; also see the other articles in this Special Gulf War Issue (Fall 1990) of the Journal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;34. Murray Waas and Craig Unger, "In the Loop: Bush's Secret Mission." New Yorker, November 2, 1992, pp. 64-84; Kenneth Timmerman, The Death Lobby: How the West Armed Iraq. New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1992; Alan Friedman, Spider's Web: The Secret History of How the White House Illegally Armed Iraq. New York: Bantam Books, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;35. "Iraqgate." U.S. News &amp; World Report, May 18, 1992, pp. 42-51; "Did Bush Create This Monster?" Time, June 8, 1992, pp. 41-42; Stephen Pizzo, "Covert Plan." Mother Jones, July/August, 1992, pp. 20-22.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;36. Alan Friedman, "The President Was Very, Very Mad." The New York Times, November 7, 1993, p. E15; Friedman, Spider's Web.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;37. Ibid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;38. Anna Aragno, "Master of His Universe." The Journal of Psychohistory 19(1991): 96-108; Peter Waldman, "A Tale Emerges of Saddam's Origins That Even He May Not Have Known." The Wall Street Journal, February 7, 1991, p. A10; Gail Sheehy, "How Saddam Survived." Vanity Fair, August 1991, pp. 31-53; J. Miller and L. Mylroie, Saddam Hussein and the Crisis in the Gulf. New York: Times Books, Random House, 1990.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;39. Ramsey Clark, The Fire This Time: U.S. War Crimes in the Gulf. New York: Thunder's Mouth Press, 1992, pp. 12-16.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;40. Ibid., p. 15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;41. Ibid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;42. Jonathan Vankin, Conspiracies, CoverUps, and Crimes: Political Manipulation and Mind Control in America. New York: Paragon House Publishers, 1991, p. 203.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;43. Peter Mantius, "Iraqgate: Shell Game." In These Times, January 22, 1996, p. 28.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;44. Ibid., p. 23; also see Clark's description of how Glaspie lied to Congress on what she said to Hussein, p. 24.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;45. The New York Times, October 25, 1992, p. A1;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;46. Ibid;.;The New York Times, September 23, 1990, pp. L18 and L19; The Washington Post, September 19, 1990, p. A19; Paul A. Gigot, "A Great American Screw-Up: The U.S. and Iraq, 1980-1990," The National Interest, Winter 1990/91, pp. 3-10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;47. Ramsey Clark, War Crimes: A Report on United States War Crimes Against Iraq. Washington, DC: Maisonneuve Press, 1992, p. 67.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;48. Jean Edward Smith, George Bush's War. New York: Henry Holt and Co., 1992, p. 64.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;49. Robert B. McFarland, "War Hysteria and Group-Fantasy in Colorado." Journal of Psychohistory 19(1991): 36; Smith, George Bush's War, pp. 7-8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;50. Jean Edward Smith, George Bush's War. New York: Henry Holt and Co., 1992, p. 68.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;51. DeMause, "It's Time to Sacrifice," p. 143.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;52. The New Republic, September 3, 1990, p. 9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;53. Ben Wattenberg, "Thanks Saddam. We Needed That." New York Post, January 17, 1991, p. 8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;54. Theodore Draper, "The True History of the Gulf War." The New York Review of Books, January 30, 1992, p. 41.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;55. The entire deception is described in Clark, The Fire This Time, pp. 31-32 and in John R. MacArthur, "Remember Nayirah, Witness for Kuwait?" The New York Times, January 6, 1991, A17.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;56. Ibid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;57. DeMause, "America's Search for a Fighting Leader," pp. 122-123.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;58. DeMause, "Gulf War," pp. 12-14; Lloyd deMause, Foundations of Psychohistory, pp. 244-332.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;59. Burr C. Brundage, The Fifth Sun: Aztec Gods, Aztec World. Austin, Texas: University of Texas Press, 1979; Patricia R. Anawalt, "Understanding Aztec Human Sacrifice." Archaeology 35(1982): 38-45; Elizabeth P. Benson and Elizabeth H. Boone, Eds. Ritual Human Sacrifice in MesoAmerica. Washington, D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks Research Library, 1985; Burr C. Brundage, The Jade Steps: A Ritual Life of the Aztecs. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;60. Details of the combat ritual are documented in Theodore H. Gaster, Thespis: Ritual, Myth and Drama in the Ancient Near East. New York: Harper and Row, n.d.; Valerio Valeri, Kingship and Sacrifice: Ritual and Society and Ancient Hawaii. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 1985; Brundage, The Jade Steps; deMause, "Gulf War," pp. 12-14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;61. Valeri, Kingship and Sacrifice, p. 165.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;62. DeMause, Foundations of Psychohistory, pp. 1-83.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;63. New York Post, June 11, 1991, p. 16; WABC-TV, February 28, 1991; Washington Post, February 24, 1991, p. A26.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;64. Rafael Patai, The Arab Mind. New York: Charles Scribners Sons, 1983; The Wall Street Journal, Febrauary 7, 1991, p. A1; The New York Times, January 7, 1991, p. A1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;65. The New York Times, October 11, 1994, p. A13.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;66. New York Post, August 11, 1990, p. 3; New York Newsday, January 12, 1991, p. 10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;67. New York Post, January 17, 1991, p. 31.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;68. Ramsey Clark, The Children Are Dying. Washington, DC: Maisonneuve Press, 1996, p. 113.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;69. The New York Times, January 16, 1991, p. A1 and January 18, 1991, p. A1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;70. David Roth, Sacred Honor: The Biography of Colin Powell. Zondervan Books, 1993; Howard Means, Colin Powell: A Biography. Ballantine Books, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;71. Jean Edward Smith, George Bush's War, p. 8; Rick Atkinson, Crusade: The Untold Story of the Persian Gulf War. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1993, p. 347-348.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;72. The Washington Post, January 16, 1991, p. A1; new York Post, January 17, 1991, p. 8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;73. Ramsey Clark, War Crimes: A Report on United States War Crimes Against Iraq. Washington, DC: Maisonneuve Press, 1992, p. 15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;74. Beth Sanders, "Fear and Favor in the Newsroom." California Newsreel, KTEH, San Jose Public Television.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;75. Ibid., p. 17.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;76. U.S. bombs hit 28 civilian hospitals, 52 community health centers, 676 schools, and 56 mosques; see Clark, The Fire This Time, pp. 66. On the psychohistorical role of American TV, see Daniel Dervin, "From Oily War to Holy War: Vicissitudes of Group-Fantasy Surrounding the Persian Gulf Crisis." The Journal of Psychohistory 19(1991): 67-83.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;77. Elizabeth Drew, "Letter from Washington." New Yorker, May 6, 1991, p. 101.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;78. Ibid., p. 69.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;79. WCBS-TV, January 21, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;80. The New Yorker, January 28, 1991, p. 21.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;81. Ramsey Clark, The Children Are Dying. Washington DC: Maisonneuve Press, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;82. Out Now, "Weapons of Mass Destruction." War Watch, November-December 1991, pp. 1-10; Kane, "What the Gulf War Reveals About George Bush's Childhood," pp. 149-140; Robert Reno, "Heck, Let's Drop a Few More if The Allies Are Buying." New York Newsday, May 16, 1991, p. 50; William M. Arkin, "The Gulf 'Hyperwar'--An Interim Tally." The New York Times, June 22, 1991, p. 23; Nina Burleigh, "Watching Children Starve to Death." Time, June 10, 1991, p. 56; Ross B. Mirkarimi, "Disease, despair, destruction still plague Iraq." In These Times, June 10-23, 1992, p. 10; Clark, The Fire This Time, p. 43; Draper, "The True History of the Gulf War." pp. 36-45.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;83. The U.S. government has used illegal blockade sanctions against the civilians populations in Cuba, Panama, Libya, Iran, Vietnam, Nicaragua and Korea as well as Iraq.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;84. Clark, The Fire This Time, p. 69.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;85. Kemp Houck, "Tank-Plinking in the Gulf." Z Magazine, July/August, 1994, pp. 70-72.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;86. Julia Devin, executive director of the International Commission on Medical Neutrality, November 13, 1991, cited in Draper, "True History of the Gulf War," p. 40.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;87. Ann McFeatters, "The Good Guys Won, and America's Can-do Spirit Was Restored," Chicago Tribune, March 1, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 3--The Childhood Origins of Terrorism&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  "He who washes my body around my genitals should wear gloves so that I am not touched there."&lt;br /&gt;   --Will of Mohammed Atta&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Because so much of the world outside the West has for historical reasons fallen behind in the evolution of their childrearing modes, the resulting vast differences between national personality types has recently turned into a global battle of terrorism against liberal Western values. In order to understand this new battle, it would be useful to know what makes a terrorist—what developmental life histories they share that can help us see why they want to kill "American infidels" and themselves—so we can apply our efforts to removing the sources of their violence and preventing terrorism in the future. The roots of current terrorist attacks lie, I believe, not in this or that American foreign policy error but in the extremely abusive families of the terrorists. Children who grow up to be Islamic terrorists are products of a misogynist fundamentalist system that often segregates the family into two separate areas: the men's area and the woman's area, where the children are brought up and which the father rarely visits.1 Even in countries like Saudi Arabia today, women by law cannot mix with unrelated men, and public places still have separate women's areas in restaurants and work places, because, as one Muslim sociologist put it bluntly: "In our society there is no relationship of friendship between a man and a woman."2 Families that produce the most terrorists are the most violently misogynist; in Afghanistan, for instance, girls cannot attend schools and women who try to hold jobs or who seem to "walk with pride" are shot.3&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Young girls are treated abominably in most fundamentalist families. When a boy is born, the family rejoices; when a girl is born, the whole family mourns.4 The girl's sexuality is so hated that when she is five or so the women grab her, pin her down, and chop off her clitoris and often her labia with a razor blade or piece of glass, ignoring her agony and screams for help, because, they say, her clitoris is "dirty," "ugly," "poisonous," "can cause a voracious appetite for promiscuous sex," and "might render men impotent."5 The area is then often sewed up to prevent intercourse, leaving only a tiny hole for urination. The genital mutilation is excruciatingly painful. Up to a third die from infections, mutilated women must "shuffle slowly and painfully" and usually are unable to orgasm.6 Over 130 million genitally mutilated women are estimated to live today in Islamic nations, from Somali, Nigeria and Sudan to Egypt, Ethiopia, and Pakistan. A recent survey of Egyptian girls and women, for instance, showed 97 percent of uneducated families and 66 percent of educated families still practicing female genital mutilation.7 Although some areas have mostly given up the practice, in others—like Sudan and Uganda—it is increasing, with 90% of the women surveyed saying they planned to circumcise all of their daughters.8&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The mutilation is not required by the Qu´an; Mohammad, in fact, said girls should be treated even better than boys.9 Yet the women have inflicted upon their daughters for millennia the horrors done to them, re-enacting the abuse men inflict on them as they mutilate their daughters while joyfully chanting songs such as this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"We used to be friends, but today I am the master, for I am a man. Look—I have the knife in my hand…Your clitoris, I will cut it off and throw it away for today I am a man."10&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the girls grow up in these fundamentalist families, they are usually treated as though they were polluted beings, veiled, and sometimes gang-raped when men outside the family wish to settle scores with men in her family.11 Studies such as a recent survey of Palestinian students show that the sexual abuse of girls is far higher in Islamic societies than elsewhere, with a large majority of all girls reporting that they had been sexually molested as children.12 Even marriage can be considered rape, since the family often chooses the partner and the girl is as young as eight.13 The girl is often blamed for her rape, since it is assumed that "those who don't ask to be raped will never be raped."14 Wife-beating is common and divorce by wives rare—in fact, women have been killed by their families simply because they asked for a divorce.15 It is no wonder that Physicians for Human Rights found, for instance, that "97 percent of Afghan women they surveyed suffered from severe depression."16&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is not surprising that these mutilated, battered women make less than ideal mothers, reinflicting their own miseries upon their children. Visitors to families throughout fundamentalist Muslim societies report on the "slapping, striking, whipping and thrashing" of children, with constant shaming and humiliation, often being told by their mothers that they are "cowards" if they don't hit others.17 Physical abuse of children is continuous; as the Pakistani Conference on Child Abuse reports:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A large number of children face some form of physical abuse, from infanticide and abandonment of babies, to beating, shaking, burning, cutting, poisoning, holding under water or giving drugs or alcohol, or violent acts like punching, kicking, biting, choking, beating, shooting or stabbing…18&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Islamic schools regularly practice corporal punishment—particularly the religious schools from which terrorist volunteers so often come—chaining up their students for days "in dark rooms with little food and hardly any sanitation."19 Sexual abuse—described as including "fondling of genitals, coercing a child to fondle the abuser's genitals, masturbation with the child as either participant or observer, oral sex, anal or vaginal penetration by penis, finger or any other object and [child] prostitution"—is extensive, though impossible to quantify.20 Even mothers have been reported as often "rubbing the penis [of their boys] long and energetically to increase its size."21 According to the recent survey of Palestinian students, boys report having been used sexually even more often than girls—men choosing to rape little boys anally to avoid what they consider the "voracious vaginas" of women.22 In some areas, children are reported to have marks all over their bodies from being burned by their parents with red-hot irons or pins as punishment or to cure being possessed by demons.23 Children are taught strict obedience to all parental commands, stand when their parents enter the room, kiss their hands, don't laugh "excessively," fear them immensely, and learn that giving in to any of their own needs or desires is horribly sinful.24 All these childrearing practices are very much like those that were routinely inflicted upon children in the medieval West.25&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The ascetic results of such punitive upbringings are predictable. When these abused children grow up, they feel that every time they try to self-activate, every time they do something independently for themselves, they will lose the approval of the parents in their heads—mainly their mothers and grandmothers in the women's quarters. When their cities were flooded with oil money and Western popular culture in recent decades, fundamentalist men were first attracted to the new freedoms and pleasures, but soon retreated, feeling they would lose their mommy's approval and be "Bad Boys." Westerners came to represent their own "Bad Boy" self in projection, and had to be killed off, as they felt they themselves deserved, for such unforgivable sins as listening to music, flying kites and enjoying sex.26 As one fundamentalist put it, "America is Godless. Western influence here is not a good thing, our people can see CNN, MTV, kissing…"27 Another described his motives thusly: "We will destroy American cities piece by piece because your life style is so objectionable to us, your pornographic movies and TV."28 Many agree with the Iranian Ministry of Culture that all American television programs "are part of an extensive plot to wipe out our religious and sacred values,"29 and for this reason feel they must kill Americans. Sayyid Qutb, the intellectual father of Islamic terrorism, describes how he turned against the West as he once watched a church dance while visiting America:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"Every young man took the hand of a young woman. And these were the young men and women who had just been singing their hymns! The room became a confusion of feet and legs: arms twisted around hips; lips met lips; chests pressed together."30&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Osama bin Laden himself "while in college frequented flashy nightclubs, casinos and bars [and] was a drinker and womanizer," but soon felt extreme guilt for his sins and began preaching killing Westerners for their freedoms and their sinful enticements of Muslims.31 Most of the Taliban leaders, in fact, are wealthy, like bin Laden, have had contact with the West, and were shocked into their terrorist violence by "the personal freedoms and affluence of the average citizen, by the promiscuity, and by the alcohol and drug use of Western youth …only an absolute and unconditional return to the fold of conservative Islamism could protect the Muslim world from the inherent dangers and sins of the West."32 Bin Laden left his life of pleasures, and has lived with his four wives and fifteen children in a small cave with no running water, waging a holy war against all those who enjoy sinful activities and freedoms that he cannot allow in himself.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From childhood, then, Islamist terrorists have been taught to kill the part of themselves—and, by projection, others—that is selfish and wants personal pleasures and freedoms. It is in the terror-filled homes—not just later in the terrorist training camps—that they first learn to be martyrs and to "die for Allah." When the terrorist suicidal bombers who were prevented from carrying out their acts were interviewed on TV, they said they felt "ecstatic" as they pushed the button.33 They denied being motivated by the virgins and other enticements supposedly awaiting them in Paradise. Instead, they said they wanted to die to join Allah—to get the love they never got. Mothers of martyrs are reported as happy that they die. One mother of a Palestinian suicide bomber who had blown himself to bits said "with a resolutely cheerful countenance,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;"I was very happy when I heard. To be a martyr, that's something. Very few people can do it. I prayed to thank God. I know my son is close to me."34&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Like serial killers—who are also sexually and physically abused as children—terrorists grow up filled with a rage that must be inflicted upon others. Many even preach violence against other Middle Eastern nations like Egypt and Saudi Arabia "for not being sufficiently fervent in the campaign against materialism and Western values."35 If prevention rather than revenge is our goal, rather than pursuing a lengthy military war against terrorists and killing many innocent people while increasing the number of future terrorists, it might be better for the U.S. to back a U.N.-sponsored Marshall Plan for them—one that could include Community Parenting Centers run by local people who could teach more humane childrearing practices36—in order to give them the chance to evolve beyond the abusive family system that has produced the terrorism, just as we provided a Marshall Plan for Germans after WWII for the families that had produced Nazism.37&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Soraya Altorki, Women in Saudi Arabia: Ideology and Behavior Among the Elite. New York: Columbia University Press, 1986, p. 30; Mazharul Haq Khari, Purdah and Polygamy: A Study in the Social Pathology of the Muslim Society. Peshawar Cantt., Nashiran-e-Ilm-o-Taraqiyet, 1972, p. 91.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Mona AlMunajjed, Women in Saudi Arabia Today. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1997, p. 45.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. The New York Times October 19, 20001, p. A19.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Jan Goodwin, Price of Honor: Muslim Women Lift the Veil of Silence on the Islamic World. Boston: Little, Brown, 1994, p. 43.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Hanny Lightfoot-Klein, Prisoners of Ritual: An Odyssey Into Female Genital Circumcision in Africa. New York: Harrington Park Pres, 1989, pp. 9, 38, 39.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. Ibid, p. 81.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;7. Nawal El Saadawi, The Hidden Face of Even: Women in the Arab World. Boston: Beacon Press, 1980, p. 34; for additional references, see Lloyd deMause, "The Universality of Incest." The Journal of Psychohistory 19(1991): 157-164.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;8. Cathy Joseph, "Compassionate Accountability: An Embodied Consideration of Female Genital Mutilation." The Journal of Psychohistory 24(1996): 5. Lindy Williams and Teresa Sobieszczyk, "Attitudes Surrounding the Continuation of Female Circumcision in the Sudan: Passing the Tradition to the Next Generation." Journal of Marriage and the Family 59(1997): 996; Jean P. Sasson, Princess: A True Story of Life Behind the Veil in Saudi Arabia. New York: Morrow, 1992, p. 137; http://www.path.org/Files/FGM-The-Facts.htm.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;9. Mona AlMunajjed, Women in Saudi Arabia Today, p. 14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;10. Ibid, p. 13.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;11. Eleanor Abdella Doumato, Getting God’s Ear: Women, Islam and Healing in Saudi Arabia and the Gulf. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000, pp. 23, 85; Peter Parkes, "Kalasha Domestic Society." In Hastings Donnan and Frits Selier, Eds., Family and Gender in Pakistan: Domestic Organization in a Muslim Society. New Delhi: Hindustan Publishing Corp., 1997, p. 46; Jan Goodwin,Price of Honor, p. 52.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;12. Muhammad M. Haj-Yahia and Safa Tamish, "The Rates of Child Sexual Abuse and Its Psychological Consequences as Revealed by a Study Among Palestinian University Students." Child Abuse and Neglect 25(2001): 1303-1327, the results of which must be compared to comparable written responses for other areas, with allowance given for the extreme reluctance to reveal abuse that may put their lives in serious danger (p. 1305); for problems of interpretation of sexual abuse figures, see Lloyd deMause, "The Universality of Incest." The Journal of Psychohistory 19(1991): 123-165 (also on www.psychohistory.com in full).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;13. Deborah Ellis, Women of the Afghan War. London: Praeger, 2000, p. 141.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;14. S. Tamish, Misconceptions About Sexuality and Sexual Behavior in Palestinian Society. Ramallah: The Tamer Institute for Community Education, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;15. "Women’s Woes," The Economist August 14, 1999, p. 32.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;16. MSNBC, October 4, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;17. Mazharul Haq Khari, Purdah and Polygamy, p. 107.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;18. Samra Fayyazuddin, Anees Jillani, Zarina Jillani, The State of Pakistan’s Children 1997. Islamabad Pakistan: Sparc, 1998, p. 46.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;19. Ibid, p. 47.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;20. Samra Fayyazuddin et al, The State of Pakistan’s Children 1997, p. 51.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;21. Allen Edwardes, The Cradle of Erotica. New York: The Julian Press, 1963, p. 40.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;22. Muhammad M. Haj-Yahia and Safa Tamish, "The Rates of Child Sexual Abuse…," p. 1320; Fatna A. Sabbah, Woman in the Muslim Unconscious. New York: Pergamon Press, 1984, p. 28.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;23. Samuel M. Zwemer, Childhood in the Moslem World, p. 104; Hilma Natalia Granqvist, Child Problems Among the Arabs: Studies in a Muhammadan Village in Palestine. Helsingfors: Soderstrom, 1950, pp. 102-107.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;24. Soraya Altorki, Women in Saudi Arabia: Ideology and Behavior Among the Elite. New York: Columbia University Press, 1986, pp. 72-76.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;25. Lloyd deMause, "The Evolution of Childrearing." The Journal of Psychohistory 28(2001): 362-451.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;26. Time, October 22, 2001, p. 56.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;27. Jan Goodwin, Price of Honor, p. 64.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;28. MSNBC October 1, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;29. Benjamin R. Barber, Jihad vx. McWorld. New York: Ballantine Books, 1995, p. 207.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;30. The New York Times, October 13, 2001, p. A15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;31. Yossef Bodansky, Bin Laden: The Man Who Declared War on America. Rocklin: Forum, 1999, p. 3.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;32. Ibid, p. 4.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;33. "60 Minutes," September 23, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;34. Joseph Lelyveld, "All Suicide Bombers Are Not Alike." New York Times Magazine, October 28, 2001, p. 50.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;35. The New York Times, October 22, 2001, p. B4.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;36. Robert B. McFarland and John Fanton, "Moving Towards Utopia: Prevention of Child Abuse." The Journal of Psychohistory 24(1997): 320-331.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;37. Lloyd deMause, "War as Righteous Rape and Purification." The Journal of Psychohistory 27(2000): 407-438.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Chapter 4--Restaging Early Traumas in War and Social Violence&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  "A just war for the true interests of the state advances its development within a few years by tens of years, stimulates all healthy elements and represses insidious poison."&lt;br /&gt;   -Adolf Lasson&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When Adolf Hitler moved to Vienna in 1907 at the age of eighteen, he reported in Mein Kampf, he haunted the prostitutes' district, fuming at the "Jews and foreigners" who directed the "revolting vice traffic" which "defiled our inexperienced young blond girls" and injected "poison" into the bloodstream of Germany.1 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Months before this blood poison delusion was formed, Hitler had the only romantic infatuation of his youth, with a young girl, Stefanie.2 Hitler imagined that Stefanie was in love with him (although in reality she had never met him) and thought he could communicate with her via mental telepathy. He was so afraid of approaching her that he made plans to kidnap her and then murder her and commit suicide in order to join with her in death. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hitler's childhood had been so abusive-his father regularly beat him "with a hippopotamus whip," once enduring 230 blows of his father's cane and another time nearly killed by his father's whipping3 that he was full of rage toward the world. When he grew up, his sexual feelings were so mixed up with his revenge fantasies that he believed his sperm was poisonous and might enter the woman's bloodstream during sexual intercourse and poison her.4 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hitler's rage against "Jewish blood-poisoners" was, therefore, a projection of his own fears that he might become a blood-poisoner. Faced with the temptation of the more permissive sexuality of Vienna, he wanted to have sex with women, but was afraid his sperm would poison their blood. He then projected his own sexual desires into Jews- "The black-haired Jewboy lies in wait for hours, satanic joy in his face, for the unsuspecting girl"5 and ended up accusing Jews of being "world blood-poisoners" who "introduced foreign blood into our people's body."6 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As is usually the case with delusional systems, Hitler's projection of his fears of his own poisonous sexuality into Jews and foreigners helped him avoid a psychotic breakdown and allowed him to function during his later life. He admitted this quite specifically in Mein Kampf, saying that when he "recognized the Jew as the cold-hearted, shameless, and calculating director of this revolting traffic in the scum of the big city, a cold shudder ran down my back . . . the scales dropped from my eyes. A long soul struggle had reached its conclusion."7 From that moment on, Hitler became a professional anti-Semite, ordering Nazi doctors to find out how Jewish blood differed from Aryan blood, having his own blood regularly sucked by leeches to try to get rid of its "poison,"8 giving speeches full of metaphors of blood poisoning and of Jews sucking people's blood out and, eventually, ordering the extermination of all "world blood-poisoners" in the worst genocide and the most destructive war ever experienced by mankind. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The success of Hitler's ability to use anti-Semitism to save his sanity was dependent, of course, upon there being millions of followers who shared his fantasies about poisonous enemies infecting the body of Europe. Much of Europe at that time shared Hitler's experience of a severely abusive childhood,9 and many shared his fantasy that the ills of the modern world were caused by the poisonous nature of Jews.10 When he used metaphors of blood in his speeches, saying the world was a constant warfare of one people against another, where "one creature drinks the blood of another," and that Jews were spiders that "sucked the people's blood out," he was cheered on by millions who shared his fantasies.11 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GROUP-FANTASIES OF POISON BLOOD &lt;br /&gt;In studying the shared fantasies of nations connected with how it feels to be part of a group at a particular historical moment-what I have termed historical group-fantasies12 I have regularly found images of "poison blood" prior to outbreaks of war and violent revolution. In war, the enemy is imagined to be sucking out the blood of the nation; in revolution, the state is the blood-sucker, as in the fantasy before the French Revolution that the state was an "immense and infernal machine which seizes each citizen by the throat and pumps out his blood."13 Images of poison blood are periodic in history. They are usually found in conjunction with images of guilt for recent prosperity and progress that are felt to "pollute the national blood-stream with sinful excess," making men "soft" and "feminine," a frightful condition that can only be cleansed by a blood-shedding purification.14 This fantasy of periodic shedding of poisoned blood through war is based on the same presumed cleansing effects as the bloodletting therapies physicians prescribed through the nineteenth century to cure many diseases, which also were believed to be caused by "gluttony, luxury and lustful excesses."15 As one military leader put it, war "is one of the great agencies by which human progress is effected. [It] purges a nation of its humors...and chastens it, as sickness or adversity...chastens an individual;" it cures it of its "worship of comfort, wealth, and general softness..."16 When John Adams asked Thomas Jefferson "how to prevent...luxury from producing effeminacy, intoxication, extravagance, vice and folly?" Jefferson's answer was: "The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots."17 As Sherlock Holmes expressed it in a story set in August 1914, rapid material progress had produced a feeling that "God's curse hung heavy over a degenerate world, for there was an awesome hush and a feeling of vague expectancy in the sultry and stagnant air...[but] a cleaner, better, stronger land will lie in the sunshine when the storm has cleared....A bloody purging would be good for the country."18 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Wars have often been thought of as purifying the nation's polluted blood by virtue of a sacrificial rite identical to the rites of human sacrifice so common in early historical periods. The blood of those sacrificed is believed to renew the nation. War, said those preparing for the bloody Finnish Civil War, purges guilt-producing material prosperity through the blood of soldiers sacrificed on the battlefield: "The idea of sacrifice permeated the war...Youth...have heard the nation's soul crying for its renewal, their heart's blood [because] nations drink renewal from the blood of the fallen soldiers."19 Usually the blood of the soldiers is thought of as being needed to feed a maternal figure, either mother earth or, like the Aztecs, a bloodthirsty mother-goddess.20 War renewed national strength by feeding blood to the goddess the state was "reborn" by the soldier's blood, and war cleansed the polluted national bloodstream as if there was a "rebirth from the womb of history," a "bloody baptism" that removed all poisonous self-indulgence.21 "A nation hath been born again,/ Regenerate by a second birth!" wrote W. W. Howe after the bloody American Civil War.22 Another American, speaking of World War I, said "It was like the pouring of new blood into old veins."23 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The question immediately arises: How do such poisoned blood fears originate? And what is their connection with birth? The answers to these questions will become more convincing only after we have examined a prior question: Why is war so often depicted as a woman? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GROUP-FANTASIES OF DANGEROUS WOMEN &lt;br /&gt;For the past two decades, I have been collecting historical material from sources such as magazine covers and political cartoons on images of war. One of the most unexpected finding of was that war was so often shown as a dangerous, bloodthirsty woman.24 Despite the fact that women neither play much part in deciding on wars nor in fighting them, war has so often been depicted as a dangerous woman (Illustration 3:1) that a visitor to our planet might wrongly conclude that women were our most bellicose sex. From Athena to Freyja, from Marianne to Brittannia, terrifying women have been depicted as war goddesses,25 devouring, raping and ripping apart her children. The image has become so familiar we no longer think to question why women are so often shown as presiding over war rather than as its victims, as they are in reality. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; Even in antiquity, when the god of war was usually male, his mother was imagined to have hovered above the battlefield, demanding more blood to feed her voracious appetite.26 And athough it was almost always men who fought the battles,27 women in early societies were expected to come along to watch from the sidelines, rather like cheerleaders at a sports match, shrieking their own battle-cries, heckling and insulting those warriors who held back and demanding a plentiful show of blood on the battlefield.28 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE MARIE ANTOINETTE SYNDROME AND SOCIAL VIOLENCE &lt;br /&gt;&gt; The French Revolution fully demonstrates the role of the dangerous woman fantasy in social violence, being preceded by a deluge of pamphlets and newspapers picturing Marie Antoinette-actually a rather sweet-natured young woman-as a sexually voracious, incestuous, lesbian, murderous "bloodsucker of the French."29 The French Revolution, Terror and revolutionary wars were accompanied by increasingly violent Marie Antoinette fantasies, centering on grotesque images of her imagined sexual perversities, while the king was pictured as merely an impotent tool in her hands. Finally, the Tribunal, whipped up by the press, declared her a "ravening beast" and chopped off her head, after she had been accused of being a "tigress thirsty for the blood of the French," a "ferocious panther who devoured the French, the female monster whose pores sweated the purest blood of the sans-culottes," a "vampire who sucks the blood of the French," and a "monster who needed to slake her thirst on the blood of the French."30 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I have found that group-fantasies of monstrous bloodthirsty women have preceded every war I have analyzed. Even the most popular movies prior to wars reflect this dangerous woman fantasy. The biggest movie preceding W.W.II was The Wizard of Oz, which is about a wicked witch and how to kill her; the second biggest was Gone With the Wind, featuring a bitchy Scarlet and the third biggest was The Women, which boasted it featured 135 dangerous women. All About Eve before Korea and Cleopatra before Vietnam had similar dangerous women as leads, and the Persian Gulf War was preceded by a whole string of dangerous women movies, from Fatal Attraction to Thelma and Louise,31 including a hit TV series entitled Dangerous Women. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When war breaks out, these terrifying women images disappear from the nation's fantasy life. The dangerous woman image now is projected into the enemy, so that the war is experienced unconsciously as a battle with a mother-figure. For example, when the United States attacked Libya, the New York Post reported the rumor that American intelligence had discovered that Moammar Khadafy was actually a "transvestite dressed in women's clothes and high heels,"32 even touching up a photo to show how he "might look...dressed in drag." Even more often, the enemy is shown as a dangerous mommy, as in the Persian Gulf War when Saddam Hussein was depicted as a dangerous pregnant mother with a nuclear bomb in her womb or as the mother of a death-baby (see Chapter 2) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; Hallucinating dangerous feminine characteristics in one's enemies goes all the way back to antiquity, when the earliest battles were imagined to have been fought against female monsters, often the mother of the hero, whatever her name-Tiamat, Ishtar, Inanna, Isis, or Kali.33 Typical is the Aztec mother-goddess Huitzilopochtli, who had "mouths all over her body" that cried out to be fed the blood of soldiers.34 Early Indo-European warriors had to pass through initiatory rituals in order to attain full status in which they dressed up and attacked a monstrous dummy female poisonous serpent, complete with three heads.35 Although early warriors fought against men, not women, they often anally raped and castrated their enemies, turning them into symbolic women; from ancient Norse to ancient Egyptian societies, heaps of enemy penises on the battlefield are commonly portrayed.36 In addition, according to the world's leading historian of war, "the opportunity to engage in wholesale rape was not just among the rewards of successful war but, from the soldier's point of view, one of the cardinal objectives for which he fought."37 More women have been raped and killed in some wars than enemy soldiers. The hero is therefore simultaneously both a self-killer, punishing projected parts of himself, and a mother-killer, inflicting revenge for early traumas.38 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At the same time, by restaging early traumas in wars the magical goal is achieved of merging with the mother in a defensive maneuver to deny her as a dangerous object. Giving one's life for one's Motherland means finally joining with her. The soldier who dies in war, says one patriot, "dies peacefully. He who has a Motherland dies in comfort...in her, like a baby falling asleep in its warm and soft cradle..."39 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yet even though we understand that both the Motherland and the enemy in wars are ultimately the early mother, the question remains: what could possibly be the infantile origin of fantasies of the enemy as a poisonous blood-sucking monster? Why did Americans before the Revolutionary War feel "poisoned by Mother England" and fight a war rather than pay a minor tax? Why did Hitler fear "blood-sucking Jews and foreigners," and why did Aztec soldiers go to war to feed blood to a monstrous mother-goddess? Closer to today, why did Americans for so long fear their "national life-blood" was being "poisoned" by Communists? Why do so many today feel the government and welfare recipients are "sucking their blood?" Images of blood-sucking, engulfing enemies are ubiquitous throughout history. Surely our blood was never really poisoned or sucked out of us by a maternal monster in our past. Or was it? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WAR AND THE FETAL DRAMA &lt;br /&gt;As I described in my Foundations of Psychohistory,40 when I first began collecting the emotional imagery surrounding the outbreak of war I was puzzled by recurring claims by aggressors that they were forced to go to war against their wishes because "a net had suddenly been thrown over their head" or a "ring of iron was closing about us more tightly every moment" or they had been "seized by the throat and strangled." I piled up hundreds of these images of nations being choked and strangled, "unable to draw a breath," "smothered, walled-in," "unable to relieve the inexorable pressure" of a world "pregnant with events," followed by feelings of being "picked up bodily" in "an inexorable slide" towards war, starting with a "rupture of diplomatic relations" and a "descent into the abyss," being "unable to see the light at the end of the tunnel" as the nation takes its "final plunge over the brink," and even that wars were "aborted" if ended too soon. Given the concreteness of all this birth imagery, I concluded that war was a rebirth fantasy of enormous power shared by nations undergoing deep regression to fetal traumas. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; War has long been described in images of pregnancy: "War develops in the womb of State politics; its principles are hidden there as the particular characteristics of the individual are hidden in the embryo" (Clausewitz); "Germany is never so happy as when she is pregnant with a war" (proverb).41 Wars are felt to be life-and-death struggles for "breathing space" and "living room," Lebensraum, as though nations were reliving the growing lack of space and oxygen common to all fetuses just prior to and during birth (plus, for most infants right up to Hitler's generation, the reliving of the pain of tight swaddling). As Adzema puts it, "feelings of expansion are followed by a fear of entrapment."42 Nations become paranoid prior to wars, and feel they have to resort to violence in order to get out of what appears to be a choking womb and birth canal. Bethmann-Hollweg, for example, told the Reichstag in announcing war in 1914 that Germany was surrounded by enemies, and "he who is menaced as we are and is fighting for his highest possession can only consider how he is to hack his way through."43 As Hitler repeated over and over again, only a violent "rebirth" could "purge the world of the Jewish poison" and avoid it being "asphyxiated and destroyed."44 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, the notion that war might be a battle against a dangerous mother is difficult enough to believe. That it in addition includes fantasies that you are hacking your way out of the engulfment of your own birth is infinitely harder to accept. But what followed then in my psychohistorical research into imagery prior to wars was a discovery that seemed to be a final step into the unbelievable, revealing a depth of regression prior to wars greater than anything yet contemplated in the psychological literature. Yet it was a discovery that for the first time seemed to explain the true origin of the poison blood imagery. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; What I found was that the cartoons, past and present, of the enemy in war were dominated by an image that was even more widespread than that of the dangerous mommy: it was that of a sea-beast, often with many heads or arms, a dragon or a hydra or a serpent or an octopus that threatened to poison the lifeblood of the nation. Most early cultures believed in this beast as a dragon that was associated with watery caves or lakes; modern wars show the beast as a blood-sucking, many-headed enemy. This serpentine, poisonous monster I have termed the Poisonous Placenta, since it resembled what the actual placenta must have sometimes felt like to the growing fetus, particularly when the placenta fails in its tasks of cleansing ithe fetal blood of wastes and of replenishing its oxygen supply. When the blood coming to the fetus from the placenta is bright red and full of nutrients and oxygen, the fetus feels it is being fed by a Nurturant Placenta, but when the mother smokes, takes drugs or is hurt or frightened or otherwise stressed, the placenta does not remove the wastes from the fetal blood, which therefore becomes polluted and depleted of oxygen. Under these stressful conditions, the helpless fetus experiences an asphyxiating Poisonous Placenta, the prototype for all later hate relationships, including the murderous mother, the castrating father or the dangerous enemy. It is even likely that the fetus, like Oedipus, feels it is actually battling with the dangerous beast (Sphinx means "strangler" in Greek) in order to restore connections with the Nurturant Placenta. This battle, one that I have termed the fetal drama, is repeated in death-and-rebirth restagings of traumatic battles in all wars and other social violence. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; The cosmic battle with the Poisonous Placenta (the capitals are in honor of it being the prototype for God and Nation), where we repeat the fetal drama of a paradise lost, of being sucked into the whirlpool and crushing pressures of birth, and where we fight the placental dragon, is well depicted in a comic-book character, Conan the Barbarian, although I could just as easily have used pictures and texts from ancient myths of battles with sea-beasts such as Tiamat, Rahab, Behemoth, Humbaba, Apophis, Hydra, Gorgon or Typhon.45 In this version, a baby is first shown abandoned, beginning his watery birth passage between head-crushing bones, going down the whirlpool of birth after the amniotic waters break, and then being choked by the Poisonous Placenta, a black sea-monster that tries to asphyxiate it. The hero, an imaginary powerful version of the fetus, battles with the Poisonous Placenta and frees the fetus, who reaches the safety of land. The final panel shows that the goal, however, is not birth, the arrival on land, but the reuniting with the placenta. That it is the Nurturant and not the Poisonous Placenta that holds the baby in its embrace is depicted by its being shown as a white sea beast. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; In most cultures, the placenta is considered very much alive after delivery; it is felt to be so dangerous to the community that unless it is buried somewhere deep the whole tribe will fall sick.46 The fantasy of the Poisonous Placenta is even present in most small groups. As one group analyst describes his conclusions from a lifetime of studying unconscious group images: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the most active, or rather paralyzing, unconscious group representations is that of Hydra: the group is felt to be a single body with a dozen arms at the ends of which are heads and mouths, each functioning independently of the others...incessantly searching for prey to be squeezed and suffocated, and ready to devour one another if they are not satisfied.47 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Obviously, full understanding of the placental source of "poison blood" imagery and of the fetal origins of war and social violence is going to have to wait until we investigate more fully the psychology of dangerous wombs, Poisonous Placentas and asphyxiating births which is to say, until we understand more about both the psychology and neurobiology of fetal life. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE ORIGINS OF FETAL PSYCHOLOGY &lt;br /&gt;After Freud initially proposed that mental life began after birth, he later admitted that he had come to believe he was wrong, saying that "the act of birth is the first experience of anxiety."48 Although most other psychoanalysts believed mental life began only with infancy, there were a number of exceptions, beginning with Otto Rank's The Trauma of Birth in 1923,49 which began the investigation of birth anxiety derivatives in adult life and culture. After Rank, Donald Winnicott wrote in the early 1940s a paper on "Birth Memories, Birth Trauma, and Anxiety,"50 which, however, was little noticed, since, as he said, "It is rare to find doctors who believe that the experience of birth is important to the baby, that it could have any significance in the emotional development of the individual, and that memory traces of the experience could persist and give rise to trouble even in the adult." While still a pediatrician, Winnicott saw that newborn babies varied enormously and that prolonged labor could be traumatic to the fetus, resulting in extreme anxiety-so much so that he thought "some babies are born paranoid, by which I mean in a state of expecting persecution..."51 He was even able to conclude that "at full term, there is already a human being in the womb, one that is capable of having experiences and of accumulating body memories and even of organizing defensive measures to deal with traumata..." He sometimes would allow his child patients to work through birth anxiety directly, having one child sit in his lap and "get inside my coat and turn upside down and slide down to the ground between my legs; this he repeated over and over again....After this experience I was prepared to believe that memory traces of birth can persist."52 He also encouraged some adult patients to relive the breathing changes, constrictions of the body, head pressures, convulsive movements and fears of annihilation experienced during their births, with dramatic therapeutic results.53 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After Winnicott, psychotherapists such as Fodor, Mott, Raskovsky, Janov, Grof, Verny, Fedor-Freybergh, Janus and others published extensive work showing how their patients relived birth trauma in therapy and removed major blocks in their emotional lives.54 These traumatic birth feelings of being trapped, of crushing head pressures and cardiac distress, of being sucked into a whirlpool or swallowed by terrifying monsters, of explosive volcanoes and death-rebirth struggles appear regularly in the 60 percent of our dreams that have been found to contain overt pre- and perinatal images,55 although most therapists continue to overlook their connections with actual birth memories. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Perhaps one of the most important results of clinical research by therapists sensitive to perinatal trauma-as described particularly in the work of Linda Share56 is how regularly early trauma produces an overwhelming fear of all progress in life. It is as though the fetus concludes, "Going forward in life led to disaster; I must remain 'unborn' all my life to avoid a repetition of this horrible start." &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; Fetuses that experience injuries in the womb, premature births, birth complications, and many other medical conditions as newborns regularly live the rest of their lives in fear of all growth and individuation.57 For instance, one baby who was born with a congenital atresia of the esophagus, so that she choked on feedings, was seen to have multiple fears of dying all during a 30-year followup study into her life.58 Another, who often dreamed of lying in a refrigerator, asked his parents about the image, and they told him that as a newborn the window of his room had mistakenly been left open on an extremely cold winter night, and they "had thawed him out of his urine, feces and vomitus."59 Interpretation of this continuing fear led to a turning point in the treatment and in the patient's life. Another baby was born with an intestinal obstruction that prevented digestion, so she vomited up all her milk. Although the condition was repaired at one month, for the rest of her life she was concerned with disaster fantasies every time growth was imminent. As Share described her, "Each new opportunity for advancement stood for a metaphorical 'birth.' To be born in any kind of way meant to have to reexperience the disaster of her infancy: starvation, pain, surgery, and near-death. These, then, were the disasters she fantasized, the panic attacks each time she headed for something new and creative."60 As with all early trauma, any progress threatened repetition of disaster. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RECENT RESEARCH INTO FETAL MEMORY &lt;br /&gt;&gt; Much has changed in our knowledge of the fetus during the decades since the early pioneering excursions into perinatal psychology. Neurobiologists have made startling advances in the understanding of how the brain develops in the womb, experimental psychologists have discovered a great deal about fetal learning, pediatricians have linked all kinds of later problems to fetal distress, and one psychoanalyst has even begun to compare thousands of hours of ultrasound observations of individual fetuses with their emotional problems during infancy in therapy with her. There are now thousands of books and articles on the subject, as well as two international associations of pre- and perinatal psychology, each with its own journal.61 I will here only be able to summarize some of the main trends of this extensive recent research. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Biologists used to think that because the fetus had incomplete myelination of neurons it couldn't have memories.62 This notion has been disproved, since impulses can be carried quite efficiently in the thinly myelinated nerves of fetuses, only at a somewhat slower velocity, which is offset by the shorter distances traveled.63 Indeed, far from being an unfeeling being, the fetus has been found to be exquisitely sensitive to its surroundings, and our earliest feelings have been found to be coded into our early emotional memory system centering in the amygdala, the central fear system, quite distinct from the declarative memory system centering in the hippocampus, the center of consciousness, that becomes fully functional only in later childhood.64 These early emotional memories are usually unavailable to conscious, declarative memory recall, so early fears and even defenses against them are often only recaptured through body memories and by analyzing the consequences of the traumas.65 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The fetal nervous system is so well developed that by the end of the first trimester it responds to the stroking of its palm by a light hair by grasping, of its lips by sucking, and of its eyelids by squinting.66 It will jump if touched by the amniocentesis needle and turn away from the light when a doctor introduces a brightly lit fetoscope.67 By the second trimester, the fetus is not only seeing and hearing, it is actively tasting, feeling, exploring and learning from its environment, now floating peacefully, now kicking vigorously, turning somersaults, urinating, grabbing its umbilicus when frightened, stroking and even licking its placenta, conducting little boxing matches with its companion if it is a twin and responding to being touched or spoken to through the mother's abdomen.68 Each fetus develops its own pattern of activity, so that ultrasound technicians quickly learn to recognize each fetus as a distinct personality.69 Even sensual life begins in the womb; if a boy, the fetus has regular erections of his penis, coinciding with REM sleep phases, and baby girls have been seen masturbating during REM sleep.70 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE EMOTIONAL EFFECTS OF FETAL STRESS &lt;br /&gt;&gt; In addition to what we know about the disastrous effects on the fetus of prenatal exposure to drugs and alcohol,71 we now have considerable evidence on how maternal stress and other emotions are transmitted to the fetus. When a pregnant mother is offered a cigarette after having been deprived of smoking for 24 hours there is a significant acceleration in fetal heartbeat even before the cigarette is lit, and maternal smoking during pregnancy has been found to triple the rate of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorders later in the child.72 The fetus has been found to be sensitive to a wide range of maternal emotions in addition to any drugs or other physical traumas she endures.73 When the mother feels anxiety, her increased heartbeat, frightened speech, and alterations in neurotransmitter levels are instantly communicated to the fetus, and her tachycardia is followed within seconds by the fetus's tachycardia; when she feels fear, within 50 seconds the fetus can be made hypoxic (low oxygen). Pregnant monkeys stressed by simulated threatening attack had such impaired blood circulation to their uteruses that their fetuses were severely asphyxiated.74 Alterations in adrenaline, plasma epinephrine and norepinephrine levels, high levels of hydroxycortico-steriods, hyperventilation and many other products of maternal anxiety are also known to directly affect the human fetus. Numerous other studies document sensory, hormonal and biochemical mechanisms by which the fetus is in communication with the mother's feelings and with the outside world.75 Even baby monkeys have been found to be hyperactive, with higher levels of the stress hormone, cortisol, after birth from a mother who was experimentally stressed during her pregnancy.76 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While positive maternal emotions have been experimentally shown to increase later growth, alertness, calmness and intelligence the fetus even benefits from the mother singing to it in the womb and prenatal infant stimulation, particularly being bathed in pleasant music, improves fetal development compared to control groups,77 maternal distress and chemical toxins have been shown to produce low birth weights, increased infant mortality, respiratory infections, asthma and reduced cognitive development.78 Ultrasound studies record fetal distress clearly, as it thrashes about and kicks in pain during hypoxia and other conditions. One mother whose husband had just threatened her verbally with violence came into the doctor's office with the fetus thrashing and kicking so violently as to be painful to her, with an elevated heart rate that continued for hours.79 The same wild thrashing has been seen in fetuses of mothers whose spouses have died suddenly. Maternal fright can actually cause the death of the fetus, and death of the husband and other severe emotional distress within the family during the mother's pregnancy have been associated with fetal damage in large samples in several countries.80 Marital discord between spouses has been correlated "with almost 100 per cent certainty...with child morbidity in the form of ill-health, neurological dysfunction, developmental lags and behavior disturbance."81 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Margaret Fries has conducted a 40-year longitudinal study predicting emotional patterns that remain quite constant throughout the lives of those studied, correlating the patterns to the mother's attitude toward the fetus during pregnancy.82 Maternal emotional stress, hostility toward the fetus and fetal distress have also been statistically correlated in various studies with more premature births, lower birth weights, more neonate neurotransmitter imbalances, more clinging infant patterns, more childhood psychopathology, more physical illness, higher rates of schizophrenia, lower IQ in early childhood, greater school failure, higher delinquency and greater propensity as an adult to use drugs, commit violent crimes and commit suicide.83 This increase in social violence due to pre- and perinatal conditions has recently been confirmed by a major Danish study showing that boys of mothers who do not want to have them (25 percent of pregnant mothers admit they do not want their babies)84 and who also experience birth complications are four times more likely when they get to be teenagers to commit violent crimes than control groups.85 American studies also show similar higher violent crime rates correlated with maternal rejection during pregnancy.86 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE NEUROBIOLOGY OF EARLY TRAUMA &lt;br /&gt;&gt; There are sound neurobiological reasons for this correlation between fetal trauma and social violence. Early brain development is determined both by genes and by cellular selection and self-organizational processes that are crucially dependent upon the uterine environment.87 Since fetal and early infantile traumas and abdonments occur while the brain is still being formed, while cell adhesion molecules are still determining the brain's initial mapping processes and while synaptic connections are still undergoing major developmental changes, memories of early traumas cannot be handled as traumas are later in life and instead are coded in separate neuronal networks that retain their emotional power well into adulthood.88 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fetal abuse can be direct, either from drugs or from the pregnant mother being abused by her mate. According to the Surgeon General, "one in three pregnant women in America is slapped, kicked or punched by their mates."89 In addition, maternal emotional stress produces such biochemical imbalances as an overactivation of the pituitary-adrenal cortical and sympathetic-adrenal medullary systems with consequent increases of adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH), cortisol, pituitary growth hormone and catecholamine levels. Maternal emotional stress has even been correlated with damage to the hippocampus, the center, along with the thalamus, of conscious memory and self feelings.90 Furthermore, the emotions of the mother can be directly transmitted through the neurotransmitters and other hormones in her blood to the fetal blood and then to DNA-binding receptors in the fetal cells that turn genes on and off, thus programming her stress directly into the developing fetal brain.91 This bath of maternal hormonal imbalances can produce severe fetal traumatic emotional dysfunctions.92 Baby rats, for instance, whose mothers had been frightened by loud noises during pregnancy, were found to have copious supplies of stress hormones, plus fewer receptors for benzodiazepines and fewer GABA receptors, both needed for calming action during stress.93 The results of the mother not wanting her baby can prove lethal: one study of eight thousand pregnant women found that unwanted babies were 2.4 times more likely to die in the first month of life.94 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Infants traumatized in utero and during birth are those Winnicott referred to as "born paranoid," and can remain hypersensitive to stress, over-fearful, withdrawn and angry all of their lives. Fetal traumas and abandonments result in overstimulation of neurotransmitters, producing hypersensitivity and other imbalances in such important neurotransmitters as the catecholamines. The most important of these imbalances is low serotonin levels, which have been demonstrated to lead to persistent hyperarousal and compulsive reenactment in violent social behavior, including both homicide and suicide.95 Because of this, reenactment in later life can be an even more potent source of violent behavior in the case of fetal trauma than it has been found to be in the case of childhood or war trauma.96 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same neurobiological factors have been found to be responsible for the increase in violence against self. Suicide patterns are so strongly linked to birth that epidemiologists have found higher suicide rates in areas of the country that a few decades earlier had had higher birth injuries.97 What probably happens is that birth traumas reset life-long serotonin and noradrenaline levels to lower levels, since there is a strong statistical link between low serotonin and noradrenaline and violent suicides.98 Other studies have shown that even the types of suicides were correlated with the kinds of perinatal traumas, asphyxia during birth leading to more suicides through strangulation, hanging and drowning, mechanical trauma during birth correlated with mechanical suicide elements, drugs given during birth being correlated to suicide by drugs, and so on. The rise in adolescent drug addiction and suicide recently, mainly connected with drug use, is believed to be at least partially due to the more frequent use of drugs prescribed by obstetricians during birth in recent decades.99 The same principle may hold for the rise of violent crimes during the 1970s and 80s, which has been connected with the rise of the extremely painful rite of circumcision in newborn boys during the 1950s and 60s;100 it could equally have contributed to the rise of teenage suicides, since perinatal trauma can also be turned against the self. Violence done to babies always returns on the social level. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; Far from being the safe, cozy haven to which we all supposedly want to return, the womb is in fact often a dangerous and often painful abode,101 where "more lives are lost during the nine gestational months than in the ensuing 50 years of postnatal life."102 Few fetuses, for instance, escape experiencing painful drops in oxygen levels when the mother is emotionally upset, smokes, drinks alcohol or takes other drugs. As the placenta stops growing during the final months of pregnancy, it regresses in efficiency, becoming tough and fibrous, as its cells and blood vessels degenerate and it becomes full of blood clots and calcifications, making the fetus even more susceptible to hypoxia as it grows larger and making the late-term fetus "extremely hypoxic by adult standards."103 Furthermore, the weight of the fetus pressing down into the pelvis can compress blood vessels supplying the placenta, producing additional placental failure.104 Practice contractions near birth give the fetus periodic "squeezes," decreasing oxygen level even further,105 while birth itself is so hypoxic that "hypoxia of a certain degree and duration is a normal phenomenon in every delivery," not just in more severe cases.106 The effects on the fetus of this extreme hypoxia are dramatic: normal fetal breathing stops, fetal heart rate accelerates, then decelerates, and the fetus thrashes about frantically in a life-and-death struggle to liberate itself from its terrifying asphyxiation.107 In addition, fetal abuse is often the result of the pregnant mother's wish to hurt or punish her unborn child. One study showed 8 percent of 112 pregnant American women openly acknowledged this wish, often hitting their abdomen or otherwise purposely abusing their fetus.108 The real figure is likely to be higher than this, particularly in the past. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE REALITY OF FETAL MEMORY &lt;br /&gt;That the fetal memory system is sufficiently mature not only to learn in the womb but also to remember prenatal and birth experiences is confirmed by a growing body of experimental, observational and clinical data. Neonates can remember lullabies learned prenatally109 and can pick out at birth their mothers' voices from among other female voices and respond differently (by the increased ratre of sucking on a pacifier) to familiar melodies they had heard in utero.110 Sallenbach played simple melodies to the fetus in utero, based on four notes, and found that the fetus was able not only to move to the beat but continued to mark the beat when the notes were discontinued.111 As evidence of even more complex memories, DeCasper had 16 pregnant women read either The Cat in the Hat or a second poem with a different meter to their fetuses twice a day for the last six weeks of their pregnancy.112 When the babies were born, he hooked up their pacifiers to a mechanism that allowed them to chose one of two tape recordings by sucking slowly or quickly, choosing either the tape in which their mothers read the familiar poem or the tape where she read the unfamiliar poem. The babies soon were listening to the tape of the familiar poem, indicating their mastery of the task of remembering complex speech patterns learned in utero. Chamberlain sums up his extensive work on birth memories, which he found very reliable when comparing them with both the memories of the mother and hospital records, "They demonstrate the same clear awareness of violence, danger, and breech of trust which any of us adults might show in a similar situation...Even three-year-olds sometimes have explicit and accurate birth recall."113 Distress during birth is particularly able to be later remembered during dreams, when dissociated early neural emotional memory systems are more easily accessed. For instance, one child who had been a "blue baby" and near death while tangled in his umbilicus during birth and had had a forceps delivery had the following revealing nightmare during most of his childhood: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I would be kneeling down, all bent over. I am frantically trying to untie knots in some kind of rope. I am just starting to get free of the rope when I get punched in the face.114 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the number of recent experiments demonstrating fetal competence, classical conditioning and more advanced learning ability,115 it is not surprising that some parents have recently begun to make the fetus a "member of the family," playing with them, massaging them and calming them down when they thought they had communicated distress by excessive movement and kicking, and trading light pokes in return for fetal kicks, in what they call "The Kicking Game."116 One father taught his baby to kick in a circle; a mother played a nightly game where she tapped her abdomen three times and the fetus bumped back three times.117 Another father who called out "Hoo hoo!" next to his pregnant wife's belly nightly found his child pushing with a foot into his cheek on whichever side he called; father and baby played this game for 15 weeks; he found his next baby was able to learn the same game.118 These parents tried to avoid maternal stress, loud arguments and loud noises especially rock music because they became aware it produced fetal distress. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&gt; Recent insights into fetal learning have led to some impressive research on fetal enrichment that demonstrates that prenatal stimulation produces advances in motoric abilities and intelligence that last for years. Experimental groups of pregnant women and their fetuses who participated in prenatal stimulation enrichment were investigated in parallel with carefully selected control groups not involved in any prenatal program. The postnatal evaluation of both groups on standard developmental tests shows highly significant enhancement from fetal sensory stimulation in motoric performance, visual skills, emotional expression and early speech.119 Even more impressive, when these prenatally-induced enrichment effects are consolidated by immediate post-natal enrichment experiences, they produce improvements over the control group in Stanford Binet IQ tests at age three ranging from 38 percent for language and 47 percent for memory to 51 percent for social intelligence and 82 percent for reasoning, a fetal Head Start program of astonishing efficiency. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;THE FINDINGS OF ULTRASOUND RESEARCH &lt;br /&gt;Perhaps the most impressive observational work on the personality of the fetus is being done by the Italian psychoanalyst Alessandra Piontelli, by combining thousands of hours of ultrasound observations with clinical psychoanalytic work with young children. Her research into pre- and perinatal memories began after she encountered an eighteen-month-old child who was reported by sensitive parents as being incessantly restless and unable to sleep: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I noted that he seemed to move about restlessly almost as if obsessed by a search for something in every possible corner of the limited space of my consulting room, looking for something which he never seemed able to find. His parents commented on this, saying that he acted like that all the time, day and night. Occasionally Jacob also tried to shake several of the objects inside my room, as if trying to bring them back to life. His parents then told me that any milestone in his development (such as sitting up, crawling, walking, or uttering his first words) all seemed to be accompanied by intense anxiety and pain as if he were afraid, as they put it, 'to leave something behind him.' When I said very simply to him that he seemed to be looking for something that he had lost and could not find anywhere, Jacob stopped and looked at me very intently. I then commented on his trying to shake all the objects to life as if he were afraid th
